Revelstoke Adventure Park ManagementPlan

This document is set up to be viewed
digitally as a two-page spread
TENURE MANAGEMENT PLAN
AUGUST 2015
ILLECILLEWAET DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
TENURE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR
ADVENTURE TOURISM APPLICATION

SUBMITTED September 2015
ILLECILLEWAET DEVELOPMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
P.O BOX 963, REVELSTOKE, BC V0E 2S0
TELEPHONE: (250) 837-7442
FAX: (250) 837-7424
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A: EXISTING PERMITS
APPENDIX B: PRELIMINARY STUDIES
APPENDIX C: PROPOSED SEPTIC SYSTEM
APPENDIX D: COMMERCIAL RECREATION TENURE OVERLAP INFORMATION
APPENDIX E: FIRST NATIONS ENGAGEMENT
APPENDIX F: LETTERS OF COMMUNITY SUPPORT
APPENDIX G: MAPS
CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
COMPANY OVERVIEW
KEY ACHIEVEMENTS AND LIST OF MAPS

SUMMARY OF KEY ACHIEVEMENTS
OVERVIEW OF MAPS
SECTIONA:PROJECT OVERVIEW
A.1 PROJECT AND PURPOSE
A.1.1
A.1.2
A.1.3
A.1.4
MARKET ANALYSIS
COMPETITIVE ANALYSIS
ECONOMIC IMPACTS
COMMUNITY SUPPORT
A.2 LOCATION AND SIZE

A.3OVERVIEW
A.3.1 REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK AREA
A.3.2 ACTIVITY AREAS
A.4 MAIN FEATURES

A.4.1 FULL BUILD-OUT
A.5 REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK OPERATIONS

A.5.1
A.5.2
A.5.3
A.5.4
PHASE ONE (2016)

PHASE TWO (2017)
PHASE THREE (2018)
PHASE FOUR (2019+)
A.6 INTENSIVE USE AREAS OVERVIEW

A.6.1 GREELY MEADOWS
A.6.2 MOUNTAIN OPERATIONS
A.7 ESTIMATED LEVEL OF USE AND SEASONS OF USE

A.8 ACCESS PLANS
A.8.1 TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY
A.8.2 CP RAIL CROSSING
A.8.3PARKING
I
II
III
III
V
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
10
10
12
13
16
16
18
22
24
24
24
25
ARTISTIC RENDERINGS & PHOTOS BY: ROB BUCHANAN

MAPS & PHOTOS BY: SELKIRK PLANNING & DESIGN
SECTIONB:CONSTRUCTION METHODS
26
B.1 DETAILED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
26
28
B.2 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS

PRE-APPROVAL PHASE (2015)
PHASE ONE (2016)
PHASE TWO (2017)
PHASE THREE (2018)
PHASE FOUR (2019+)
28
28
33
34
36
B.3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION POLICIES
38
B.2.1
B.2.2
B.2.3
B.2.4
B.2.5
B.3.1
B.3.2
B.3.3
B.3.4
B.3.5
TIMBER REMOVAL
WILDLIFE ACT
RIPARIAN AREA REGULATION
WORKS IN AND ABOUT STREAMS
WILDFIRE PREVENTION AND RESPONSE
B.4UTILITIES
B.4.1
B.4.2
B.4.3
B.4.4
POWER, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS

SOURCE OF WATER
SEWAGE DISPOSAL
RECYCLING AND REFUSE DISPOSAL
SECTION C: ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL MANAGEMENT

C.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN
C.1.1 LAND IMPACT MITIGATION
C.1.2 AQUATIC IMPACT MITIGATION
C.1.3 WILDLIFE HABITAT
C.2 SOCIO-COMMUNITY PLAN

C.2.1
C.2.2
C.2.3
C.2.4
LAND USE
SOCIO-COMMUNITY CONDITIONS
PUBLIC HEALTH
FIRST NATIONS
C.3 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A: EXISTING PERMITS
APPENDIX B: PRELIMINARY STUDIES
APPENDIX C: PROPOSED SEPTIC SYSTEM
APPENDIX D: COMMERCIAL RECREATION TENURE OVERLAP INFORMATION
APPENDIX E: FIRST NATIONS ENGAGEMENT
APPENDIX F: LETTERS OF COMMUNITY SUPPORT
APPENDIX G: MAPS
38
38
39
40
40
41
41
41
41
41
42
42
42
44
48
52
52
54
54
55
56
Introduction
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The following adventure tourism management plan describes a one-of-a-kind summer adventure activity centre 10km outside Revelstoke, BC. This exciting and unique development, Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP), will
enhance Revelstokes and British Columbias reputations as a leading outdoor adventure tourism destination.
RAP will be developed in four phases over six years, with future growth driven by the demands and expectations
of the market. This management plan emphasizes Phases One through Three of the development and provides
a general overview of the later phases. Details and overview information regarding nearly all components of the
RAP development are presented herein. As the project progresses, new targets and more detailed design will
be developed based on consultant findings, construction targets, and financial decisions.
Nestled on a breathtaking site in the Selkirk Mountains, RAP is to be developed on 63.7 ha of private land owned
by Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership (IDLP) and 257.2 ha of adjoining Crown land, if approved. The
majority of Crown land being sought is already within Revelstoke Mountain Resorts (RMR) existing recreation
tenure, but is currently not actively used and doesnt see visitors at any time of year. It is essentially a blank canvas waiting to be used to its full advantage.
RAPs location is easily accessible from the Trans-Canada Highway and thus perfectly positioned to capture both
thrill-seekers and nature-admirers among the millions of people who pass through Revelstoke each summer
season. RAP offers recreational activities spanning all skill levels, from hiking and horseback riding to bungee
jumping, rock climbing, ziplines, ropes courses, and mountain biking. There are also several attractions planned
that have never been seen before in BC. This unique slate of activities all in one location combined with incredibly easy access on a major national thoroughfare makes RAP a singular offering within Canada.
Revelstoke is well positioned to capture a significant share of the booming Canadian and British Columbian
tourism markets, attracting hundreds of thousands of visitors every year looking to explore and experience the
surrounding mountains, river, lakes, and lush old-growth forests. RAP is strategically situated to showcase these
natural elements as well as connect visitors to the rich local history.
The developers of RAP call Revelstoke home, and thus recognize the importance of preserving the natural
beauty of this spectacular region of British Columbia. Both environmental and social impacts have been and
will continue to be carefully considered in developing this project. IDLP has been in consultation with environmental professionals to undertake studies on timber, geology, and fish and wildlife habitats in the proposed
project area and develop mitigation strategies to retain the integrity of the natural environment. Additionally,
consultation with local First Nations has been undertaken, including an archaeological study, and First Nations
input will continue to be sought as the project moves forward.
This project also offers an economic boost to the community of Revelstoke. While Revelstoke sees a significant
increase in highway traffic during the summer, local hotel data does not reflect a corresponding increase in
overnight stays.1 The Revelstoke Visitor Centres statistics also show that adventure recreation is the second most
popular topic visitors inquire about, after accommodation.2 The addition of an adventure park with attractions
for all ages and abilities will encourage additional overnight stays, and help promote Revelstoke as a destination. This will in turn create economic opportunities for many other Revelstoke businesses.
Beyond increased tourism revenue, the park itself will directly create more than 250 jobs in Revelstoke, from
construction and administrative needs to park operations upon opening and into the future.
1
2
Hotel Promotional Funding 2014, Revelstoke Chamber of Commerce.

Revelstoke Visitor Centre Network Statistics Program 2011.
REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK APPLICATION

September 2015
Introduction
Company Overview
Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership (IDLP) is the holding company of the private land, and
Black Tie Properties LP is the management and operational company, both based in Revelstoke, British
Columbia. Northlands Properties, the owners of Revelstoke Mountain Resort, are longstanding partners
in IDLP. Through this partnership, RMR supports IDLPs access to the Crown land that overlaps their existing tenure.
Black Tie Properties skilled professionals have experience in the adventure tourism, transportation, and
construction industries. Among other qualified professionals, Black Ties COO, Jason Roe, has worked in
the tourism industries in Canada, Europe, New Zealand, and Australia. He developed a passion for adventure tourism after spending four years in the industry in Queenstown, New Zealand, the adventure
tourism capital of the world. Jason is also an owner of Revelstoke Connection, a transportation company
that provides shuttle service to and from Revelstoke, which has afforded him unique insight into tourism in the area.
The Illecillewaet Development management team possesses the skills and knowledge to develop the
Revelstoke Adventure Park and produce a memorable and safe guest experience.

September 2015
ii
Introduction
KEY ACHIEVEMENTS AND LIST OF MAPS

Summary of Key Achievements
The following table lists approved permits, preliminary studies, and applications in progress to date.
Permits and studies are available in the appendices to this document, as indicated in the table below.
All reports dated 2014 and 2015 were prepared subsequent to IDLPs 2013 application for Crown land
to the Integrated Land Management Bureau.
Table 1. SUMMARY OF APPROVED PERMITS, PRELIMINARY STUDIES, AND

APPLICATIONS IN PROGRESS
APPENDIX
TITLE
DETAILS
EXISTING PERMITS
A-1
Investigative Use Permit
#404850
A-2
Agricultural Land Commission Non-Farm Use

Permit
File #53546
A-3
CP Rail Private Crossing Agreement
File #X-MOUN-119-46-F
A-4
Sand and Gravel Permit
#G-5-302 (Private Land)
PRELIMINARY STUDIES
B-1
Traffic Impact Assessment
Traffic Impact Assessment Revelstoke Adventure Park, EYH

Consultants, Vancouver, BC, 2015.
B-2
Collision Review (Supplementary Report)
Collision Review Supplementary Report, EYH Consultants,

Vancouver, BC, 2015.
B-3
Queue Lengths at Bridge (Supplementary

Report)
Queue Lengths at Bridge Supplementary Report, EYH

Consultants, Vancouver, BC, 2015.
B-4
Terrain Stability Assessment
Adam Muddiman, P.Geo., Terrain Stability Assessment for

Greely Road (Road to Revelstoke Adventure Park), Revelstoke,
BC, Revision #2, Onsite Engineering, Salmon Arm, BC, 2015.
B-5
Letter TSA Correction
Adam Muddiman, P.Geo., Re: Response to MFLNRO June 27,

2013 letter regarding Application for an Adventure Tourism
License of Occupation, Revelstoke Adventure Park near
Revelstoke, BC, Onsite Engineering, Salmon Arm, BC, 2013.
B-6
Archaeological Assessment
Ian Cameron, RPCA, Greely Property Development Preliminary

Field Reconnaissance. Splatsin First Nation, Enderby, BC, 2012.
B-7
Wildlife Overview Assessment
Giles Shearing, Wildlife Overview Assessment: Revelstoke

Adventure Park: Greely, B.C. SEC Shearing Environmental
Consultants, Revelstoke, BC, 2014.
B-8
Letter Potential Known Impacts on the Greely

Creek Watershed
Giles Shearing, Re: Potential Known Impacts of the Revelstoke

Adventure Park on the Greely Creek Watershed, B.C. SEC
Shearing Environmental Consultants, Revelstoke, BC, 2015.
B-9
Wildfire Prevention and Response System
Simon Hunt, WFBS, Wildfire Prevention and Response System.

Spark Solutions Ltd., Revelstoke, BC, 2015.
iii

September 2015
Introduction
Table 1. SUMMARY OF APPROVED PERMITS, PRELIMINARY STUDIES, AND

APPENDIX
TITLE
DETAILS
B-10
Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation Report
Simon Hunt, WFBS, Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation

Report: Revelstoke Adventure Park: Greely, B.C. Spark Solutions
Ltd., 2015.
B-11
Recommended Wildfire Development Guidelines
Kelly Johnston, RPF, Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended

Wildfire Development Guidelines. Wildland Professional
Solutions, Penticton, BC, 2015.
B-12
Letter Road Maintenance Plan
Adam Muddiman, P.Geo., Re: Road Maintenance Plan for

proposed road to proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park, Onsite
Engineering, Salmon Arm, BC, 2015.
B-13
Geotechnical Report on Bluffs
Onsite Engineering
B-14
Riparian Areas Regulation Report
Riparian Areas Regulation: Assessment Report, Azimuth

Forestry and Mapping Solutions, Revelstoke, BC, 2012.
N/A
Water Licence Application
Ministry of Forests Lands & Natural Resources Operations
N/A
Commercial Access Permit
Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure
N/A
Comprehensive Development Zone and Official

Community Plan Amendment
Columbia Shuswap Regional District

September 2015
iv
Introduction
Overview of Maps
The following is a list of maps contained within this management plan and a description of their content, size, and phased features.
Table 2. OVERVIEW OF MAPS

MAP #
TITLE
DESCRIPTION
AREA
FEATURES
Map1
Context
Overview of general area and its

relationship to Revelstoke.
n/a
n/a
Overview
Overview of extensive area including

Crown and private land
321 ha
321 ha Total Area

257.2 ha Crown land
63.6 ha Private land
Map2
Map3
Final Build Out &

Features
Complete build-out of the Revelstoke

Adventure Park.
321 ha
Buildings
Roads
Trails
Intensive Use Areas
Activities
Map4
Intensive Use Areas
Boundaries for 5 intensive use areas.
321 ha
5 intensive Use Areas
65.5 ha
RAP Base Buildings

Parking Lot
Maintenance Building
Helipad & Helicopter Storage
RV Park, Campground & Yurts
Multi-Use Trail
Bike Pump Park
Lift Terminals
Driving Range
Ogo
Fishpipe
Volleyball Courts
Hot pools
Volleyball Courts
Lake & Wave Garden
Horse Stable & Trails
Map5
Intensive Use Area:

Greely Meadows
Site plan of development on private land

and crown land.
Map6
Intensive Use Area: Tree

Top Adventures
Site plan of intensive use area.
19.4 ha
Ropes Courses
Staging Area
Portable Privies
Mountain Coaster
Chairlift
Service Cabin
Expansion Area
Map7
Intensive Use Area:

Ziplines
40.7 ha
Zipline Courses
Map8
Intensive Use Area: Bike

Zone
Site plan for extensive use area.
263.5
Hiking, Biking, and HorsebackRiding Trails

September 2015
Introduction
Table 2. OVERVIEW OF MAPS

MAP #
Map9
TITLE
Intensive Use Area:

Bungee Centre
DESCRIPTION
AREA
FEATURES
4.6 ha
Mountain Lodge
Bungee Jump
Storage Building
Lift Terminal
Helipad
Sky Swing
Rock Climbing Area
Map10
Construction: Phase 1
Maps showing construction activities in

Phase One
321 ha
Temporary RAP Base

Mountain Road
Multi-Use Trails
RV Park & Campground
Ropes Courses
Ziplines
Temporary Bungee Centre
Bungee Jump
Helipads
Map11

Phase Two
321 ha
Greely Express Lift

Mountain Coaster
Map12

Phase Three
321 ha
Chairlift #2
Mountain Lodge
Map13

Phase Four
321 ha
Tree Top Adventures Expansion

Ziplines Expansion
Rock Climbing
Sky Swing
Map14
Creeks
Map showing creeks running through the

property
321 ha
Unnamed Creek 1
Unnamed Creek 2
Map15
Water Source Protection
Distance to the Greely watershed.
n/a
Map16
Legal Boundaries
Tenure & Legal Boundaries

September 2015
n/a
Private Land
Agricultural Land Reserve
Proposed Tenure Area
Revelstoke Mountain Resort
Commercial Recreation Tenure
vi
Section A: Project Overview
SectionA:PROJECT OVERVIEW
A.1 PROJECT AND PURPOSE
Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) is a one-of-a kind three-season adventure activity centre that will enhance
Revelstokes and British Columbias reputations as a leading outdoor adventure tourism destinations.
Located in the Selkirk Mountains, RAP provides guests the opportunity to connect to nature and the
areas history, all while participating in unique and exhilarating activities.
Open yearly from May to October, RAP is a seasonal hub of recreational offerings ranging from beginner
to expert, for the faint of heart to the adrenaline junkie truly something for everyone, spanning all
age groups and skill levels. Adventure recreation activities on offer include ziplines, bungee jumping,
rock climbing, mountain biking, ropes courses, and brand-new-to-BC options including OGO, a Fishpipe, and a Sky Swing. Sightseeing-focused opportunities include hiking, horseback riding, and a manmade lake for swimming and fishing. This wide range of activities accessible from one central location
makes RAP a unique offering in Canada and the world.
In addition to the many recreational offerings, the Greely Express Lift will whisk sightseers and mountain
bikers from the base, Greely Meadows, up 1500 m to the Bungee Centre. From here visitors are rewarded
with views of the Illecillewaet River, and sightlines down the valley including Mount Revelstoke National
Park, the City of Revelstoke, and Albert Peak. RAP is immediately bordered to the north by CP Rail, creating opportunities to share the historical significance of the railway.
RAP is located on 63.7 ha of private land owned by IDLP and 257.2 ha of adjoining Crown land, if approved. The majority of this Crown land, 174.4 ha, is within Revelstoke Mountain Resorts (RMR) existing
recreation tenure. The Province has already approved this land for commercial recreation use by RMR,
but it is currently not being used for any organized or specific public recreation activities.
A.1.1 Market Analysis

Tourism is the third largest sector in the British Columbia economy, after forestry and energy. With
$13.9billion generated in revenue in 2013, tourism contributed more to GDP than the forestry, agriculture, and fish primary resource industries.3
Revelstoke is well positioned to capture a significant share of this market, attracting hundreds of thousands of visitors every year looking to explore and experience the surrounding mountains, river, lakes,
and lush old-growth forests teeming with wildlife. RAP is strategically situated to showcase these elements.
The Trans-Canada Highway between Golden and Sicamous, which passes through Revelstoke, accommodates more than 850,000 vehicles during the peak travel months of June, July, and August.4 This is
twice the volume that is experienced during the months of January, February, and March. The highway
is also a popular route for tour buses travelling throughout Western Canada. RAPs proximity to Revelstoke and easy access from the Trans-Canada Highway allow it to capitalize on this increase in summer
3
4
Value of Tourism in British Columbia A Snapshot of 2013, http://www.destinationbc.ca/Research/Industry-Performance/Value-of-Tourism.aspx#.VRHrGfnF9HV. Accessed April 2015.
BC Ministry of Transportation & Infrastructure Annual Days of Week Summary for 2014 Craigellachie Site.

September 2015
traffic. It also encourages vehicle traffic that may have otherwise just passed through to stay overnight,
creating opportunities for other Revelstoke businesses.
Global Trends
This demand for adventure tourism is reflected globally, with researchers finding the global growth in
adventure travel has accelerated at nearly 65% each year since 2009, and that nearly 54% of travelers are
planning an adventure activity on their next trip.5
There is also a global trend among mountain resorts that remain operational in year-round developing
adventure park components. In support of this trend, last year the US Forest Service finalized new policy guidelines pertaining to summer recreation activities and facilities within ski areas that operate in
national forests. These revisions saw approved activities expanded to include mountain biking, ziplines,
and alpine slides, among others. The changes will increase summer visits to US national forests, thus
creating more jobs and boosting the economies of local mountain communities.6
A.1.2 Competitive Analysis

RAP is unique for the region, as such a diverse offering in one location does not currently exist. Whistler
is the closet comparable; however, Whistlers activities are independently owned and operated and are
spread across the Whistler Valley, spanning 20-25 km.
Sky Trek Adventure Park is a successful, but much smaller-scale, operation located 45 kilometers west
of Revelstoke on the Trans-Canada Highway. They offer limited activities, but have seen strong visitor
numbers with over 40,000 guests in 2010. Sky Treks adventure offerings include climbing features, short
ziplines, tree top trekking, and childrens play areas.
A.1.3 Economic Impacts

RAP will increase Revelstokes appeal as a four-season destination and encourage overnight stays during
the shoulder season and summer months. Although traffic on the Trans-Canada Highway doubles
during the summer months, hotel tax statistics show that the number of overnight visitors in Revelstoke
does not increase at a comparative rate.7 As a community, Revelstoke will benefit from tourists planning
longer stays in the area during summer months thanks to increased availability of adventure activities.
In addition, RAP plans to host a number of special events each year, such as sporting competitions and
concerts, which will attract additional visitors to the area.
RAP will directly create more than 250 jobs in the community. This number reflects only the operational
needs of the park and does not include the jobs that will be created during the various construction
phases and in the administrative office. Working with RMR, RAP will attract and retain qualified employees by offering employment opportunities during the summer as well.
When considering the total economic impact of RAP, the sum of direct, indirect, and induced effects
within the region should be taken into account:
5
6
7
2014 Trends in Travel & Tourism, Resonance Consultancy, http://www.resonanceco.com/blog/20-tourism-meta-trends/. Accessed April
2015.
U.S. Forest Service Finalizes Policy to Promote Year-Round Recreation on Ski Areas, United States Department of Agriculture, http://
www.usda.gov/wps/portal/usda/usdahome?contentid=2014/04/0062.xml. Accessed April 2015.
Hotel Promotional Funding 2014, Revelstoke Chamber of Commerce.

September 2015
Direct Effects: Increased revenue in hotel, restaurants, and retail outlets resulting in increased payments for wage and salaries,
supplies, and services associated with increased business.
Indirect Effects: Increased business for those who provide supplies or services to local tourism businesses.
Induced Effects: Increased household spending directly or indirectly as a result of tourism spending.
A.1.4 Community Support

The Revelstoke business community has shown overwhelming support for the development of RAP.
Included in Appendix F are letters from theCityofRevelstoke,the Revelstoke Chamber of Commerce,
Tourism Revelstoke, and a localbusiness owner indicating their support.
A view of the existing barn

September 2015
A.2 LOCATION AND SIZE

RAP is located 10 km east of Revelstoke on the Trans-Canada Highway (see Location Map), within the
Columbia Shuswap Regional District (CSRD). The property is nestled in the Selkirk Mountains on the
north aspect of Mount Mackenzie. The park is generally bound to the north by the CP Rail, the Illecillewaet River, the Trans-Canada Highway, and the south aspect of the Mount Revelstoke National Park; to
the west by Crown land and the City of Revelstoke municipal boundary; to the south by Crown land and
the Commercial Recreation Area (CRA) for Revelstoke Mountain Resort (RMR); and to the east by Crown
land, residential farm properties, and the Greely Creek Watershed.
Map1:Revelstoke Adventure Park Context - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015

September 2015
A.3 OVERVIEW
A.3.1 Revelstoke Adventure Park Area
The project area covers a total 321.0 ha, 257.2 ha of which is Crown land. Two unnamed creeks, as well
as smaller ephemeral and intermittent watercourses, run through the proposed tenure area, and several
existing forestry roads weave through the base of the tenure on the private land.
Map2:Overview - Proposed Tenure Area and Private Land - Owned by Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015
A.3.2 Activity Areas

RAP will be developed in four phases over six years, and can be divided into five activity areas: Greely
Meadows, Tree Top Adventures, Ziplines, Bike Zone, and the Bungee Centre. These areas are described
in greater detail in sectionA.4.
Figure1:Greely Meadows
Figure2:Tree Top Adventures
Figure4:Bike Zone

September 2015
Figure3:Ziplines
Figure5:Bungee Centre
A.4 MAIN FEATURES

The table and map below outline the main features of the development. Supporting infrastructure such
as parking lots and roads are discussed in Section B Construction Methods.
Table 3. MAIN FEATURES ACCORDING TO AREA AND PHASE

PHASE ONE
2016
PHASE TWO
2017
PHASE THREE
2018
PHASE FOUR
2019+
Greely Meadows
Design and Construction
Temporary RAP base

building:
Registration Building
Bike Rental & Repair
shop
Food and beverage
facility
Retail shop
RV Park, Campground &
Yurts
Multi-use Trail
Pump Park
Mountain Shuttle Service
Permanent Base Building

Gondola/Chairlift
OGO
Fishpipe
Driving Range
Heli Tours
Horseback riding
Sightseeing
Hot Pools
Lake
Swimming
Fishing
Volleyball
Tree Top
Adventures
Ropes Courses
Mountain Coaster
Chairlift #2
Ziplines
Valley Zipline
Trail Zipline
Bike Zone
Downhill Mountain Bike

Trails
Hiking Trails
Expansion of Hiking and

Biking Trails
Horseback-Riding Trails
Bungee Centre
Bungee Jump
Gondola/Chairlift
Sightseeing
Mountain Lodge
Rock Climbing
Sky Swing
Zipline Expansion

September 2015
A.4.1 Extensive Area: Full Build-Out & Features
Map3:Final Build Out & Features - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015
A.5 REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK OPERATIONS

A.5.1 Phase One (2016)
Phase One is design and construction only, and there will be no guest access.
A.5.2 Phase Two (2017)

Guests park on private land, then proceed to Greely Meadows to choose and register for their adventure. Activities are carefully explained, then participants sign a liability waiver form and proceed to the
appropriate staging area on either private or Crown land.
A.5.2.1 Crown Land

Activities offered on Crown land include camping, downhill mountain biking, ziplines, tree top adventures, and bungee jumping, as well as hiking and sightseeing.
Camping
Camping will be offered only in the designated RV park and campground, with access controlled from
private land. The majority of the RV park and campground is on the private land, with only a portion
being on crown land. Approximately 20 yurts, that are located on private land, will also be available for
guests.
Mountain Biking
Guests purchase trail access tickets, rental bikes and safety
equipment from Greely Meadows. All trails begin at the
Bungee Centre, with transportation dependent on the
phase: During Phase Two, transportation is via RAPs shuttle service on the Mountain Road. During Phase Three,
transportation is via the gondola/chairlift starting in Greely Meadows. The lift is designed to carry bicycles.
Once at the Bungee Centre, riders choose a clearly marked
trail corresponding with their ability. The network of professionally designed and well-maintained trails vary in level of difficulty from beginner to expert. Once guests return
to Greely Meadows, they can board a shuttle and return to
the Bungee Centre for another lap.
Mountain bike instructors and guides are available for
hire. To ensure guest safety, a patrol team continually
monitors all trails.
10

September 2015
Ziplines
Zipline participants meet their guide in Greely Meadows,
and are fitted with a full body harness and helmet. All
zipline courses begin at the Bungee Centre, and transportation to the Bungee Centre is dependent on the phase, as
outlined above in the mountain biking section.
Guides are on hand both to ensure safety and to educate
guests on the local flora and fauna and Revelstokes rich
history.
Guests have two zipline experience options: Valley Zip, a
1400-metre-long zipline, beginning at the Bungee Centre
and terminating in Greely Meadows, and Trail Zips, multiple ziplines ranging in length from 20 m to 450 m, with
access via dedicated trails, separate from the hiking and
biking trails. The last zipline terminates at the Tree Top Adventures area, where guests meet the mountain shuttle.
Ropes Courses
Guests must meet height, age, and safety requirements
in order to participate and can choose one of three ropes
coursesbeginner, intermediate, or advancedbased on
difficulty and height from the ground. Guides fit guests
with helmets and harnesses, which are attached to a safety
system at all times.
Guests and guides take the mountain shuttle to the Tree
Top Adventures staging area, where guides provide training on the safety systems and lead guests through a ground
course designed to introduce the structures and obstacles
they will encounter on the ropes courses. The courses comprise varied structures such as monkey wires, climbing
nets, suspended bridges, Tarzan ropes, swings, and ziplines.
Guests proceed through the courses independently, with
fully trained guides patrolling from the ground to offer
assistance quickly and perform rescues if necessary. Each
course takes approximately one to two hours to complete.
Upon completion, guests return to the main base area.

September 2015
11
Bungee Jump
The bungee jump is accessed via the Bungee Centre, with
transportation determined by the phase (as outlined in
the mountain biking section). The actual bungee jump is
from a platform that extends 30m beyond the cliff face
and provides guests with a 55 m jump.
Before guests jump, guides provide a safety briefing, fit
guests with the appropriate safety harness, and attach the
bungee cord. Once the guest has jumped and the cord
has stopped oscillating, an engineer-designed system
pulls the jumper back up to the platform. Guides ensure
guests are safely on the platform and then remove the
harness. Guests have several exciting options to facilitate
their return to Greely Meadows: zipline, mountain bike, or
the mountain shuttle during Phase Two and the Greely Express Lift during Phase Three and onward.
Hiking and Sightseeing

Hiking trails separate from the mountain bike trails will be developed throughout the Crown and private
land. In Phase Three, after the gondola/chairlift has been installed, guests can visit the Bungee Centre
for sightseeing purposes. A short network of hiking trails enhanced with interpretive signage will allow
guests to fully experience the area. Guests will also be able to watch the various activities while enjoying
the patio at the Bungee Centre.
A.5.2.2 Private Land

Pump Park
The pump park is designed for bikes and contains a series of pump tracks, manmade dirt trails that are
built as a circuit of dirt rollers, berms, and jumps that loops back on itself, allowing riders to ride it continuously.
A.5.3 Phase Three (2018)

A.5.3.1 Crown Land
Mountain Coaster
The Mountain Coaster consists of single-seat, bobsled-like cars on tracks that take guests on an exhilarating downhill adventure through a series of turns and steep descents. The cars can reach speeds of 40
km/h or more, but riders control their own speed with a manual brake.
Guests take the mountain shuttle to the Tree Top Adventures staging area, then follow a well-designated trail to the start of the Mountain Coaster, where they meet their guides. The track terminates in
Greely Meadows.
12

September 2015
Greely Express Lift

The Greely Express Lift begins in the heart of the base area at Greely Meadows and climbs 500m in elevation while extending 1500m along the mountainside. The ride itself is a thrill for those who prefer a
gentler experience and provides a birds-eye view of the incredible landscape below.

OGO
Guests ride down a 250-metre-long track in a giant 11-foot-diameter transparent sphere, called an OGO,
or Outdoor Gravity Orb. Only one other OGO location currently exists in Canada.
Fishpipe
The Fishpipe is a new and unique type of rotating barrel water ride where riders slide further than the
longest waterslide in the world. Up to three riders at a time enter the Fishpipe barrel; water is added,
then the barrel spins while riders slide in the bottom of the barrel. The speed can be increased or decreased at any time by the ride operators and upon guest request. Currently there are only two other
Fishpipe locations in the world.
Horseback Riding
Beginning at the horse stables in Greely Meadows, guides lead groups on a one- to two-hour non-technical horseback ride through a network of trails weaving through Crown land and Greely Meadows. All
horseback trails are separated from hikers and bikers.
Helicopter Tours
Scenic tours commence in Greely Meadows, and either terminate at the helipad near the Bungee Centre
or return to Greely Meadows.
A.5.4 Phase Four (2019+)

A.5.4.1 Crown Land
Mountain Lodge
Accessed via the Greely Express Lift, the Mountain Lodge is a full-service facility adjacent to the bungee
the jump. With a restaurant, viewing deck overlooking the bungee jump and Greely Meadows, retail
shop, function rooms, and washrooms, the Mountain Lodge will likely become a focal point for RAP visitors. The lodge will be capable of hosting events and activities for visitors and locals alike.
Chairlift #2
A short chairlift will transport guests from the base of the Mountain Coaster to the top of the Mountain
Coaster and Tree Top Adventures area. This will replace the shuttle service.
Sky Swing
September 2015
13
The Sky Swing will be accessed via the gondola/chairlift to the Bungee Centre. It will consist of two
30-metre poles with a swing between them, allowing up to three riders at a time. Riders control their
own experience by pulling the rip cord and initiating a 45-metre flight that takes them through a breathtaking pendulum swing, soaring 20 m out over the cliffs at speeds of more than 100 km/hr, offering a
spectacular feeling of weightlessness and thrilling views down to the Illecillewaet River 500 m below.
Sky Swing guides will ensure that guests are safely and securely fastened within the swing.
Rock Climbing
The rock climbing course consists of bolted climbing routes extending along the cliffs to the east of the
bungee jump for an estimated 200 m. The height of these routes ranges from 15 m to 35 m.
Guests are fitted with safety equipment at the Bungee Centre, and certified climbing guides train guests
and direct them through routes designed for beginner to intermediate climbers.

Lake
The creation of an 5.5 ha manmade lake will allow for swimming and water-based activities such as paddle-boarding,
canoeing, and fishing. An opportunity exists to work with
a new technology provider to install a wave generator
that creates a consistently perfect surf wave ideal for surfers, body boarders and kayakers.
Hot Pools
Located above the campground and surrounded by forest,
a collection of hot and cold pools are offered for guests to
relax and rejuvenate.
Other Private Land Activities

Other activities to take place on private land include:
A driving range
Multi-purpose trails
A mini golf course
Beach volleyball courts
A picnic area
A.6 INTENSIVE USE AREAS OVERVIEW

14

September 2015
View of Albert Peak from Greely Meadows at the Revelstoke Adventure Park Base Area
Map4:Intensive Use Areas - See Appendix G for more information
A.6.1 Greely Meadows

Greely Meadows is the base of operations for RAP and is located on 63.7 ha of private land and 1.8 ha of Crown
land. Activity in Greely Meadows is focused in two areas: the main base area and the RV park and campground.
A.6.1.1 Main Base Area

The main base area encompasses approximately 1.9 ha of private land. Here, guests will register for all
activities and proceed to the appropriate activity area.
16

September 2015
Map5:Intensive Use Area: Greely Meadows - See Appendix G for more information
A.6.1.2 RV Park, Campground & Yurts

A state-of-the-art campground will be developed over 9.5 ha. Each of the 150 sites will be 15 m by 45 m,
fully service, and able to accommodate any size of RV. Of these sites, 112 will be on private land and 38
will be on Crown land. In addition to the sites, 20 yurts will be installed on the private land.
These facilities will be developed and built with as little environmental impact as possible, not only to
minimize detrimental effects but also to maximize enjoyment of the natural environment for RAPs guests.

September 2015
17
A.6.2 Mountain Operations

A.6.2.1 Tree Top Adventures
The Tree Top Adventures area is approximately 19.4 ha at the base of the main slope on the first bench of
Mount Mackenzie. The activities and facilities/services in this area are accessed via the Mountain Road.
Map6:Intensive Use Area: Tree Top Adventures - See Appendix G for more information
18

September 2015
A.6.2.2 Ziplines
Overlapping with the Bungee Centre, Tree Top Adventures, and the Bike Zone, the Zipline courses are
contained within an area of approximately 40.7 ha.
Map7:Intensive Use Area: Ziplines - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015
19
A.6.2.3 Mountain Bike Zone

The Bike Zone encompasses all land in the proposed tenure area. There will be multiple biking, hiking,
and horseback-riding trails throughout the area that will overlap with the Bungee Centre, Tree Top Adventures, and Zipline areas. It measures 263.5 Ha.
Map8:Intensive Use Area: Bike Zone - See Appendix G for more information
20

September 2015
A.6.2.4 The Bungee Centre

The Bungee Centre site covers an area of 4.6 ha. It is the highest point of the tenure area, located on
top of the bluffs at an elevation of 940m. The activities and facilities/services in this area are initially
accessed via the Mountain Road and, in future phasing, by the Greely Express Lift.
Map9:Intensive Use Area: Bungee Centre - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015
21
A.7 ESTIMATED LEVEL OF USE AND SEASONS OF USE

Table 4. LEVEL OF USE AT INTENSIVE USE SITES
INTENSIVE USE AREA
INTENDED USE
PERIOD OF USE
FREQUENCY OF
USE
TYPE OF
IMPROVEMENTS
NUMBER OF BED
UNITS
Greely Meadows
Campground
Camping
May-Oct
Daily
38 Campsites
Pit toilets
None
Tree Top Adventures
Ropes Courses
Mountain Coaster
Chair lift
May-Oct
Daily
Ropes Courses
Mountain Coaster
Staging Area
Service Cabin
Chair lift
None
Zipline Area
Ziplining
May-Oct
Daily
Zipline Courses
None
May-Oct
Daily
Trails
None
Daily
Bungee Jump
Platform
Storage Building
Helipad
Chairlift/Gondola
terminal
Sky Swing
Temporary Facilities
Mountain Lodge
None
Mountain Biking
Bike Zone
Bungee Centre
22
Hiking
Horseback Riding
Bungee Jump
Mountain Lodge
Sky Swing
Rock Climbing
Sightseeing
May-Oct

September 2015
Table 5. LEVEL OF GUIDED ACTIVITY

ACTIVITY REPORT
CLIENT DAYS
YEAR FULL
EST. FULL
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
REACHED
TYPE OF
ACTIVITY
Greely Meadows
Campground
Camping
May-Oct
2017
2,500
3,750
7,500
10,000
10,000
2020
Ropes Courses
May-Oct
2017
2,250
12,750
15,000
18,000
18,000
2020
Mountain
Coaster
May-Oct
2018
6,400
12,000
18,000
18,000
2020
Ziplining
May-Oct
2017
3,500
8,000
10,500
10,500
10,500
2019
Mountain Biking
May-Oct
2017
3,750
7,500
7,500
7,500
7,500
2018
Horse Riding
May-Oct
2018
250
500
750
750
2018
Hiking
May-Oct
2017
900
3,600
4,500
4,500
4,500
2019
Bungee Jumping
May-Oct
2017
2,500
8,000
9,000
9,000
9,000
2019
Sky Swing
May-Oct
2019
10,800
16,200
16,200
2020
Helicopter Tours
May-Oct
2018
500
500
500
500
2018
Hiking
May-Oct
2017
900
3,600
4,500
4,500
4,500
2019
Rock Climbing
May-Oct
2019
1,500
3,000
3,000
2020
Sightseeing
May-Oct
2018
2,500
7,000
15,000
15,000
2020
Tree Top
Adventures
Zipline Area
Bike Zone
Bungee Centre
PERIOD
OF USE
EXISTING/
PROPOSED
USE
INTENSIVE USE
AREA

September 2015
2017
2018
2019
2020
23
A.8 ACCESS PLANS

A.8.1 Trans-Canada Highway
To access RAP, guests travel east from Revelstoke on the Trans-Canada Highway to Greely Road. At the
recommendation of the BC Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure, an application for a commercial access permit has been submitted. As part of the application process, the Ministry requested a
traffic impact assessment. Professional engineers at EYH Consultants conducted the assessment, and
a study was prepared in accordance with the terms of reference established in conjunction with the
Ministry. The study is available in Appendix B-1.
RAP will adhere to the recommendations contained in this report, including:
1. A westbound left turn be installed before 2021. The left turn lane should be designed in consultation with the Ministry for requirements and standards.
2. Appropriate information signage should be provided for the RAP access.
3. RAP administration should continuously monitor traffic at the study intersection and implement traffic management strategies to
shift peak arrival and departure traffic to shouldering hours.
EYH Consultants have concluded that, with the implementation of the above recommendations, RAP
can proceed.
As additions to the traffic impact assessment, the Ministry also requested a collision review and a review
of queue lengths at the bridge on Greely Road over the Illecillewaet River. These reports can be found
Appendix B-2 and Appendix B-3 respectively.
There were no significant findings in the collision review.
The Ministry did not raise any concerns with the single-lane access bridge over the Illecillewaet River
but did request the review be conducted to demonstrate that the single-lane operation would be acceptable. EYH has completed this analysis and concluded that the current arrangement for the bridge
is sufficient to accommodate the traffic generated by the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park.
A.8.2 CP Rail Crossing

After turning onto Greely Road, guests take a bridge over the Illecillewaet River, then drive over the CP
Rail crossing and proceed to Greely Meadows. IDLP has a private crossing agreement with CP Rail (see
Appendix A-3), which enables
the Applicant, its invitees, employees, contractors, servants and agents to obtain ingress
to and egress from the property owned or occupied by the Application for the purpose of accessing the Applicants commercial business Operations situated on the Applicants lands.
After discussions with CP Rail, it has been determined that this crossing should remain private, but that
IDLP will implement control measures. The implementation of control measures for the crossing will be
phased, as outlined below.
24

September 2015
Phase One
The existing access gates will be used to control all access to and from the property during this construction phase. They will be unlocked only during business hours. Approvals will be obtained from CP Rail
to upgrade and level the crossing.
Phases Two and Three

With CP Rails approval, the crossing will be upgraded to a concrete crossing with elevations on both
sides of the tracks. The access gates will continue to control access, with the gates being locked during
non-business hours. During hours of construction and operations, a trained employee will flag traffic
and ensure safe crossings.
Phase Four
The crossing will be upgraded to a fully controlled private crossing with a grade crossing signal with
flashing lights and gates. The final phase will be similar to the Canoe Mill crossing at 8160 Trans-Canada
Highway, Canoe, BC (mile marker 56.5), pictured below.
View of the Canoe Mill crossing at 8160 Trans-Canada Highway, Canoe, BC (mile marker 56.5)
A.8.3 Parking
Once on private property, parking is available for personal vehicles and tour buses in Greely Meadows.
While the parks activities take place on both Crown and private land, all vehicle and ground-level access
to all areas and activities is centralized and controlled through Greely Meadows (private land).

September 2015
25
Section B: Construction Methods
SectionB:CONSTRUCTION METHODS
B.1 DETAILED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Table 6. GREELY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
MAP
IMPROVEMENT
PREPHASE
APPROVAL ONE
DETAILS
2015
2016
PHASE
TWO
PHASE
THREE
2017
2018
PHASE
FOUR
20192022
EXTENSIVE USE AREA

Watercourse permitting on creeks
Final geotech/engineering
Mountain Road
Clearing and road construction

Maintenance
Map9
Trails: Mountain Biking,

Horseback Riding, and
Hiking
Trail layout and design

Trail construction
Engineer design and layout
Greely Express Chairlift /

Gondola
Site preparation, including cutting

and clearing liftline
Professional installation and
construction of lift terminals and
towers
GREELY MEADOWS CROWN LAND

Map5
Campground and RV Park
Design and layout

Land clearing
TREE TOP ADVENTURES

Design and layout of ropes
courses and Mountain Coaster
Map6
Ropes Courses
Land clearing and professional

installation of ropes courses
Mountain Coaster

installation
Chairlift #2

installation
Expansion of Tree Top

Adventures
Potential expansion of area;

land clearing and installation of
additional ropes courses features
ZIPLINES
Professional design and mapping
of proposed routes
Professional installation
Map7
Expansion of Zipline
Routes
26
Potential future expansion of

ziplines

September 2015
Table 6. GREELY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

MAP
IMPROVEMENT
DETAILS
PREPHASE
APPROVAL ONE
2015
2016
PHASE
TWO
PHASE
THREE
2017
2018
PHASE
FOUR
20192022
BUNGEE CENTRE
Geotech/engineering
Bungee Jump
Map8
Engineer design and professional

installation
Storage Building
Construction and installation of

storage building
Helipad
Clearing for helipad
Temporary Bungee Centre
Portable privies, temporary F&B

outlet, and information booth
Mountain Lodge
Building and deck design, layout,

and engineering
Building construction
Sky Swing
Rock Climbing
Design and installation of

climbing routes
GREELY MEADOWS PRIVATE LAND

BC Hydro electrical utility services
installation
Watercourse permitting on creeks
and wetlands
RV Park
Layout, design, and construction
Temporary RAP Base
Layout, design, and construction
Permanent RAP Base

Structure
Layout and design
Lake
Map5
Construction
Layout, design, and permitting
Construction
Pump Park
Construction
Helipad
Clearing for helipad
Driving Range
25 stalls
CP Rail Crossing
Crossing upgrades
Installation of crossing signal
OGO
Fishpipe
Hot Pools
Clearing and professional

installation
Highway Access
Improvements
Volleyball Courts
4 Sand courts
Horseback Riding
Construction of stables

September 2015
27
B.2 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS

The following sections outline proposed improvements to Crown land. This section also outlines any
preliminary studies that have been completed. In May 2014, IDLP was granted Investigative Use Permit
#404850 (see Appendix A-1). This permit allows IDLP to conduct research and investigative work on the
proposed tenure area for RAP.
B.2.1 Pre-Approval Phase (2015)

B.2.1.1 Extensive Use Area
Shearing Environmental Consultants (SEC) have been retained to begin mapping water courses.
B.2.2 Phase One (2016)

B.2.2.1 Extensive Use Area Mountain Road
The Mountain Road is a 3-kilometre-long road to be constructed from the edge of Greely Meadows
(private land) to the Bungee Centre. Drop-off and parking areas at the Tree Top Adventures area and the
Bungee Centre will also be constructed.
Preliminary Work
A terrain stability assessment (TSA) was completed by professional geoscientist Adam Muddiman of
Onsite Engineering (see Appendix B-4). This report, which will be followed, provides specific road construction guidelines, including construction supervision by a professional engineer or geoscientist.
The TSA contains a preliminary geometric road layout that was completed by Azimuth Forestry and
Mapping Solutions.
Of note, an earlier version of the TSA completed by Onsite Engineering incorrectly named an unnamed
creek as Greely Creek. Greely Creek is actually located about 2.6 km to the east. See Appendix B-5 for a
letter from Onsite clarifying the misnaming. This letter also reiterates that Table 1 in the TSA provides
road construction recommendations for the areas where a risk of landslide exists, and that if implemented are expected to result in a low likelihood of the initiation of a landslide.
Construction
An engineer will be on site for the construction of the road and will sign off on all areas of concern. This
will ensure the road is built to the engineers standards as noted in the TSA.
Construction will begin immediately after appropriate approvals have been received. Timber removal is
required; specific amounts will be determined upon engineers assessment. All construction will follow
the guidelines indicated in the Forest Road Engineering Guidebook published by the BC Ministry of
Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations.
Following construction of the road, a professional engineers assurance statement will be obtained.
28

September 2015
Maintenance
Appendix B-12 contains a road maintenance plan prepared by Onsite Engineering. The maintenance
plan is intended to meet the requirements of the BC Forest and Range Practices Act including Section
79 of the Forest Planning and Practices Regulations.
The maintenance plan will come into effect after road construction is completed. As outlined in the
document, the general intent of the road maintenance plan is to provide guidelines to maintain the
road in a usable manner adequate for the desired use that will be safe for road users and will not have
significant detrimental environmental impacts.
B.2.2.2 Extensive Use Area Trail Construction

A variety of trails are to be constructed for mountain biking, horseback riding, and hiking.
Mountain Bike Trails: A network of professionally designed trails will be constructed, starting at the Bungee Centre and proceeding down the mountain to the registration building in Greely Meadows. Mountain bike trails will be built following the guidelines
established by the International Mountain Biking Association (IMBA).
Hiking Trails: A network of trails, separated from bikes and horses, will be constructed to allow for recreational hiking and to access
various activities throughout the tenure area.
Horseback-Riding Trails: Making use of the existing forestry road, a series of looping trails designated specifically for horseback riding will be constructed.
Preliminary Work
Mountain bike park design consultants Gravity Logic were engaged to conduct a study on the Crown
land to assess potential trail locations and develop a trail plan which outlines trail design and construction methods. The layout and design of the trails will be completed upon approvals.
Trail design will include emergency access points, some of which may be accessible by 4wd ambulance.
Construction
Trails will be built and designed by experienced trail builders and will make use of existing natural features. Timber removal is required, and if bridges are required to cross streams, they will be professionally
engineered and designed to have minimal impact on the riparian area.
Maintenance
All trails will be well maintained to reduce user injury and trail erosion. Maintenance will consist of:
Spot maintenance to address immediate issues such as fallen trees, holes, or trail collapse.
Safety maintenance to address sections of the bike trails that may be causing an abnormal amount of injuries.
Routine maintenance, which may involve closing trails for a day or more at a time to ensure trail quality and safety.
Overhaul: Every few years a trail may require a partial or total overhaul.

September 2015
29
B.2.2.3 Extensive Use Area Greely Express Lift

A 1500-metre-long chairlift or gondola, depending upon availability, will connect Greely Meadows to
the Bungee Centre. The Greely Express Lift will be designed to transport guests as well as mountain
bikes. Construction will begin in Phase Two, and the lift will be operational in Phase Three.
The lift will be professionally designed, engineered, and installed. Timber removal will be required along
the lift line and at the bases. A maintenance plan will be determined by the lift supplier/installer.
Clearing of the lift line and lift terminal locations at the Bungee Centre and Greely Meadows will begin
in Phase One.
B.2.2.4 Greely Meadows RV Park & Campground

Clearing and timber removal will be required on the 1.8 ha of the RV park and campground that is on crown
land. Thirty-eight campsites will be created, a ring road and 2 blocks of pit toilets will be constructed. The
pit toilets, similar to those found in BC Provincial Parks, will be constructed within IHA guidelines. The main
washroom facilities, that include an IHA-approved septic system, will be constructed on private land.
B.2.2.5 Tree Top Adventures

The 19.4-hectare Tree Top Adventures area consists of the ropes courses and the Mountain Coaster,
and is connected to Greely Meadows via the Mountain Road. These activities will be constructed in two
phases.
Construction Staging Area

Timber removal will be required to create a drop-off/pick-up and parking area.
Portable privies will be provided (to be emptied per suppliers specifications).
Gazebos are to be built as a staging area for guests.
A small service cabin is to be constructed that sells beverages and retail items.
Construction Ropes Courses

A series of courses, of varying levels of difficulty, will be constructed above ground.
Courses are engineer-designed and professionally constructed using environmentally sensitive methods to avoid harming the trees and
surrounding natural environment.
Courses are constructed using either standing timber (arborist- and engineer-approved) or installed poles. Some timber removal will
be required.
Courses are constructed using a variety of different materials such as rope ladders, log bridges, rope swings, and ziplines.
B.2.2.6 Ziplines
Beginning at the Bungee Centre, the zipline route will consist of several ziplines, crossing the stream
channel and descending to Greely Meadows. The platform locations will be on the ridge tops on either
side of the water and well outside the designated stream setbacks.
Some timber removal will be required to cut walking pathways between platforms and for zipline corridors to allow for the safe passage of guests. The engineer-designed platforms for the ziplines will be
supported by concrete footings anchored into the ground.
30

September 2015
B.2.2.7 Bungee Centre

The proposed Bungee Centre site is 4.6 ha, and is situated on the north side of Mount Mackenzie. The
Bungee Centre, which will act as the staging area for all mountain activities, will be a phased development.
Phase One will consist of temporary structures, with the exception of the permanent bungee platform
and helipad, and will include:
A drop-off/pick-up and parking area
Portable privies (to be emptied per suppliers specifications)
Gazebos to be used as a staging area for guests
Bungee platform engineer-designed and extends beyond the cliff face
Helipad for sightseeing and emergency response
Preliminary Work
Onsite Engineering was engaged to conduct a geotechnical assessment of the proposed Bungee Centre site.
This report addresses geotechnical conditions at the proposed site and along the bedrock bluff immediately
downslope of the lodge site.
The report, included in Appendix B-13, contains construction recommendations for the building based on their
findings.
It states that from an initial planning perspective, the bungee platform may be feasible and the rock present at
the site is competent and appears suitable for rock anchor and foundation placement.
The report also indicates that no upslope hazards such as landslides or hydrogeomorphic events are foreseeable. It identifies some risk of minor rock fall on the face of the bluff, and therefore recommends a 25m setback
from the bluff edge for all structures and development.
As outlined in the report, these are initial observations and a more detailed geotechnical assessment will be
required once the final building plans are completed and the exact location of the structure is established. Further works would then include deep drilling at the site and a detailed assessment of bedrock conditions at the
bungee jump location. A geological engineer with experience in such structures will be retained at that time.
Construction
Brush removal and some timber removal will be required to clear staging and parking area.
Temporary gazebo structures and portable privies will be installed.
A helipad will be constructed; the appropriate permits will be obtained.

September 2015
31
Map10:Construction Phases: Phase 1 - See Appendix G for more information
32

September 2015
B.2.3 Phase Two (2017)

B.2.3.1 Extensive Use Area Greely Express Lift
Lift installation will begin in Phase Two, with the lift becoming operational in Phase Three.
B.2.3.2 Tree Top Adventures Mountain Coaster

The Mountain Coaster route will be professionally designed and installed. Some timber removal will be
required. A maintenance plan will be determined by the supplier/installer.

September 2015
33
B.2.4 Phase Three (2018)

B.2.4.1 Tree Top Adventures Chairlift
A 240-metre-long chairlift is to be installed. It will be designed to transport guests from the base of the
Tree Top Adventures area to the top of the ropes courses as well as to the Mountain Coaster. The lift will
be professionally designed, engineered, and installed. Timber removal will be required along the lift line
and at the bases. A maintenance plan will be determined by the lift supplier/installer.
B.2.4.2 Bungee Centre Mountain Lodge

Phase Three will see construction begin on a permanent Bungee Centre; a 450-square-metre full-service mountain lodge with a viewing deck, restaurant, retail shop, function rooms, and washrooms. The
building is to be designed based on principles of organic architecture to reflect its natural surroundings.
A detailed construction plan for the Bungee Centre will be available prior to construction after the necessary research, design, and planning has been completed. The highest standards of sustainable construction will be used to minimize the environmental impact of the building. Locally sourced supplies
will be used when possible, including timber removed from the development.
Site preparation for the building site and all load-bearing surfaces will include the removal of all organic
materials. An IHA-approved septic system will be installed. See Appendix C for the proposed septic system, designed by a registered onsite wastewater practitioner.
Concept Drawing of the Bungee Centre Mountain Lodge
34

September 2015

September 2015
35
B.2.5 Phase Four (2019+)

B.2.5.1 Tree Top Adventures & Ziplines Expansion
Based on market demand and suitability of terrain, tree top adventures and ziplines will be expanded
to include additional routes.
B.2.5.2 Bungee Centre Rock Climbing

Further geotechnical studies will be performed to assess the suitability of this area for rock climbing.
Various climbing routes will be designed, and climbing holds and bolts will be professionally installed.
B.2.5.3 Bungee Centre Sky Swing

Phase Four also includes installation of the Sky Swing, which consists of two 30-metre poles with a
swing between them. The Sky Swing will be professionally designed and installed.
photo: http://www.rtw4strong.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/skycoaster.jpg
36

September 2015

September 2015
37
B.3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION POLICIES

All onsite construction will follow best management practices presented in Develop with Care 2014:
Environmental Guidelines for Urban and Rural Land Development in British Columbia.8 IDLP will work
closely with qualified environmental professionals (QEPs) to ensure that these guidelines are integrated
early into development plans. QEPs will also provide onsite monitoring to ensure compliance.
Pertinent sections of Develop with Care 2014 that will be adhered to include:
Section 3 Site Development and Management
Section 4 Environmentally Valuable Resources
Section 5.2 Kootenay Boundary Region
Appendices A-F
Appendix G Fact Sheets:
Fact Sheet 3 Linear Developments
Fact Sheet 5 Parks
Fact Sheet 6 RVs and Campgrounds
Fact Sheets 10, 11, 13 (wildlife-specific)
B.3.1 Timber Removal

Timber removal, in varying quantities, will be required throughout the tenure area. The intent is to retain
the natural landscape to the greatest extent possible for both ecological and aesthetic values. Prior to
any tree cutting or brush cutting the appropriate permits and authorizations under the Forest Act will
be obtained.
B.3.2 Wildlife Act

The Provincial Wildlife Act is important legislation to ensure wildlife are free to carry out activities important to their life cycle. Specific sections of the Wildlife Act pertain to development processes, including:
Section 10: Attempts to Capture Wildlife

Except as authorized by this Act, the regulations or a permit, a person who attempts to capture wildlife commits an offence.
Employees and visitors to RAP will be instructed not to attempt to capture wildlife and that doing so will
result in reporting to the Report All Poachers and Polluters (RAPP) hotline.
Section 33.1: Attracting Dangerous Wildlife

33.1 (1) A person must not
(a) intentionally feed or attempt to feed dangerous wildlife, or
8
38
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/devwithcare/. Accessed May 2015.

September 2015
(b) provide, leave or place an attractant in, on or about any land or premises with the intent
of attracting dangerous wildlife.
(2) A person must not leave or place an attractant in, on or about any land or premises where
there are or where there are likely to be people, in a manner in which the attractant could
(a) attract dangerous wildlife to the land or premises, and
(b) be accessible to dangerous wildlife.
(3) Subject to subsections (5) and (6), a person who contravenes subsection (1) or (2) commits an offence.
See Section C.1.3, Wildlife Habitat, for information on how RAP intends to reduce and eliminate wildlife
attractants for bears and other dangerous wildlife.
Section 34: Birds, Nests and Eggs

34 A person commits an offence if the person, except as provided by regulation, possesses,
takes, injures, molests or destroys
(a) a bird or its egg,
(b) the nest of an eagle, peregrine falcon, gyrfalcon, osprey, heron or burrowing owl, or
(c) the nest of a bird not referred to in paragraph (b) when the nest is occupied by a bird or
its egg.
Prior to any land development between March 1 and August 15 (e.g., clearing vegetation, grubbing soil,
removing old buildings), IDLP will retain a QEP to ensure that active bird nesting and/or fledging will not
be negatively impacted by the development activity.
Section 37: Transportation of Wildlife

37 A person who ships or transports in British Columbia, or engages another person to ship
or transport in British Columbia, wildlife or fish or parts of them, except as provided by regulation, commits an offence.
All employees and visitors to RAP will be made aware of their obligation not to capture and/or transport
wildlife without a permit. All suspicious activities will be reported to the RAPP hotline.
B.3.3 Riparian Area Regulation

All work performed adjacent to or planned for within the Riparian Assessment Area (RAA) will do so in
compliance with the provincial Riparian Areas Regulation (RAR). Further, Columbia Shuswap Regional
District (CSRD) Electoral Area B Official Community Plan requires that land developers obtain a RAR
Development Permit for development within the RAA and/or designation of the Streamside Protection
and Enhancement Area. A RAR assessment for Greely Meadows (base of operations) will commence in
the summer of 2015.
September 2015
39
B.3.4 Works In and About Streams

Adhering to the regulations outlined in Section 9 of the provincial Water Act, pertaining to changes in
and about a stream, Notification or Application for Approval will be submitted as required. The BC Ministry of Environments Standards and Best Practices for Instream Works will be used as a guide, and a
QEP will be retained to ensure compliance with permitting and monitoring.
B.3.5 Wildfire Prevention and Response

IDLP engaged Spark Solutions and Wildland Professional Solutions to develop a number of reports and
plans to be used by IDLP to prevent and respond to wildfires. The following reports can be found in the
appendices:
Wildfire Prevention and Response System (Appendix B-9)
Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation Report (Appendix B-10)
Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended Wildfire Development Guidelines (Appendix B-11)
Wildfire Prevention and Response System is designed to be a fire preparedness reference to all staff
and contractors working in the tenure. It outlines prevention, preparation, and fire suppression methods.
The Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation Report uses the standards presented in Wildland Urban
Interface Wildfire Threat Assessment in British Columbia to assess the wildfire threat at RAP. Wildfire
threat exists throughout the property at varying levels, but several factors combine to reduce the overall
risk: the areas infrequent history of wildfires, the fact that the property is north-facing (and thus retains
moisture), and the composition of the forest (Interior Cedar Hemlock, which has low burn probability).
Based on the relevant findings, wildfire threat mitigation strategies are provided within the report. It
contains general threat mitigation strategies and offers other recommendations specific to RAP. Suggestions include continuing to participate with the City of Revelstoke and Area Community Wildland
Fire Protection Committee, and to consider working with the City of Revelstoke and RMR to construct a
firebreak.
Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended Wildfire Development Guidelines describes the preliminary recommended wildlandurban interface fire development guidelines that should be considered
in the planning and development of RAP.
The guidelines are specifically focused on mitigating the general wildfire threat to the facilities and the
individual values at risk within the development. Each guideline topic is addressed by providing an
overview of the wildfire risk and is followed by appropriate recommendations to reduce RAPs wildfire
risk and increase public and first responder safety.
40

September 2015
B.4 UTILITIES
B.4.1 Power, Electrical, and Telecommunications
RAP has been given the appropriate approvals for power from both CP Rail and BC Hydro. Local contractor Canyon Electric is installing the transformers and switches in the summer of 2015. RAP hopes to
provide its own power in the future via a small hydroelectric turbine.
B.4.2 Source of Water

There is one unnamed creek that runs through the intensive use sites. IDLP intends to collect hydrometric
data on the unnamed creek. A Water Licence Application has been submitted to FrontCounter BC to obtain rights to access this stream/creek for commercial purposes. A Drinking Water Operating Permit will be
obtained from the Interior Health Authority (IHA), and an IHA-approved water system will be engineered.
As an alternative, IDLP has an existing agreement for water consumption with the City of Revelstoke to
access their treated water. The existing agreement is for agricultural purposes, and IDLP is working with
city officials and the engineering department to alter the existing agreement to allow for commercial use.
B.4.3 Sewage Disposal

Early phasing will see the installation of portable privies at the Bungee Centre and the Tree Top Adventures area. Arrangements will be made with a provincially licensed sewage disposal facility.
When the Bungee Centre mountain lodge is built, an IHA-approved septic system will be designed and
installed. See Appendix C for the proposed septic system designed by a registered onsite wastewater
practitioner,
B.4.4 Recycling and Refuse Disposal

Guests will be able to dispose of their refuse and recycling in bear-proof bins at the Tree Top Adventures
area and Bungee Centre and various locations on the private land. Bins will be emptied every day, and their
contents will be stored in a secure, bear-proof storage area on private property. A contract with a local
waste removal company will be established to ensure waste is removed from the property on a regular
basis.

September 2015
41
Section C: Environmental and Social Management
SectionC:ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL MANAGEMENT

C.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN
C.1.1 Land Impact Mitigation
This section discusses land impacts associated with cutting of vegetation, soil disturbance, and management of pesticides and herbicides, as well as visual impacts and archaeological sites. Environmental
best management practices for reducing land impacts are presented in detail in the Wildlife Assessment
report prepared by Shearing Environmental Consultants, included in Appendix B-7, specifically ways to
protect wildlife trees and important wildlife features (e.g., animal licks, wildlife corridors, burrows and
dens).
C.1.1.1 Cutting of Vegetation

Cutting vegetation is required on Crown land. A cleared right-of-way of approximately 200 ft will be
required for the Greely Express Lift route. This route passes through seral and old growth forest. The
planned Tree Top Adventures chairlift will also require an approximately 200-foot right-of-way. Chairlift
right-of-ways are required to ensure trees are far enough from the lifts to avoid contact in the event of
blowdown.
Vegetation will also be removed to facilitate approximately 3 km of new roadways as discussed in Section B.2.2.1. Roads are single lane and compacted gravel.
IDLPs intent is to retain the natural landscape and integrate the natural environment into RAPs design.
Timber and brush removal will be required, but it will be performed in such a way as to reduce its visual
impact. Removal of brush will also be required to reduce fire fuel.
Prior to cutting vegetation during the nesting window (see Table 5 in Appendix B-7, for species-specific
table for least-risk windows), a QEP will be retained to determine the presence and absence of nesting
and/or fledging birds by means of bird nesting surveys. An appropriate buffer based on recommendations from the QEP will be placed around active nests, and forest stands without active nesting will be
permitted to be cut.
IDLP plans to use, when possible, the trees felled during clearing for onsite construction (e.g., the Bungee Centre and buildings in Greely Meadows).
C.1.1.2 Soil Disturbance

The Provinces Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism/Commercial Recreation in British Columbia
presents environmental best management practices that IDLP will follow in support of retaining soil
diversity outside of infrastructure footprints, right-of-ways, and trails. These include the mitigation strategies listed below to minimize soil compaction and minimize erosion:
42

September 2015
Use existing roads and trails

Avoid traveling on existing roads and trails that are showing signs of erosion
Avoid widening existing trails
Use rock and gravel on trails where possible
Avoid the placement of trails on steep grades, in areas with soft soil substrates and where trails follow drainage corridors
Place trails on rock where possible
Avoid trails that encourage off-trail use (pick the best route for walking or biking)
Place signs telling user groups to stay on the trail for the protection of soil and vegetation
Minimize campfire areas and contain within designated fire pits
Limit motorized vehicular access on roads and trails
Ensure that trails and roads that cross waterways have protected abutments to prevent erosion and degradation of the crossing feature
and surrounding environment
C.1.1.3 Management of Pesticides and Herbicides

Best management practices listed in Section 8: Pollution, Prevention and Management of the Provinces
Environmental Best Management Practices for Urban and Rural Land Development will be adhered to
during construction and maintenance.
When necessary, an Integrated Pest Management (IPM) plan will be developed in cooperation with the
Columbia Shuswap Invasive Species Society9 based in Revelstoke to address the following:
1. Planning and managing ecosystems to prevent organisms from becoming pests.
2. Identifying potential pest problems.
3. Monitoring populations of pests and beneficial organisms, pest damage, and environmental conditions.
4. Using injury thresholds in making treatment decisions.
5. Reducing pest populations to acceptable levels using strategies that may include a combination of biological, physical, cultural,
mechanical, behavioural, and chemical controls.
6. Evaluating the effectiveness of treatments.
Mechanical and manual weed removal will be the preferred option to reduce the use of pesticides. In
the event that pesticides are required, the following mitigation strategies will be used:
1. Ensure all pesticide applications adhere to the requirements of the Provinces Integrated Pest Control Act and Regulations.
2. Consult and inform all parties who may be affected by the pest control activities.
3. Read and follow all label directions.
4. Hire licensed and certified applicators when required legally and if unsure of the effectiveness or impacts of the pesticides.
C.1.1.4 Visual Impacts

Visual impacts are not anticipated as a result of nominal tree clearing. The Bungee Centre will be designed to blend with its natural surroundings and limit its visual impact. Lighting will be designed to
direct light where and when it is needed rather than toward the sky, decreasing its impact on wildlife.
9
http://columbiashuswapinvasives.org

September 2015
43
C.1.1.5 Construction Methods and Materials

Key methods and materials to be used in the construction of RAP include:
Best management practices for all areas of construction.
LEED standards for buildings when possible.
Reusing timber and other material from the site whenever feasible.
Using local BC materials whenever possible.
C.1.1.6 Archaeological Sites

A Preliminary Field Reconnaissance (PFR) was conducted by the Splatsin First Nation to assess if there
are any potential archaeological sites in the proposed development area or if any further archaeological
field studies are required. The proposed tenure area was deemed to have low archaeological potential
and no further archaeological work is recommended.
One high potential zone along the Illecillewaet River is identified within the study; however, this falls
outside RAPs proposed development area.
See Appendix B-6, Archaeological Assessment, for a full copy of the PFR.
C.1.2 Aquatic Impact Mitigation

This section presents an overview of aquatic resources sustained within the Crown land this application
pertains to, an overview description of fish habitat, a description of the adjacent Greely Creek Watershed, and a description of the City of Revelstoke water main that traverses land owned by IDLP.
Drainage from Crown land upslope of private land is generally conveyed by means of two perennial
unnamed creeks, Unnamed Creek One and Unnamed Creek Two. See Map 14.
C.1.2.1 Unnamed Creek One

Unnamed Creek One (UC1) is located on the west side of the mountain slope. A RAR assessment was
undertaken for an approximately 500 m section of the lower reach of UC1 (referred to as Creek 5 in Azimuth 2012), from the confluence with the Illecillewaet River upstream beyond an existing road crossing
(see Site Plan from Azimuth 2012). UC1 was found to have significant flow contained within a well-defined channel, and no barriers to fish passage were found. During onsite investigations, SEC found that
UC1 steepened significantly upstream of the initial RAR assessment area from 2012; however, fish presence/absence surveys have not yet occurred to determine whether or not the upstream reach on the
mountainside is fish-bearing.
Numerous components of the proposed development require regulatory approval for work in and
around UC1, including the Ziplines, mountain bike trail crossings, tree felling associated with the Greely
Express Lift right-of-way, and mountain road construction. IDLP has retained SEC to begin mapping
biophysical attributes of UC1 to better understand development constraints. The Streamside Protection and Enhancement Area (SPEA) will be determined for the entire reach of UC1 on both sides of the
creek within the Crown land tenure, and Section 9 Water Act submissions will be prepared for all creek
crossings.
44

September 2015
C.1.2.2 Unnamed Creek Two

Unnamed Creek One (UC2) is located on the east side of the mountain slope closer to the Greely Creek Watershed boundary. UC2 originates as two separate channels and flows through an old growth forest stand. The
confluence of both channels occurs within Crown land before flowing approximately 1km downstream to
a roadside ditch contained on private property that eventually flows into the Illecillewaet River. The Riparian
Areas Regulation (RAR) report by Azimuth Forestry, 2012 (Appendix B-14), did not find any barriers to fish
passage and classified UC2 (referred to as Creek 3 in Azimuth 2012) fish bearing. Large-scale recreational development is not planned for the riparian corridor around UC2. A natural cliff-band immediately west of UC2
ensures that construction of trails near the riparian area is not possible. A RAR assessment is not anticipated
for UC2. Upon determination of final trail alignment, Section 9 Water Act submissions will be prepared detailing proposed construction and the biophysical attributes of the crossing location.
Map14:Creeks - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015
45
C.1.2.3 Other Watercourses

Within the Crown land tenure are numerous small ephemeral and intermittent drainage features, some
connecting to UC1 and UC2 and others that flow downslope through surface and subsurface drainage paths. The mountain slope comprises fractured rock that keeps the mountainside well drained but
prevents the formation of well-defined channels for smaller drainage features. These features will be
mapped prior to final trail layout and appropriate permitting undertaken prior to starting construction.
Fish Presence
Azimuth 2012 found that fish presence beyond a culvert connecting the subject propertys watercourses with the Illecillewaet River would not preclude fish from entering the property. IDLP has retained SEC
to conduct fish presence/absence surveys on all perennial watercourses to determine if they currently
support fish.
All activities within the vicinity of the stream will follow guidelines outlined in the BC Ministry of Environments A Users Guide to Working In and Around Water and Standards and Best Practices for Instream Works.
Greely Creek Watershed

IDLP retained SEC to study the potential impact of RAP on the Greely Creek Watershed. SEC prepared a
report (Appendix B-8) detailing the findings. SEC concluded that all recreation activities proposed for
RAP are to occur within encompassing lands (i.e., private land and Crown tenure land held by the proponent) and therefore do not pose an intrinsic risk to the watershed.
SEC found two potential risks to the watershed attributed to RAP: the risk of wildfire and human access.
The report presents ways to mitigate both risks such that they are deemed insignificant, including developing a wildfire strategy, which is now complete (see Appendices B-9, B-10, and B11), and a plan to
retain existing natural buffers, along with other impact mitigation strategies. The full details of SECs
conclusions and recommendations can be found in their letter included in Appendix B-8.
IDLP has also conducted site visits with both IHA and the City of Revelstokes Director of Engineering
and Development Services to discuss ways to ensure that the development does not infringe upon the
watershed. See Map 15 (opposite).
46

September 2015
Map15:Watersource Protection: Distances Between Revelstoke Adventure Park and the City of Revelstoke Water Source - See Appendix G for more information
C.1.2.4 City of Revelstoke Water Main

The City of Revelstoke has a water main that runs through the property and is protected by existing
right-of-ways (ROW Plans 35 and 36). The City of Revelstokes Director of Engineering and Development
Services did not have any concerns during a site visit. The City has asked that IDLP share their construction plans with the City prior to commencing any work to ensure there are no risks.

September 2015
47
C.1.2.5 Mitigation Strategies

While the areas geography and topography act as a natural barrier to protect the watershed, the following mitigation strategies will be implemented:
Participate in City of Revelstoke water source protection planning: Contact has been made with the Citys
Environmental Sustainability Coordinator, and IDLP has requested to be involved in the process.
Wildfire study: IDLP commissioned a number of wildfire reports and studies, which are outlined in Section B.3.5 of this document.
Water main: Prior to any construction, the City of Revelstokes engineering department will be contacted with detailed plans to
ensure there is no risk to the water main.
Trail design: Trails will be designed to guide the general public away from the watershed boundary. Natural features of the land
and built features, with SECs input on the environmental impact, will be used to create barriers if necessary.
Signage: The park boundary will be well marked and signage posted to notify visitors that they are in the vicinity of the watershed
and must obey the boundary.
Disposal of sewage and public sanitation: During initial phases a provincially licensed disposal company will be
engaged to empty all portable sanitation units. Permanent public facilities will be built per phasing at Greely Meadows and the Bungee
Centre. These will have an IHA-approved septic system designed by a registered onsite wastewater practitioner. See Appendix C for a
description of the proposed septic system.
Drinking Water: An approved water source will be identified and a water system operating permit will be obtained.
IDLP is committed to working with IHA, CSRD, and the City of Revelstoke to ensure the ongoing protection of the Greely Creek Watershed. The existing natural features combined with the mitigation strategies mentioned above and ongoing work with SEC will ensure its protection.
C.1.3 Wildlife Habitat

At the request of the Ktunaxa Nation Council, IDLP retained SEC in the fall of 2013 to conduct a wildlife
overview assessment of the proposed project area, both privately owned land and most specifically,
tenure being sought on Crown land. SEC prepared a lengthy report detailing findings; see Appendix B-7
for this report.
As referenced in SECs report, the property sustains wildlife habitat and there is a likelihood of occurrence with regionally significant species (RSS) and species of management concern (SMC). However,
SEC concludes:
With adequate preplanning and integration and implementation of impact avoidance mitigation strategies, impacts to wildlife associated with RAP can be avoided and/or reduced.
SEC also states:
Careful planning and construction will ensure that the project footprint is well integrated
into the landscape and therefore avoids or reduces impacts to wildlife and their habitats.
By continuing to work with a QEP, IDLP will engage in careful planning and construction through every
phase of the development.
IDLP acknowledges that their guests experience relates directly to their experience within the natural
environment. Working closely with QEPs and environmental regulators, IDLP intends to integrate this
project with the integrity and value of the natural environment.
48

September 2015
Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism/Commercial Recreation in BC

Working with a QEP, IDLP will ensure that the Provinces Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism/
Commercial Recreation in BC are incorporated into RAP operation plans. The guidelines associated
with the following activities in forest and freshwater ecosystems will be followed:
Aerial-based recreation
Motorized recreation (snow-free)
Non-motorized recreation (snow-free)
Boating
The relevant desired behaviours will be followed, and indicators will be monitored and measured. Actions to be taken include:
Fuel will be stored on private land and stored according to current legislation.
All waste and recycling will be packed out and stored in bear-proof storage areas on private land.
No off-leash dogs will be allowed.
All staff will be trained regarding safety and best practices related to interactions with wildlife.
Signage will be posted to ensure guests:
Stay on established trails
Record all wildlife encounters, as well as actions taken and responses of animals involved
Do not harass wildlife
Do not feed wildlife
Do not handle wildlife
A Bear Aware Program will be implemented to reduce human/bear conflicts with non-natural food attractants. This program, which includes feedback from the Revelstoke Bear Aware Community Coordinator, is outlined in Table 7 on the following page.

September 2015
49
Photo: NPS Photo / Daniel A. Leifheit - https://goo.gl/7uyk6W
50

September 2015
Table 7. REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK BEAR AWARE PROGRAM

OBJECTIVE:
Develop and implement a Bear Aware Program to reduce bear/human conflicts associated with nonnatural food attractants. The following mitigation strategies will be implemented:
BASE AREA, CAMPGROUND AND BUNGEE CENTRE:
All outdoor trashcans and recycling bins are bear proof and have removable plastic liners to contain odours.
Plastic liners are changed at every pick-up to eliminate odours.
Trashcans and recycling bins will be emptied daily (or more if necessary) into dumpsters. Pick-up will be
scheduled to prevent overflow, and to ensure no trash is left overnight. Bags will be loaded into a vehicle that
will proceed directly to the dumpster station.
Dumpsters will be stored in a dumpster station area that is fenced with bear resistant fencing that will be
maintained and repaired by maintenance staff. The fencing will be un-climbable (no exterior horizontal bars,
minimum of 8 ft tall and steel) or electrical fencing will be considered,
Dumpsters will be emptied on a regularly scheduled basis, or more frequently if necessary, by a local waste
management company.
Excess food, and grease barrels from food and beverage outlets will be stored in a bear proof storage area or
inside a lockable building.
All staff will be trained to ensure the park remains litter-free.
Campers and campground staff will be instructed to ensure no wildlife attractants are ever left unattended at
any of the camp sites.
RECREATIONAL TRAILS:
There will be no trashcans on recreational trails, only at the base area, and Bungee Centre.
The Pack in-Pack Out policy will be enforced.
No overnight camping on trails is permitted
Signage to be posted reminding visitors they are in bear country, with notices posted when a bear is reported
in the area.
Signage will also outline appropriate conduct; create noise, stay on trails, pack all food and garbage out
Hikers are encouraged to travel in groups of 4 or more; this will be enforced if grizzlies have been sighted.
If there is an increase in grizzly bear use on trails the trail may be temporarily closed.
Pets must be on leash.
Trails will be well marked and fenced where appropriate to avoid off-trail use.
GENERAL:
Bear Info Centre at base and at Bungee Centre.
Fruit trees will not be planted
Employee training will include a bear aware section; managing attractants, what to do in an emergency,
general info, how to use bear spray.
Fuel and other petroleum products will be securely stored.
Employees who are deemed to be at risk will carry bear spray, and be trained on how to use it.
Encourage visitors and staff to report bear and wildlife sightings.
Bear Aware Program will be evaluated at on a weekly basis at safety meetings.

September 2015
51
C.2 SOCIO-COMMUNITY PLAN

C.2.1 Land Use
C.2.1.1 Agricultural Land Reserve
A portion 47.3 ha of the private land, and 9.9 ha of the Crown land (Map 16) are within the Agricultural
Land Reserve (ALR). Land use within the ALR is regulated by the Agricultural Land Commission (ALC).
In September 2014 the ALC approved IDLPs application for non-farm-use for the purpose of developing
a comprehensive resort commercial destination. The ALC granted the approval stating the property
has marginal agricultural capability and limited agricultural suitability. Please see Appendix A-2 for a
copy of the ALCs resolution.
C.2.1.2 Zoning
The development lies within the Columbia Shuswap Regional District (CSRD) Electoral Area B. As per
the Official Community Plan (OCP) the area is designated Rural Resource and is zoned Rural Holding.
An application for an OCP amendment and rezoning will be submitted in August 2015 to the CSRD that
would allow for the uses outlined in this management plan. The application would see the area amended to Resort Commercial, and it would also result in the creation of a Comprehensive Development
zone.
C.2.1.3 Commercial Recreation Tenure Overlap

The application area lies within the Commercial Recreation Area (CRA) held by Revelstoke Mountain
Resort Limited Partnership (RMR).
Map 16 highlights the proposed overlap. The overlap and the proposed RAP development have been
discussed in detail with RMR. RMR has not yet developed this area and it is not currently used by guests
of RMR. RMR has indicated that they do not believe RAPs operation will affect their current operation.
Please see Appendix D for the Adventure Tourism Operator Input Form (ATOIF) they completed.
In addition to RMRs support, Terry Pratt (Senior Manager, Major Projects, MFLNRO Mountain Resort
Branch) has also indicated that the Mountain Resort Branch gives conditional support for the proposal
subject to a number of conditions, all of which IDLP agrees to. Please see Appendix D for a copy of the
Mountain Resort Branchs Referral Response, updated as of June 2015.
C.2.1.4 Mineral Tenure

After a review of the Integrated Land and Resource Registry (ILRR) website in April 2015, it appears that
there are no mineral licences for the application area.
C.2.1.5 Timber Tenure and Forest Use

The proposed tenure area lies within Downie Timbers operating area.
IDLP acknowledges that other resource tenures may overlap the proposed area and that coordinating
access and activities with other tenure holders may be required.
52

September 2015
Map16:Revelstoke Adventure Park Legal Boundaries - Tenure Overlap & Agricultural Land Reserve - See Appendix G for more information

September 2015
53
C.2.2 Socio-Community Conditions

The subject property currently has no services.
C.2.2.1 Water Supply

As described in Section C.1.2.2, there is one unnamed creek that runs through the intensive use sites. A
Water License Application has been submitted to FrontCounter BC to obtain rights to access this stream
for commercial purposes. A Drinking Water Operating Permit will be obtained from IHA, and an IHA-approved water system will be engineered.
As an alternative, IDLP has an existing agreement for water with the City of Revelstoke to access their
treated water. The existing agreement is for agricultural purposes, and IDLP is working with City officials
and the engineering department to alter the existing agreement to allow for commercial use.
C.2.2.2 Fire Protection

Preliminary discussions have been had with the Revelstoke Fire Department regarding fire services. The
Fire Department has indicated that a fire protection agreement to cover the area is possible, and it can
be discussed further once approvals are in place.
The procedure for responding to a forest fire is outlined in Wildfire Prevention and Response System
prepared by Spark Solutions (Appendix B-9). As outlined in this document, all forest fires will be reported to the Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations Wildfire Management Branch,
Southeast Fire Centre.
In addition, IDLP has and will continue to participate in the Revelstoke Community Wildland Fire Protection Committee.
C.2.2.3 Emergency Services

RAP will employ trained first aid attendants, who will be the first to respond to any medical emergencies
at the park. As part of the medical emergency response plan, procedures will be established with IHA,
Queen Victoria Hospital in Revelstoke, and the local medical clinic.
C.2.3 Public Health

As previously mentioned, RAP has been working with the IHA and will comply with the Drinking Water
Protection Act. An engineered waste disposal system will be approved by IHA before installation. Currently there are no services available on the property.
Food service establishments, on Crown or private land, will comply with the Food Premises Regulation
and obtain a food service establishment operating permit.
RAP will be a leader in public safety not only in the design of its facilities but also in operations. We will
hold the highest standards for public health.
54

September 2015
C.2.4 First Nations

IDLP reviewed the BC Ministry of Aboriginal Relations and Reconciliations Guide to Involving Proponents When Consulting First Nations. As suggested, Ian Wiles, First Nations Relations Advisor for the
Kootenay Boundary Region was contacted. Mr. Wiles provided the following list of bands whose territories overlap the proposed tenure area:
Adams Lake Indian Band
Ktunaxa First Nation
Little Shuswap Indian Band
Lower Similkameen Indian Band
Neskonlith Indian Band
Okanagan Indian Band
Okanagan Nation Alliance
Penticton Indian Band
Shuswap Indian Band
Splatsin First Nation
Upper Nicola Band
Appendix E contains a log of IDLPs contact with various First Nations over the past three years. The
First Nations listed above also received a copy of IDLPs original 2013 Crown land application and investigative permit as part of a package from FrontCounter BC. Most recently, a letter was sent to the
First Nations listed above describing IDLPs intent to reapply for a Crown land tenure and the proposed
development. This letter, which can be found in Appendix E, requests that the groups contact IDLP with
any concerns or requests and affords opportunities to meet with IDLP for more information. The following are key outcomes of IDLPs communication with First Nations:
2012: In 2012 a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), available in Appendix E, was drafted with the Splatsin First Nation; however,
this agreement has not yet been finalized. The MOU sets out how the Splatsin and Black Tie Properties LP will work together to ensure
the Splatsins title, rights, values, and principles are reflected in both forest and recreational activities for mutual benefit and to advance
opportunities.
2012: As described in Section C.1.1.6, an archaeological study was conducted on the property and the proposed tenure area was
deemed to have low archaeological potential.
2013: During the referral process for IDLPs application in January 2013, the Ktunaxa Nation requested a wildlife study be completed.
After conversations with Dora Gunn from the Ktunaxa Nation, the study was completed by SEC.

September 2015
55
C.3 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN

The following table presents a preliminary risk management plan for proposed activities to be developed in conjunction with an emergency
response plan prior to commencement of the activities.
Table 8. PRELIMINARY RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN BY ACTIVITY

FORESEEABLE EVENTS / REAL RISKS
ACTIVITY
PEOPLE
ATTRIBUTES PEOPLE
BRING TO AN
ACTIVITY
Gondola/Lift
Operation
Inappropriate
behavior in
Gondola. Swinging
leaning on doors
and illegal activities.
Ziplines
56
Inappropriate
clothing or
footwear
Collision
Low level fall or slip
Preexisting medical
condition or injury
aggravated by the
activity
EQUIPMENT
RESOURCES THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Shut down
Derailment
.
Inappropriate use
Failure
RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

ENVIRONMENT
FACTORS THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Wind
Lightning
and several storms
Lightning
Strong wind
Extreme cold or heat
Tree fall
Wildlife encounter
CONSEQUENCES
PEOPLE
EQUIPMENT
ENVIRONMENT
Loss of revenue
Long-term negative
impact on
operations. Loss of
life due to fall.
Law suits
Signage and control

measures provide
by manufacture
Will follow CSA Z98
codes Law suits
The lift will need

to follow the CSA
Z98 codes. This is
required in order for
lift to be installed.
Monitoring issues
covered in CSA Z98
Codes installed
Collision causing
bodily injuries
Disruption of
operation
Lawsuit
Loss of revenue
Visible signage for

participants and
observers warning
about increased
risks
Release of liability
Liability insurance
coverage
Maximum weight,
minimum age
Recommended
clothing, footwear,
hair, and jewelry
policy
Regular inspection
Meet manufacturers
recommendation
for storage,
maintenance, and
proper use
Weather monitoring
system in place
Lightning
monitoring
Evacuation
procedures in place
Clothing policy
Extreme weather
policy
Regular arborist
assessment
Wildlife encounter
policy and
procedures

September 2015

ACTIVITY
PEOPLE
ATTRIBUTES PEOPLE
BRING TO AN
ACTIVITY
Ropes Courses
Fall
Collision
Inappropriate
clothing or
footwear
Low level fall or slip
Poor fitness or health
of the participant
Preexisting medical
condition or injury
aggravated by the
activity
Hiking Trails
Inappropriate
clothing or
footwear
Poor fitness or health
Fall or slip
Inability to navigate
EQUIPMENT
RESOURCES THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Inappropriate use
Failure
N/A

September 2015

ENVIRONMENT
FACTORS THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Lightning
Strong wind
Extreme cold or heat
Tree fall
Severe weather
conditions
Lightning storm
Forest fire
Avalanche
Wildlife encounter
Rough, uneven,
slippery terrain
Poor visibility
CONSEQUENCES
Mishandling of
equipment
Fall causing bodily
injuries or fatality
Disruption of
operation
Lawsuit
Loss of revenue
Slip and fall injuries

Frostbite or
heatstroke
Inability to navigate
and getting lost
PEOPLE
EQUIPMENT
ENVIRONMENT
Visible signs for

participants and
observers warning
about increased
risks
Liability insurance
coverage policy for
participation
Maximum weight,
minimum age
Recommended
clothing, footwear,
hair, and jewelry
policy
Proper participant
training
Use of smart belay
system
Regular inspection
Meet manufacturers
recommendation
for storage,
maintenance, and
proper use
Weather monitoring
system in place
Lightning
monitoring
Evacuation
procedures in place
Clothing policy
Extreme weather
policy
Regular arborist
assessment
N/A
Weather, avalanche,
and forest fire
warning system
Wildlife encounter
warning
Recommend use of
compass, GPS, and
radio
Clothing and
footwear
recommendation
Warning and
direction signs
Liability insurance
coverage
57

ACTIVITY
Bungee Jumping
Sky Swing
58
PEOPLE
ATTRIBUTES PEOPLE
BRING TO AN
ACTIVITY
Eye trauma
Rope burn, bruises,
dislocation, and
back injuries
Fear, anxiety
Rope burn Harness

chafing due to
inappropriate
clothing
Inversion
Swinger hitting
observer
Fear, anxiety
EQUIPMENT
RESOURCES THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Inappropriate use
Failure
Inappropriate use
Failure

ENVIRONMENT
FACTORS THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Lightning
Forest fire
Lightning
Forest fire
CONSEQUENCES
Eye trauma,
Rope burn, bruises,
dislocation, and
back injuries
Lawsuit
Loss of revenue
Rope burn
Harness chafing due
to inappropriate
clothing
Inversion
Swinger hitting
observer
Lawsuit
Loss of revenue
PEOPLE
EQUIPMENT
ENVIRONMENT
Visible signs for

participants and
observers warning
about increased
risks
Liability insurance
coverage policy for
participation
Maximum weight,
minimum age
Recommended
clothing, footwear,
hair, and jewelry
policy
Regular inspection
Meet manufacturers
recommendation
for storage,
maintenance, and
proper use
Weather and fire

forecast and
warning system in
place
Visible signs for

participants and
observers warning
about increased
risks
Liability insurance
coverage policy for
participation
Maximum weight,
minimum age
Recommended
clothing, footwear,
hair, and jewelry
policy
No upside down
policy
Clear around swing
area policy
Regular inspection
Meet manufacturers
recommendation
for storage,
maintenance, and
proper use
Mandatory chest
harness
Weather and fire

forecast and
warning system in
place

September 2015

ACTIVITY
PEOPLE
ATTRIBUTES PEOPLE
BRING TO AN
ACTIVITY
Mountain Biking
Falling off or onto

bike
Foreign objects
transported on
bikes
Encounter with
foreign object or
public on trails
Collision
Mountain
Coaster
Collision with other

sleds
Failure to properly
attach the seatbelt
Falling out of the
sled/car
Touching or
stepping on track
Failure to use brakes
EQUIPMENT
RESOURCES THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Participants are
responsible for the
condition of their
own equipment
Inappropriate use
Failure

September 2015

ENVIRONMENT
FACTORS THAT
MAY IMPACT THE
ACTIVITY
Severe weather
conditions
Lightning storm
Forest fire
Avalanche
Wildlife encounter
Rough, uneven,
slippery terrain
Poor visibility
Severe weather
conditions
Lightning storm
Forest fire
Avalanche
Wildlife encounter
CONSEQUENCES
PEOPLE
EQUIPMENT
ENVIRONMENT
Weather, avalanche,
and forest fire
warning system
Wildlife encounter
warning
Recommend use of
compass, GPS, and
radio
Falling off or onto

bike
Foreign objects
transported on
bikes
Encounter with
foreign object or
public on trails
Collision
Lawsuit
Loss of revenue
Visible signs for

participants
warning about
increased risks
Liability insurance
coverage
Participants are
responsible for the
condition of their
own equipment
Collision with other

sleds
Failure to properly
attach the seatbelt
Falling out of the
sled/car
Touching or
stepping on track
Failure to use brakes
Lawsuit
Loss of revenue
Visible signs
and rules for
participants
warning about
increased risks
Liability insurance
coverage policy for
participation
Maximum weight,
minimum age and
ability
Regular inspection
Meet manufacturers
recommendation
for storage,
maintenance, and
proper use
Weather, avalanche,
and forest fire
warning system
Wildlife encounter
warning
59
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A:
EXISTING PERMITS
Appendix A:1
Appendix A:2
Appendix A:3
Appendix A:4
APPENDIX B:
PRELIMINARY STUDIES
Appendix B:1
Black Tie Properties LP

Revelstoke Adventure Park
Final Report
EYH Consultants Ltd.

3425 West 31st Avenue
Vancouver, BC
Canada V6S 1X6
E: Eanson@EYHConsultants.ca
T: 604 817 7798
www.EYHConsultants.ca

Final Report
Prepared by:
per: Al Popoff
Associate & Senior Consultant
per: Eanson Ho, MBA, P.Eng.

President & Senior Consultant
August 7, 2015
Traffic Impact Assessment Revelstoke Adventure Park Final Report
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
1.2
2.0
3
4
Development Traffic Generation

Development Traffic Distribution
Development Traffic Volumes
Base Traffic Volumes
5
7
7
8
THE TRANS-CANADA GREELY ROAFD INTERSECITON

3.1
3.2
3.3
4.0
Background
Study Scope
TRAFFIC VOLUME FORECASTING

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.0
Stopping Sight Distance

Intersection Departure Sight Distance
Westbound Left Turn Lane
11
12
13
CAPACITY ANALYSIS
4.1
4.2
4.3
Capacity Analysis
Level of Service
14
14
15
5.0
BRIDGE CONDITION AND CP RAIL CROSSING REVIEW
17
6.0
VEHICLE COLLISION DATA REVIEW
17
7.0
OVERVIEW
18
APPENDIX A STUDY TERMS OF REFERENCE

APPENDIX B BRIDGE QUEUEING REVIEW
APPENDIX C VEHICLE COLLISION DATA REVIEW
1
11
18
EYH Consultants
ii
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1
SITE INBOUND PEAK HOUR VOLUME CALCULATIONS
TABLE 2
SITE OUTBOUND PEAK HOUR VOLUME CALCULATIONS
TABLE 3
DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC VOLUMES DURING PEAK HOUR

ON TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY, SUNDAY, 1300 T0 1400 HOURS
TABLE 4
YEAR 2021 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC VOLUMES AT THE

TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY AND GREELY ROAD INTERSECITON
TABLE 5
BASE TRAFIC VOLUMES FOR THE YEARS 2016, 2021 AND 2031
TABLE 6
COMBINED TRAFFIC VOLUMES FOR YEARS 2016, 2021 AND 2031
TABLE 7
INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE
10
TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY AND GREELY ROAD

WITH 70 PERCENT TO AND FROM REVELSTOKE
TABLE 8
15
INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE

TABLE 9
WITH 30 PERCENT TO AND FROM REVELSTOKE
15
95TH PERCENTILE WESTBOUND LEFT TURN LANE LENGTHS
15
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1
DEVELOPMENT SITE LOCATION PLAN
FIGURE 2
DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE VEHICLE VOLUMES
FIGURE 3
HOURLY TWO-WAY TRAFFIC VOLUMES ON THE TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY
FIGURE 4
DECISION SIGHT DISTANCE FOR EASTBOUND TRAFFIC
ON A SATURDAY, SUNDAY AND WEDNESDAY IN AUGUST 2014

FIGURE 5
11
DECISION SIGHT DISTANCE FOR WESTBOUND TRAFFIC

FIGURE 6
12
th
95 PERCENTILE WESTBOUND LEFT TURN LENGTH SUMMARY

EYH Consultants
16
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Black Tie Properties LP has proposed to develop the Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) in the Greely
Meadows area. The adventure park will provide a wide range of summer outdoor activities. The
activities will include but not limited to: mountain bike trails, hiking trails, zip lines, a bungee jump,
tree top adventures, mountain shuttle, rock climbing, a sky swing, an Ogo park, river rafting, a
fishpipe endless-loop waterslide, horseback riding, a driving range, a bike pump park, chairlift,
retail shops and support facilities. The 383-hectare site for the park is located 10 km east of the City
of Revelstoke and south of the Trans-Canada Highway (TCH). The site is accessible from Greely
Road crossing the CP Rail and the Illecillewaet River.
RAP will be developed in three phases with full capacity in Year 2021. It will only be open in the
summer between May and October, with the peak visitation in July and August. When it is fully
developed, RAP plans to attract some 105,000 visitors during the summer months. As part of the
Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (Ministry) approval process, a traffic impact assessment
is required. This study was prepared in accordance with the terms of reference which were established
in conjunction with the Ministry. The approved terms of reference are included in APPENDIX A.
Development traffic was generated by estimating the number of visitors per peak month, peak week,
peak day and peak hours. The peak inbound traffic hour is from 1100 to 1200 Hours on a Sunday in
August. The peak outbound traffic is from 1600 and 1700 Hours on the same day. Based on the
Ministrys 2014 count records, the peak traffic on the Trans-Canada Highway occurred on a Sunday
in August, between 1300 and 1400 Hours. The shouldering hours have similar volumes. Impact
assessment was based on the peak site inbound and outbound traffic of RAP, as well as the peak hour
on TCH.
The sight distances were reviewed at the Greely Road intersection with TCH. The decision sight
distances and the departure distances were found to be adequate. The results of the review of the
Ministrys 1997 left turn storage warrants found that a westbound left turn lane will be required when
RAP is in full operation. The Ministrys minimum requirement for a left turn lane is 30 metres. The
capacity analysis results indicate that the level of service for this movement is B or better with a length
of 4.6m to 9.2m. It is concluded that a 30m left turn lane to be provided when RAP is in full
operation, scheduled for Year 2021. From the opening to Year 2021, the westbound left turn
movement could be accommodated with existing geometry augmented by signage.
The Ministry also requires the review of queuing of the one lane (one way operation) bridge over the
Illecillewaet River. A total of four scenarios were analyzed in determining the queuing length and the
EYH Consultants
trigger point as required by the Ministry: two travel speeds (50 km/h and 30 km/h) on the bridge and
two peak periods (Trans-Canada peak hour and inbound peak hour). Two methods were used to
determine the queue lengths: the queuing theory equations and the computer model VISSIM. The two
methods generate similar results. On average, there will be no queue formed and the levels of service
on the bridge will be excellent. VISSIM estimated the maximum queue to be 15 m. However, this
will be an unusual event. It is concluded that the current arrangement for the bridge is sufficient to
accommodate the traffic generated by RAP.
The Ministry also provided Collision Summary and Histogram reports for a 0.6 km segment between
January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014. The review of data indicated that there was an absence of
temporal and spatial trends at this section of the Trans-Canada Highway. Weather and pavement
condition trends cannot be established. There is no trend of collisions occurring during day or night.
However, there is a preponderance of single vehicle off road collisions under snow and icy road
conditions. There was no collision reported at the Greely Road intersection. It is further noted that
RAP will operate during day time in the summer months. Night time illumination of the intersection
will not add any safety benefits to RAP visitors. For the same reasons, winter road conditions will not
be a concern for RAP visitors.
The capacity and safety for the Trans-Canada Highway and Greely Road intersection were assessed
for 16 scenarios. The findings indicate that there will be sufficient intersection capacity for the base
traffic growth and development traffic to the Year 2031.
This report concludes and recommends that:
1. A 30m left turn lane should be installed when the RAP is in full operation, scheduled in
Year 2021. Appropriate information signage should be provided to advise motorists
about the access to RAP at Greely Road. The left turn lane should be designed in
consultation with the Ministry for requirements and standards, in accordance with the
Design Criteria form completed by McElhanney engineering.
2. From the opening to the full operation, westbound left turn will be accommodated with
existing geometry and appropriate signing.
3. RAP administration should continuously monitor traffic at the study intersection and
implement traffic management strategies to shift peak arrival and departure traffic to
shouldering hours.
This traffic assessment concludes that, with the implementation of the above, the Revelstoke
Adventure Park can proceed.
EYH Consultants
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Background
Black Tie Properties LP has proposed to construct the Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) in the
Greely Meadows area. The adventure park will provide a wide range of summer outdoor activities.
The activities will include but not limited to: mountain bike trails, hiking trails, zip lines, a bungee
jump, tree top adventures, mountain shuttle, rock climbing, a sky swing, an Ogo park, river rafting, a
fishpipe endless-loop waterslide, horseback riding, a driving range, a bike pump park, chairlift,
retail shops and support facilities.
The 383-hectare site for the park is located 10 km east of the City of Revelstoke. It is on the south
side of the Trans-Canada Highway (TCH) as shown in FIGURE 1. The site is accessible from Greely
Road, crossing the CP Railway and the Illecillewaet River.
Trans-Canada
Highway
Adventure Park Site
Revelstoke
NORTH
FIGURE 1 - DEVELOPMENT SITE LOCATION PLAN
RAP will be developed in three phases with full capacity in Year 2021. It will only be open in
the summer between May and October, with the peak visitation in July and August. When it is
fully developed, RAP plans to attract some 105,000 visitors during the summer months.
As part of the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (Ministry) approval process, a traffic
impact assessment is required. It is therefore the purpose of this report to describe the findings
of the assessment.
EYH Consultants
1.2
Study Scope
This study was prepared in accordance with the terms of reference which were established in
conjunction with the Ministry. The approved terms of reference are included in APPENDIX A and
summarized below.
a. Study Intersection: Trans-Canada Highway and Greely Road intersection, approximately
10 km east of Revelstoke.
b. Horizon Years:
a. Opening year Year 2016
b. Full operation in Year 2021
c. 10 year from operation Year 2031.
c. Annual linear traffic growth rate for weekend peak hour traffic on the Trans-Canada was
estimated to be 1.5 percent.
d. Traffic generation was based on the visitation information and the principles of arrival
and departure characteristics. The ministry requested that a vehicle occupancy rate of
2.0 to be applied.
e. Development traffic was distributed under two scenarios:
a. Scenario 1: 70% westbound and 30% eastbound
b. Scenario 2: 30% westbound and 70% eastbound
f. Capacity performance was analysed with and without a westbound left turn lane. With
the posted speed on TCH at 100 km/h, the need for a westbound left turn lane was
reviewed. The review was based MOTI warrants and on a speed related road safety
requirement.
g. Traffic crash data in the vicinity of the Greely Road intersection provided by the Ministry
was reviewed.
h. Using Transportation Association of Canada and Ministry supplementary procedures,
decision sight distances were reviewed.
EYH Consultants
2.0
TRAFFIC VOLUME FORECASTING
2.1
Development Traffic Generation
Development traffic volumes, including buses were generated by using the number of visitors
estimated by RAP. The details of the estimation are shown in Section 2.4.3 in APPENDIX A. In
particular, RAP plans to provide and encourage visitors to use shuttle and highway buses
(APPENDIX A, Section 2.4.3.d). RAP will open for business in Year 2016 with 12,900 visitors
projected. By the Year 2021, RAP will be in full operation with an annual 105,350 visitors.
The peak months of the operation will be July and August (with monthly visit of 30 percent of
annual). Saturday and Sunday (20 percent per day of peak month visits) will be the peak days of the
week. During the peak day, visitors will arrive in late morning peaking at 1100 to 1200 Hours (30
percent of peak day visits). These peaking characteristics are confirmed with other similar facilities in
the area. The peak arrival traffic volumes are shown in TABLE 1.
TABLE 1 SITE INBOUND PEAK HOUR VOLUME CALCULATIONS
SITE INBOUND PEAK VOLUMES, SUNDAY
Total Annual Visits
FIRST YR
FULL
12,900
105,350
3,870
31,605
Peak month, Visits
30%
Of Annual
Peak week, visits
25%
Of Peak Month
968
7,901
Peak Day, visits
20%
Of Peak Week
194
1,580
Pk Hour Arrival Visitors
30%
of Peak Day
58
474
Visitors by Auto Mode
70%
Of Peak Hour
41
332
Visitors per Auto
20
166
21
174
Auto Volumes, veh/hour
2.0
Bus Auto Equivalent

SITE INBOUND PEAK VOLUMES, SUNDAY, 1100-1200 Hours
Note: No outbound vehicles during this morning arrival hour. FULL denotes in full operation.
The average duration of stay at RAP is about four hours. The peak hour for outbound volumes will be
1600 to 1700 Hours (30 percent of peak day visits) and the volumes are shown in TABLE 2.
Using data in TABLE 3 in APPENDIX A, the development traffic arrival and departure vehicle
volumes are shown in FIGURE 2. The planning of RAP anticipates a sharp arrival during the 1100 to
1200 Hours and departure during the 1600 to 1700 Hours. Traffic volumes during the shouldering
hours are anticipated to be 50 percent of the peak hour.
EYH Consultants
TABLE 2 SITE OUTBOUND PEAK HOUR VOLUME CALCULATIONS

SITE OUTBOUND PEAK VOLUMES, SUNDAY
Total Annual Visits
FIRST YR
FULL
12,900
105,350
3,870
31,605
Peak month, Visits
30%
Of Annual
Peak week, visits
25%
Of Peak Month
968
7,901
Peak Day, visits
20%
Of Peak Week
194
1,580
Pk Hour Departure Visitors
35%
of Peak Day
68
553
70%
Of Peak Hour
47
387
Visitors per Auto
24
194
SITE OUTBOUND PEAK VOLUMES, SUNDAY, 1400 TO 1500 HOURS25
202
2.0
Bus Auto Equivalent
Note: No inbound vehicles during this afternoon departure hour. FULL denotes in full operation.
200
180
Vehicles per hour
160
140
120
100
80
Arrival Veh
Volumes
60
40
Departure
Veh Volumes
20
0700
0800
0900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
Hour of Day
FIGURE 2 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC ARRIVAL

AND DEPARTURE VEHICLE VOLUMES
The peak traffic volumes on the Trans-Canada Highway are between 1300 and 1400 Hours on a
Sunday in August. The development traffic volumes during this peak hour are shown in TABLE 3.
EYH Consultants
TABLE 3 DEVELOPEMNT TRAFFIC VOLUMES DURING PEAK HOUR

ON THE TRANS-CANADA HIGWAY, SUNDAY, 1300 TO 1400 HOURS
SITE INBOUND VOLUMES, TCH PEAK HOUR, SUNDAY
Total Annual Visits
FIRST YR
12,900
105,350
3,870
31,605
Peak month, Visits
30%
Of Annual
Peak week, visits
25%
Of Peak Month
968
7,901
Peak Day, visits
20%
Of Peak Week
194
1,580
Pk Hour Arrival Visitors
10%
of Peak Day
19
158
70%
Of Peak Hour
14
111
55
Bus Auto Equivalent
SITE INBOUND VOLUMES, TCH PEAK HOUR, SUNDAY
59
2.0
Visitors per Auto
SITE OUTBOUND VOLUMES, TCH PEAK HOURS, SUNDAY FIRST YR
FULL
Pk Hour Departure Visitors
10%
of Peak Day
19
158
70%
Of Peak Hour
14
111
55
Bus Auto Equivalent
SITE OUTBOUND VOLUMES, TCH PEAK HOURS, SUNDAY
59
2.2
FULL
2.0
Visitors per Auto
Development Traffic Distribution
The majority of development traffic is anticipated to be coming from or going to the City of
Revelstoke. However, the Ministry requested a sensitivity analysis for the distribution. The following
distributions at the Trans-Canada Highway and Greely road intersection were reviewed:
2.3
Scenario 1 - 70% and 30% to and from the west and east respectively;
Scenario 2 - 30% and 70% to and from the west and east respectively.
Development Traffic Volumes
When the development is fully operational in Year 2021, the development traffic volumes for the
three peak hours and the distribution scenarios are shown in TABLE 4. For the opening year in 2016,
the traffic is about 13 percent of the total shown in TABLE 4.
EYH Consultants
TABLE 4 YEAR 2021 DEVELOPMENT TRAFFIC VOLUMES AT THE

TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY AND GREELY ROAD INTERSECTION
Trans Canada
EB Thru
EB RT
WB LT
Greely
WB Thru
NB LT
NB RT
70%
30%
40
17
70%
30%
Dev Traffic TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
40
17
Dev Traffic Inbound Peak
1100 to 1200 Hours
121
53
20
Dev Traffic Outbound Peak
1600 to 1700 Hours
141
61
30%
70%
17
40
Scenario 1: 70% Revelstoke
30%
70%
Dev Traffic TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
17
40
Dev Traffic Inbound Peak
1100 to 1200 Hours
53
121
20
Dev Traffic Outbound Peak
1600 to 1700 Hours
61
141
Note: Year 2016 development traffic is 13% of those shown in this table.
2.4
Base Traffic Volumes
A.
Trans-Canada Traffic Volumes
Trans-Canada Highway peak hour traffic volumes were obtained from the Ministrys permanent count
station P37-4EW-NY. Peak hour traffic occurred on Sunday between 1300 and 1400 Hours. The twoway Saturday, Sunday and Wednesday traffic volumes are shown in FIGURE 3. The directional split
was approximately even. The Saturday traffic volumes were less than that of Sunday but the peaking
pattern was similar. Wednesday peak hour traffic was approximately 70 percent of that of Sunday and
with a less pronounced peak.
Growth of base traffic was estimated at an annual linear rate of 1.5 percent. As shown in TABLE 1
of APPENDIX A, the average daily traffic had experienced negative growths. In recent years, the
Sunday peak hour traffic has grown. Sunday peak hour traffic volumes were selected for analysis
with an annual linear growth rate of 1.5 percent. Base traffic volumes on a Sunday on 2014 were
factored with the growth rate to obtain the base volumes for Year 2016, Year 2021and Year 2031.
Base traffic volumes are shown in TABLE 5.
EYH Consultants
1,400
Sun Road
Vehicles per Hour
1,200
Sat Road
Wed Road
1,000
800
600
400
200
0:00
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
5:00
6:00
7:00
8:00
9:00
10:00
11:00
12:00
13:00
14:00
15:00
16:00
17:00
18:00
19:00
20:00
21:00
22:00
Hour Beginning
FIGURE 3 - HOURLY TWO WAY TRAFFIC VOLUMES ON THE TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY

ON A SATURDAY, SUNDAY AND WEDNESDAY IN AUGUST 2014
TABLE 5 BASE TRAFFIC VOLUMES FOR THE YEARS 2016, 2021 AND 2031
Trans Canada
Greely
EB Thru
EB RT
WB LT
WB Thru
NB LT
NB RT
Annual Growth Rates
1.50%
0.00%
0.00%
1.50%
0.00%
0.00%
Growth Factor 2014-2016
1.03
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.00
1.00
1.11
1.00
1.00
1.11
1.00
1.00
1.26
1.00
1.00
1.26
1.00
1.00
2014 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
794
512
2014 Site Inbound Peak
1100 to 1200 Hours
644
452
2014 Site Outbound Peak
1600 to 1700 Hours
786
496
2016 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
818
527
1100 to 1200 Hours
663
466
1600 to 1700 Hours
810
511
2021 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
877
566
1100 to 1200 Hours
712
499
1600 to 1700 Hours
869
548
2031 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
996
643
1100 to 1200 Hours
808
567
1600 to 1700 Hours
986
622
EYH Consultants
10
B. Combined Trans-Canada Traffic Volumes

Traffic on Greely Road was observed on a weekday in October 2014. Between 0714 and 0815 Hours,
five vehicles were observed using Greely Road. Between 1100 and 1200 Hours, 4 vehicles were
observed. Since Greely Road serves an undeveloped area, no growth was anticipated for the study
horizon years. For this study, Sunday traffic on Greely Road is assumed to be similar to that of the
noon hour count in the weekday: 2 vehicles inbound and 2 vehicles outbound. Base traffic volumes
are shown in TABLE 5. Combined traffic volumes are shown in TABLE 6.
TABLE 6 COMBINED TRAFFIC VOLUMES FOR YEARS 2016, 2021 AND 2031
Trans Canada
2016 Combined Traffic

EB Thru
EB RT
WB LT
Greely
WB Thru
NB LT
NB RT
70%
30%
70%
30%
2016 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
818
527
1100 to 1200 Hours
663
18
466
1600 to 1700 Hours
810
511
20
10
30%
70%
30%
70%
7

2016 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
818
527
1100 to 1200 Hours
663
18
466
1600 to 1700 Hours
810
511
10
20
EB Thru
EB RT
WB LT
WB Thru
NB LT
NB RT
70%
30%
70%
30%
19
Trans Canada
Greely
2021 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
877
42
19
566
42
1100 to 1200 Hours
712
123
55
499
22
11
1600 to 1700 Hours
869
548
143
63
30%
70%
30%
70%
2021 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
877
19
42
19
42
1100 to 1200 Hours
712
55
123
499
11
22
1600 to 1700 Hours
869
548
63
143
566
Trans Canada

EB Thru
EB RT
WB LT
70%
30%
Greely
WB Thru
NB LT
NB RT
70%
30%
19
2031 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
996
42
19
643
42
1100 to 1200 Hours
808
123
55
567
22
11
1600 to 1700 Hours
986
622
143
63
30%
70%
30%
70%
2031 TCH Peak
1300 to 1400 Hours
996
19
42
643
19
42
1100 to 1200 Hours
808
55
123
567
11
22
1600 to 1700 Hours
986
622
63
143
EYH Consultants
3.0
11
THE TRANS-CANADA AND GREELY ROAD INTERSECTION
The terms of reference call for the review of access management, in particular the need for a
westbound left turn lane onto Greely Road. The sight distances for the operation of the Greely Road
intersection were also reviewed.
As stated in the terms of reference, the sight distances were reviewed using Google Map. This was
necessary because of the adverse weather conditions when this report was being prepared. The terms
of reference also states that if the sight distances were found critical, a site visit would be carried out to
confirm the findings.
3.1
Stopping Sight Distance
The Ministry has requested a review of the decision sight distance (DSD) on TCH for the Greely
Road intersection operation. The Transportation Association of Canada (TAC) states in Table 1.2.5.7
that the DSD for 100 km/h speed is 225 m. The Stopping Sight Distance is 160-210 m for passenger
vehicles and 235 m minimum for trucks with conventional braking systems.
As shown in FIGURE 4 and FIGURE 5 for eastbound and westbound traffic respectively, the DSD
for eastbound traffic is 250 m and for westbound traffic is 243 m. There are sufficient DSD on TransCanada Highway traffic to safely stop at the Greely Road intersection.
Greely Road
EB DSD=250 m
North
FIGURE 4 DECISION SIGHT DISTANCE FOR EASTBOUND TRAFFIC

TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY AT GREELY ROAD
EYH Consultants
12
WB DSD=243 m
Trans-Canada Highway
Greely Road
North
.
FIGURE 5 DECISION SIGHT DISTANCE FOR WESTBOUND TRAFFIC
TRANS-CANADA HIGHWAY AT GREELY ROAD
3.2
Intersection Departure Sight Distance
Departure sight distance provides turning vehicles entering the TCH traffic without interfering with
the speed of the traffic stream by more than 30 percent. The DSD provides added safety for vehicles
on TCH to stop completely at the Greely Road intersection. The departure sight distance is to
maintain the posted speed of 100 km/h on TCH.
A.
Right Turn
TAC states that the right turn departure distance is 212 m. The available sight distance, as shown in
FIGURE 2, is 250 m. The right turn vehicles will therefore not unduly interfere with the TCH
eastbound traffic.
B.
Left Turn
TAC states the left turn departure distance for eastbound traffic is 190 m and westbound traffic is 210
m. As shown in FIGURE 2 and FIGURE 3, the available sight distance is 250 m and 243 m
respectively. The left turn vehicles will therefore not unduly interfere with the TCH traffic.
EYH Consultants
3.3
A.
Ministry Warrants for Left Turn Storage
13
The access management review at the Greely Road intersection included the need for a westbound left
turn lane. The sight distances reviewed above indicate that they are sufficient on TCH. The departure
distances for vehicles on Greely Road are also sufficient. The need for a left turn lane was first
reviewed using Ministrys Left Turn Storage Lane warrants of 1997. The length and levels of service
will be discussed in Section 4.0 of this report.
The Ministry 1997 warrants require the input of opposing traffic volumes (VO), the advancing
volumes (Va), and the percentage of left turn in VA. The posted speed limit is 100 km/h. Using
Sunday peak hour volumes and the two distribution scenarios, the percentage of left turn ranges
between 0.8 percent (2016, 30 percent from the east) to 20 percent (2031, 70 percent from the east).
VO ranges from 618 vehicles per hour (30 percent from the east) to 1,040 vehicles per hour (70
percent from the east). Similarly, VA ranges from 414 vehicles to 623 vehicles per hour.
Based on the warrants, a westbound left turn lane with a length of 30m will be required when the RAP
is in full operation, schedule in Year 2021. Since left turn volumes in the first few years of operation
will be as low as 0.8 percent (in opening year), westbound left turn could be accommodated with
existing geometry augmented by appropriate signing. This is further discussed in Section 4.3.
B.
Design Requirements
The 30m westbound left turn lane shall be designed in accordance with Ministry standards and
criteria. The highway design consultant should be familiar with BC Supplement to TAC for design
criteria and use rural arterial classification Figure 710.H for this location and consult with the Ministry
prior to proceeding. As part of the development approval, the Ministry requires a Design Criteria
form to be submitted under separate cover. The form has been prepared by McElhanney, an
engineering consulting firm specializes in highway design and is submitted independent of this report.
The Ministry has also indicated that Table 3.2.9.3 of the Transportation Association of Canada design
manual should be referred to for corner clearance and throat length requirements. The development
site is located south of the river and any road and parking access will not be fronting on to TCH, a
major arterial road. However, the design of the on-site access and parking of the development should
be cognizant of the Ministrys comment.
EYH Consultants
14
4.0
CAPACITY ANALYSIS
4.1
Capacity Analysis
Intersection performance reviews were conducted using the Synchro (Version 8) and SimTraffic
software. Intersection performance is measured by Level of Service. Levels of Service (LOS) A and
B are excellent operating conditions and very minimum delays are anticipated. LOS C and D are
operating conditions where some delays may occur but generally traffic moves freely. LOS E and F
are conditions with delays. In order to conserve paper, Synchro pdf output reports and the electronic
files are submitted electronically. The capacity analyses were performed on 16 scenarios, all
including a westbound left turn lane. As well, four additional runs were performed with 2016
volumes and without a westbound left turn lane. The following scenarios were analysed:
4.2
3 Horizon Years;
Development Inbound and Outbound Peak Hours; and
2 direction distribution: 30 and 70 percent to and from Revelstoke.
Level of Service
The levels of service for the three controlled movements are summarized in TABLE 7 and TABLE 8.
TABLE 7, with 70 percent traffic going to and coming from the Revelstoke direction, will perform
satisfactorily except for the northbound left turn in Year 2031. This condition will occur during a one
hour period in late afternoon, on Sundays, in July and August. The delay of this movement is not a
critical factor since it will not affect Trans-Canada Highway traffic. RAP management should
consider traffic management strategies to reduce the concentration of the outbound peak hour traffic
between 1600 and 1700 Hours. RAP should monitor this traffic conditions. If undue delays occur,
RAP may consider spreading outbound traffic onto the shouldering hours by closing various activities
at different hours or motivate visitors to leave at times other than the peak hour.
Other than the Year 2031 northbound left turn movement, the levels of service are found to be
generally insensitive to the directional distribution of development traffic.
EYH Consultants
15
TABLE 7 - INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE

WITH 70 PERCENT DISTRIBUTION TO AND FROM REVELSTOKE
70% Traffic to and from Revelstoke
Greely Road
With Westbound Left Turn Lane
EB TH
EB RT
WB Th
WB L
NB L
NB R
2016 Inbound Peak Hour
2016 Outbound Peak Hour
Note: '-' denotes movement is uncontrolled.
TABLE 8 - INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE

WITH 30 PERCENT DISTRIBUTION TO AND FROM REVELSTOKE
30% Traffic to and from Revelstoke
Greely Road
With Westblound Left Turn Lane
EB TH
EB RT
WB Th
WB L
NB L
NB R
Note: '-' denotes movement is uncontrolled.
4.3
As indicated in Section 3.3, a westbound left turn lane is required when RAP is in full operation,
scheduled in Year 2021. Capacity analysis results shown in TABLE 9 and FIGURE 4 indicated the
required lengths (95th percentile length without tapering or transition) of the left turn lane. With the
left turn movement operating at level of service A, there will be very minimum delays.
Based on these findings, and notwithstanding the Ministrys minimum left turn lane length for this
section of TCH is 30 metres, it is concluded that:
EYH Consultants
16
Year 2021. Appropriate information signage is required to advise motorists about the
access to RAP.
2. From the opening to the full operation, the westbound left turn movement will be
accommodated with existing geometry augmented by appropriate signing.
When required, RAP should consider the parks activity schedule in order to reduce peak hour
westbound left turn vehicles by motivating visitors to arrive during shouldering hours of the peak.
Encouraging greater usage of available bus services can also improve the operation of the intersection
during peak hours. This will also ameliorate the peaking of the eastbound right turn traffic.
TABLE 9 95th PERCENTILE WESTBOUND LEFT TURN LANE LENGTHS, m

SimTraffic Output, % Denotes Directional Distribution to and from Revelstoke
Inbound Peak Hour
Outbound Peak Hour
Year
30%
70%
30%
70%
2016
9.2
7.1
6.2
4.6
2021
24.4
17.1
15.9
10.6
2031
28.4
16.9
15.9
11.7
Length of WB Left-Turn Lane (m)
30
25
Inbound Peak
20
Inbound 30%
15
Inbound 70%
TCH Peak
TCH 30%
10
TCH 70%
5
0
2015
Outbound Peak
2020
2025
Outbound 30%/70%
2030
Horizon Year
FIGURE 6 - 95th PERCENTILE WESTBOUND LEFT TURN LANE LENGTH SUMMARY

Percentage in Legend denotes Distribution To and From Revelstoke
EYH Consultants
5.0
17
BRIDGE CONDITION AND CP RAIL CROSSING REVIEW
The Ministry has reviewed the capacity of the single lane bridge crossing the Illecillewaet River and
concluded that there is capacity available from a traffic volume perspective. Analyses of traffic
operation of the single lane bridge were also conducted as shown in APPENDIX B. A total of
four scenarios were analyzed in determining the queuing lengths and the trigger point: two travel
speeds (50 km/h and 30 km/h) on the bridge and two peak periods (Trans-Canada peak hour and
inbound peak hour). Two methods were used to determine the queue lengths: the queuing theory
equations and the computer VISSIM model. The two methods generate similar results. On average,
there will be no queue formed and the levels of service on the bridge will be excellent. VISSIM
estimated the maximum queue to be 15 m. However, this will be an unusual event. It is concluded
that the current arrangement for the bridge is sufficient to accommodate the traffic generated by the
proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park.
RAP developers will continue to discuss the at grade rail crossing with CP and will report
separately.
6.0
The Ministry has provided the Collision Summary Report and Collision Histogram Report for review.
The reports are for the period between January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014. They cover the 0.6
km segment of Trans-Canada Highway, approximately 0.3 km east and west of the Greely Road
intersection. Between the period of January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014, a total 16 collisions
were reported. This review describes the conclusions of the collision data review. For simplicity
purposes, the period of the data is referred to as six years. It should be noted that there were no
collision reported at the Greely Road intersection. All collisions are between intersections. The
annual average is 2.7 collisions on this 0.6 km of Trans-Canada Highway.
The review of annual, monthly, daily and hourly collision data indicated that there was an absence of
temporal, spatial and collision type trends at this section of the Trans-Canada Highway. Weather and
pavement condition trends cannot be established. There is no trend of collisions occurring during
night time. However, there is a preponderance of single vehicle off road collisions under snow and
icy road conditions. There was no collision reported at the Greely Road intersection. The review
details are shown in APPENDIX C.
It is further noted that RAP will operate during day time in the summer months. Night time
illumination of the intersection will not add any safety benefits to RAP visitors. For the same reasons,
winter road conditions will not be a concern for RAP visitors.
EYH Consultants
18
7.0
OVERVIEW
This traffic impact assessment concluded that the Trans-Canada Highway and Greely Road
intersection is sufficient to accommodate base traffic growth and development traffic beyond Year
2031. Capacity improvement is no required. However, based on the Ministrys left turn lane warrants
and requirements, a 30m westbound left turn lane is required at the intersection when RAP is in full
operation. This left turn should be installed when RAP is in full operation.
Vehicle collision records provided by the Ministry were reviewed and there was no pattern
established. Improvements relating to collisions are not required. The operation and the potential
queuing of traffic at the Illecillewaet River Bridge were also reviewed. The review results indicate
that the bridge will operate with excellent levels of service during peak hours and queues will not be
formed under normal peak hour operation conditions.
This report concludes and recommends that:
Year 2021. Appropriate information signage should be provided to advise motorists
about the access to RAP at Greely Road. The left turn lane should be designed in
consultation with the Ministry for requirements and standards, in accordance with the
Design Criteria form completed by McElhanney engineering.
2. From the opening to the full operation, the westbound left turn movement will be
accommodated with existing geometry augmented by appropriate signing.
3. RAP administration should continuously monitor traffic at the study intersection and
implement traffic management strategies to shift peak arrival and departure traffic to
shouldering hours.
This traffic assessment concludes that, with the implementation of the above, the Revelstoke
Adventure Park can proceed.
EYH Consultants
APPENDIX A
STUDY TERMS OF REFERENCE
December 8, 2014
Revised February 10, 2015
Mr. Darin Welch

Senior Development Approval Technician
Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure
Rocky Mountain District Cranbrook
darin.welch@gov.bc.ca
Dear Mr. Welch:

RE:
TRAFFIC IMPACT ASSESSMENT - REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK

TERMS OF REFERENCE
Further to your email of October 27, 2014, and teleconferences with Jason Roe and Al Popoff on
October 30, 2014, and with Eanson Ho, Al Popoff and Faisal Siddiqui on November 25, 2014, and
your email of February 3, 2015, we are pleased to submit the revised set of terms of reference for
your perusal. In preparing this submission, we have reviewed the development, visited the site and
incorporated comments provided by the Ministry (MOTI).
1.0
Background
A. The purpose of the Traffic Impact Assessment is to identify the traffic operation requirements
and any road improvements required of the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP), a
summer adventure activity centre between May and October. Access to the site is via Greely
Road which is connected to the TransCanada Highway (TCH). Greely Road crosses the
Illecillewaet River with a single lane bridge. The access to the development site will need to
cross the CP Railway.
B. The initial task of this study is to confirm the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure
(MOTI) of the terms of reference for the traffic impact assessment.
EYH Consultants
2.0
Tasks
The tasks for the traffic Impact Assessment are as follows:
2.1
Start-up
We will visit the intersection, conduct traffic counts at the Greely Road intersection and evaluate
the traffic operation of the single lane bridge. We will also discuss the terms of reference with
MOTI, Regional District and the District of Revelstoke staff as required.
2.2
Study Scope - Study Intersection: TCH and Greely Road
2.3
Existing Conditions will be based on:
2.3.1
MOTI permanent count record at: MV04 - Site Twin Slides P-37-4EW - NY on 07-012014
2.3.2
Short counts at Station 38-004;
2.3.3
Using MOTI count data to establish peaking characteristics: Monthly Hourly Day of week
Summary count record (MV04) for July and August 2014 were reviewed. The data
indicate that the hourly volumes between 12:00 and 13:00 hours on Sunday are the
highest. The Parks peak hour is between 11:00 to 12:00 hours for inbound and 16:00 to
17:00 hours for outbound (see 2.4.3.b below) on Saturdays and Sundays. These peak
hour volumes on the highway will be combined with the peak development traffic
volumes (11:00 to 12:00 hours) for analysis; and
2.3.4
Manual Count by EYH Consultants in October 2014. These counts will be converted to
reflect summer conditions. MOTI will provide seasonal factors.
2.4
Traffic Projections
2.4.1
Study Horizon Years: The construction of the Park will be in three phases. Phase 1 is
planned to open in 2016 (Year 1). The third phase will commence in 2018 (Year 3) and
will likely take three years to complete in 2021. Traffic analysis will therefore be
conducted for the following horizon years:
a. Year 2016 First year of operation
b. Year 2021 Park is in full operation
EYH Consultants
c. Year 2031 - 10 years from full operation.

d. If the TCH and Greely Road intersection was found to approach capacity during
these horizon years, this study will review phasing that would trigger
improvements.
2.4.2
Traffic growth rates were determined based on traffic count data of Site Twin Slides P37-4EW. The annual linear growth rates are summarized in TABLE 1.
TABLE 1 TCH TRAFFIC GROWTH RATES
Traffic
Linear Annual
Source
Growth Rate
AADT
-0.20%
AV02: 2004 to 2012
AAWT
-0.17%
AV02: 2004 to 2012
AAWE
-0.42%
AV02: 2004 to 2012
Sunday Annual Hourly
1.34%
AV04: 2005 to 2012
Sunday Peak Hour
1.62%
MV04: 2004 to 2014
Basing on AADT, AAWT and AAWE, the traffic volumes have declined slightly. However,
basing on the counts for Sunday Annual Hourly traffic and Sunday Peak Hour traffic
volumes, the annual linear growth rates are 1.34 and 1.62 percent respectively. A
growth rate of 1.5 percent will be used.
2.4.3
Trip generation rates: The ITE Trip Generation Manual does not provide trip generation
rates for adventure parks. Trip generation rates will be forecast using marketing and
planning data provided by the Developer. These data will be compared with similar
available operation information at SkyTrek (Enchanted Forest) and Revelstoke Mountain
Resort in the area. The general approach is outlined follows.
Traffic generation will be based on the visitation information and the principles of arrival
and departure characteristics. Development traffic at the TCH/Greely Road intersection
will be forecast: the peak generation hour of the development and the peak hour of traffic
on the TCH. The preliminary planning data are presented in the following sections.
a. Planned annual visits, or the number of annual visitors The planning data is shown
In TABLE 2.
EYH Consultants
TABLE 2 PARK VISITATION AT FULL CAPACITY
b. Monthly, Daily and Hourly Visitation Distributions

Based on information obtained from SkyTrek (Enchanted Forest), the peaking
characteristics are shown in the TABLE 3 and summarized as follows:
i.
Monthly Distribution - July and August are Peak months, account for 60% of
annual visitation.
ii.
Daily Distribution During the summer months, there is no peak day.

However, Saturday and Sunday are higher than other weekdays.
iii.
Hourly Distribution The arrival and departure distributions are shown below.
Peak arrival will be between 1100 and 1200 hours. Peak departure is between
1600 and 1700 hours.
iv.
On-Site Accumulation The duration of stay at the Park is approximately four

hours. The on-site accumulation peaks between 1100 and 1400 hours, with 70
EYH Consultants

percent of daily visitors.
TABLE 3 SITE TRAFFIC PEAKING CHARACTERISTICS
Monthly Distribution,
% Visitors
Day of Week %
Distribution, of
weekly Visitors
Time of Day,
From and to
% of daily
Visitors
Arriving
Peak %
% of daily
Accum'lation
Visitors Net, %
on Site, No. of
Departing
Visitors
April
Sun
20
May
Mon
10
June
15
Tues
10
10
10
10
15
July
30
Wed
10
10
11
20
20
35
August
30
Thurs
15
11
12
30
25
60
Sept
15
Fri
15
12
13
15
10
70
Oct
Sat
20
13
14
10
10
70
Nov
100
14
15
10
10
70
15
16
25
-25
45
16
17
35
-35
10
17
18
10
-10
18
19
19
20
100
100
100
c. Vehicle Occupancy The number of visitors will be converted into number of vehicles by
applying a vehicle occupancy rate. Using Tourism BC Revelstoke Information Centre
data, an average vehicle occupancy rate of 2.44 persons per vehicle was established. In
this report, an occupancy rate of 2.0 will be used. For comparison purposes, various
occupancy rates are shown in the following table.
d. Shuttle and Tour Buses There are three different bus modes arriving at the Park:
i.
Based on Revelstoke Mountain Resort (RMR) information, over 80% of their

summer visitors arrive by 700 charter buses for extended stay accumulation and
recreation. This proposed development will jointly market their activities with
RMR, and passenger vehicles will be reduced.
ii.
Highway buses The Park will focus on attracting tour buses between Vancouver
and Calgary stopping at the Park.
iii.
Shuttle buses In addition to the shuttle buses that may be operating by hotels
and local tour agencies, the Park plans on operating shuttle buses to and from
Revelstoke.
EYH Consultants
Current experiences by other operations indicate that about 30% of visitors arrive via
these three modes of buses. This will be applied in the traffic forecast. Site peak hour
passenger vehicle arrival is estimated to be 166 vehicles, as shown in TABLE 4. The
number of buses (equivalent to 6 vehicles) arriving will be added. The same approach
will be used to estimate outbound traffic.
TABLE 4 FORECASTING INBOUND TRAFFIC SITE PEAK HOUR
Total Annual Visit
Average daily visit,
105,350 visitors
184 days
573 This is average day, please see peak day.
Calculate Peak Hour, visitors

Peak month
30%
31,605
7,901
= 31,605/4 (TABLE 2), number of visitors
Peak day of week
20%
1,580
=7,901*20% (TABLE 2), number of visitors
Peak Hour Arrival
30%
474
= 30% of peak day of week = 1,580*30%, number of visitors
Peak Hour Arrival by car
70%
332
= 474*70%, number of visitors
Average week per month
= 105,350*30% (TABLE 2), number of visitors
Convert to vehicles
Vehicle occupancy rate
1.0
332 Vehicles per site peak hour
2.0
166 vehicles per site peak hour
2.5
133 Vehicles per site peak hour
3.0
111 vehicles per site peak hour
e. Development Traffic Distribution & Assignment Development traffic is distributed as and

analysed follow:
Scenario 1:
- 70% to and from Revelstoke and west on the TCH
- 30% to and from the east on the TCH
Scenario 2:
- 70% to and from Revelstoke and west on the TCH
- 30% to and from the east on the TCH
f.
No other modifications will be applied to the traffic volumes.
g. Only vehicle mode will be included in the analyses.
EYH Consultants
2.5
Capacity Analysis
The development traffic will be super imposed onto TCH traffic at the Greely Road
intersection. Capacity performance of the intersection will be analysed with Synchro
computer software (Version 8.0), using STOP sign control and levels of service criteria. The
capacity performance will be conducted for the opening year 2016, full operation year 2021
and 10 years from full operation in 2031. If any phasing triggers improvements, it will be
analysed. Capacity improvements, if any, will be identified. Modelling parameters for the
analysis will follow parameters identified in the MOTIs generic terms of reference.
2.6
Access Management
This project is using the existing Greely Road for access, and this traffic assessment will
include capacity and road safety review. With the 100 km/h posted speed, the need for a
westbound left turn lane will be assessed.
2.7
Bridge Traffic
MOTIs Bridge Branch will review the bridge conditions and operations and will provide their
comments for this study.
2.8
CP Rail Crossing
The Developer will continue to discuss the rail crossing with CP and will report separately.
The Developer will be advised by EYH Consultants to provide the approved study terms of
reference and the final traffic report to CP Rail for their information and record.
2.9
Design Criteria
Design criteria should reference to BC Supplement to TAC and use rural arterial
classification Figure 710.H for this location. The Ministry review team will further discuss the
design details once TIS is completed and the improvement requirements identified. The
Developers highway engineering consultant will be responsible for the design. This
consultant will liaise with MOTI prior to commencing design.
EYH Consultants
2.10
Safety Review
2.10.1 MOTI will provide collision data for the relevant section at the Greely Road intersection.
2.10.2 Based on the collision data provided, collisions related to the operation of the TCH in the
vicinity of Greely Road will be reviewed. Mitigation to reduce impact of development
with respect to traffic safety will be identified.
2.10.3 Using Transportation Association of Canada procedures, decision sight distance review
will be conducted:
Stopping Sight Distances on TCH;

Intersection Crossing Sight Distance; and
Intersection Departure Sight Distance.
It should be noted that the existing highway may not have been designed to meet
Decision Sight Distance requirements. The review will be conducted as a desk top
exercise because of adverse winter conditions in visiting the site. The exercise will
calculate the sight distances based on the 100 km/h Posted Speed on TCH. Distances
will be determined using Google Maps or drawings provided by MOTI. If the distances
are critical, a site visit will be performed as soon as weather permit to verify by
measuring the distances at the study location.
2.10.4 Westbound Left Turn Lane
With the Posted Speed on TCH at 100 km/h, the need for a westbound left turn lane will
be reviewed. The review will be based MOTOI warrants and on a speed related road
safety requirement.
3.0
Study Team
The study team will consist of Eanson Ho, MBA, PEng, President and Al Popoff, Associate. Eanson
has more than 40 years of experience in traffic engineering and road safety. He was the president of
Hamilton Associates for more than 30 years until it was taken over by OPUS International. Eanson
has directed and conducted many similar studies all over British Columbia.
Al has more than 40 years of experience in traffic engineering and road safety. He was Hamilton
Associates Kelowna office manager until the firm was taken over. Al is very familiar with the interior.
EYH Consultants
10
Eansons and Als as well as EYH Consultants detailed resumes are listed in the companys website:
www.EYHConsultants.ca. Eanson and Al had recently completed similar studies and related projects
in Vernon, Kelowna, Peachland, Summerland, Bowen Island, Nanaimo, and other locations. It
should be noted that EYH Consultants does not carry professional liability insurance.
Prepared by EYH Consultants. Ltd.

Contacts:
Eanson Ho
Eanson@EYHCosnutlants.ca
C: 604 817 7798
EYH Consultants
Al Popoff
Al@EYHConsultants.ca
C: 250 215 5903
11
APPENDIX B
REVIEW OF QUEUE LENGTH AT BRIDGE
OVER ILLECILLEWAET RIVER
1.0
BACKGROUND
As part of the Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) development application approval process, a traffic
impact assessment is required by the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (Ministry). In
additional to the traffic impact assessment, the Ministry has completed their bridge review and
concluded that there is capacity available from a traffic volume perspective (Ministry email dated June
9, 2015). In the same email, the Ministry has requested the developer to conduct an analysis to
demonstrate that the bridges single lane operation would be acceptable. Further, the Ministrys
request includes the extent of queues and trigger point based on volumes and when that queue
would extend to an unacceptable level. This appendix presents the methodologies and the findings of
the analyses.
2.0
THE BRIDGE
Greely Road crosses the Illecillewaet River with a one lane Bailey steel bridge. The bridge is
approximately 59 metres in length and 4.45 metres in width with a wood deck. The deck appears in
good condition. There are advance
BRIDGE
warning signs and they are in good
condition. Traffic crossing the bridge is
control by a YIELD TO ONCOMING
TRAFFIC sign at the south end of the
bridge. Northbound traffic must give
way to southbound traffic. The location
of the bridge is shown in FIGURE 1.
RAP
NORTH
Site photographs are shown in
SITE
ATTACHMENT 1.
FIGURE 1 BRIDGE LOCATION PLAN
EYH Consultants
12
3.0
QUEUE LENGTH ANALYSIS METHODOLOGY
This section describes briefly the approaches used in the analyses. Two approaches were used in the
queuing length analysis:
Queuing Theory was used to understand the one-lane operation; and

VISSIM Software the single lane on a two-lane/two-way roadway model in
VISSIM was used to model the length of the queue.
Queuing is analysed for four operational scenarios:

a.
b.
c.
d.
Year 2021 traffic volumes during the Trans-Canada Highway (TCH) peak hour.
Year 2021 traffic volumes during the inbound (southbound) peak hour.
Posted speed on bridge at 50 km/h. This speed provides a crossing time of 6 seconds.
Travel speed on bridge at 30 km/h. This speed provides a crossing time of 9 seconds.
The RAP will be fully developed by Year 2021. The analysis of the scenario of traffic volumes
during the outbound (northbound) peak hour is not required because there will be insignificant
inbound traffic.
3.1
Queuing Theory and One-Lane Bridge Operation
A.
Definitions
The one-lane Greely Road Bridge provides a one-way traffic operation. The northbound traffic
is controlled by a YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC sign. The one-lane bridge operation
may be approximated as a first come - first serve single server queuing model. That is as each
vehicle approached the bridge, it stops and checks to see if there is a vehicle on the bridge (being
served). If the bridge is empty the vehicle proceeds across. This is an inefficient operation and
should produce the maximum length of queue and delay. For this operation the inbound and
outbound traffic volumes may be combined into a single volume. Traffic arriving at the bridge
ends is assumed to have a Poisson distribution. The definitions of the variables in the queuing
theory equation are shown below:
a. The system is the queue (waiting line) and the vehicle in the server (on the bridge).
b. The queue represents the vehicles waiting in line and measured by the number of
vehicles.
EYH Consultants
13
c. The arrival rate is , measured in units (vehicles)/second and is estimated by the

combined inbound (southbound) and outbound (northbound) volumes, in seconds.
The arrival rates are shown in TABLE 1. Year 2021 development traffic volumes
(When RAP is fully developed) were obtained from the traffic impact study.
TABLE 1 ARRIVAL RATES
, Veh per
Second
Vehicles per hour

Dev Traffic Peak
Inbound
Outbound
2 Way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
57
57
114
0.032
Southbound Peak
172
29
201
0.056
Northbound Peak
200
200
0.056
d. The service time is , measured in seconds, is the time for a vehicle to cross the
bridge. The service time was calculated using the posted speed limit of 50 km/h and
a lower travel speed of 30 km/h to test if there was any formation of queues. The
service times are shown in TABLE 2.
e. The service rate is , measured in vehicles/second and is estimated as 1/. The
service rates are shown in TABLE 2.
TABLE 2 SERVICE TIME ON THE BRIDGE
Travel Speed on Service Time, Service Rate,
, seconds
=1/, veh/s
Bridge
50 km/h
30 km/h
6
9
0.2
0.1
f. The utilization is = / < 1.0. Note that as (service time) increases then the
service rate decreases and at the limit is zero (0) and as the utilization increases and
approaches infinity and is undefined.
TABLE 3 UTILZATION
50 km/h
30 km/h
2 way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
0.19
0.29
Southbound Peak
0.34
0.50
Northbound Peak
0.33
0.50
Dev Traffic Peak
EYH Consultants
14
B.
Utilization
The utilization, = / is used to measure the bridge capacity being utilized. If the utilization
is low, for example 0.10 or 0.20, that is 10% or 20% utilization then the system is essentially free
flowing. If the utilization is 0.90, or 90% utilized then the system will suffer congestion. Delay
will occur and queues will form. In examining the utilization shown in TABLE 3, the bridge is
not congested and traffic will flow at a satisfactory level of service.
C.
Average Number Of Vehicles on the Bridge and in the Queue (System)
The average number of vehicles on the bridge and in the queue is estimated by:
N = /(1-) vehicles.
The average numbers of vehicles on the bridge for the scenarios are shown in TABLE 4.
TABLE 4 AVERAGE NUMBER OF VEHICLES
ON BRIDGE AND IN QUEUE
50 km/h
30 km/h
2 way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
0.2
0.4
Southbound Peak
0.5
1.0
Northbound Peak
0.5
1.0
Dev Traffic Peak
D.
Average total time on the Bridge and in Queue
Average total time on the bridge and in the queue is estimated by: T= 1/(-), seconds. This time
includes the service time and the queue waiting time. The average total times are shown in
TABLE 5.
TABLE 5 AVERAGE TOTAL TIME ON BRIDGE AND
IN THE QUEUE, SECONDS
50 km/h
30 km/h
2 way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
7.4
12.6
Southbound Peak
9.0
18.1
Northbound Peak
9.0
18.0
Dev Traffic Peak
EYH Consultants
E.
15
Queue Length
The average number of vehicles in the queue is estimated by Nq = 2/(1-) vehicles. The queue
lengths are shown in TABLE 6.
TABLE 6 NUMBER OF VEHICLES IN QUEUE
Dev Traffic Peak
TCH Peak hour
Southbound Peak
Northbound Peak
E.
50 km/h
2 way
0.0
0.2
0.0
30 km/h
2 way
0.1
0.5
0.0
Average Time in Queue
The average time in the queue is estimated by Wq = (/)/(1-), seconds. The average wait times
in queue are shown in TABLE 7.
TABLE 7 AVERAGE WAIT TIME IN QUEUE, SECONDS
Dev Traffic Peak
TCH Peak hour
Southbound Peak
Northbound Peak
G.
50 km/h
2 way
1.4
3.0
3.0
30 km/h
2 way
3.6
9.1
9.0
Level of Service
The level of service in this case is given by control delay, which is approximately the queue
delay. The levels of service are shown in Exhibit 19-1 (reproduced below) taken from the
Transportation Research Boards Highway Capacity Manual. The average queue wait time in
Table 7 is less than 10 seconds therefore the level of service is A.
EYH Consultants
16
H.
Queuing Theory Conclusions
The findings of the queueing theory indicate that there is no queue (less than one vehicle) and
that the bridge and the queue system will operate at level of service A.
4.0
MODELLING USING THE VISSIM SOFTWARE
A modelling analysis was conducted using the VISSIM software with speed and volume parameters
shown in Section 3.0. The one lane bridge operating in a 2-way road module of the VISSIM software
was used. As shown in TABLE 1, there will be no inbound traffic during the outbound peak period
and therefore should not be any queue. VISSIM analysis therefore excluded the outbound peak
period. The modelling results are summarized in TABLE 8. As shown in the TABLE 8, queues,
measure in metres, are not anticipated to form under average conditions. The maximum queue length
modelled by VISSIM is 15 m which is less than two vehicles. The bridge will operate at level of
service A with a maximum possible delay of 3.3 seconds.
TABLE 8 QUEUE LENGTHS USING VISSIM SOFTWARE
Traffic Volume Scenario
Average
Queue Length (m)
Maximum
Queue Length (m)
Average
Delay (s)
Level of Service
(LOS)
SB
NB
SB
NB
SB
NB
SB
NB
TCH Peak - 50 km/h
0.00
0.00
1.9
5.2
0.7
0.3
TCH Peak - 30 km/h
0.00
0.02
4.5
6.7
1.0
0.7
SB Peak-50 km/h
0.01
0.06
9.5
10.9
0.5
1.9
SB Peak-30 km/h
0.04
0.12
11.8
15.3
0.6
3.3
TCH denotes Trans-Canada Highway; LOS denotes level of service; SB denotes southbound; NB denotes northbound.
5.0
CLOSURE
A total of four scenarios were analyzed in determining the queuing length and the trigger point as
required by the Ministry: two travel speeds (50 km/h and 30 km/h) on the bridge and two peak periods
(Trans-Canada peak hour and inbound peak hour). Two methods were used to determine the queue
lengths: the queuing theory equations and the computer model VISSIM. The two methods generate
similar results. On average, there will be no queue formed and the levels of service on the bridge will
be excellent. VISSIM estimated the maximum queue to be 15 m. However, this will be an unusual
event. It is concluded that the current arrangement for the bridge is sufficient to accommodate the
traffic generated by the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park.
EYH Consultants
17
ATTACHMENT A
SITE PHOTOGRAPHS AT THE ILLECILLEWAET RIVER BRIDGE
EYH Consultants
18
APPENDIX C
REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK
1.0
BACKGROUND
As part of the Revelstoke Adventure Park development application approval process, a traffic impact
assessment is required. The agreed terms of reference with the Ministry of Transportation and
Infrastructure (Ministry) require a review of vehicle collisions on the Trans-Canada Highway in the
vicinity of the Greely Road intersection.
2.0
COLLISION DATA
The Ministry provided two collision reports:

a. Collision Summary Report; and
b. Collision Histogram Report
The reports are for the period between January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014. They cover a 0.6 km
segment of Trans-Canada Highway approximately 0.3 km east and west of the Greely Road
intersection. The segment is described as follows:
3.0
COLLISION DATA SUMMARY
Between the period of January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014, a total of 16 collisions were reported.
This review describes the findings and conclusions of the collision data review. For simplicity
purposes, the period of the data is referred to as six years. It should be noted that there were no
collision reported at the Greely Road intersection. All collisions are between intersections. The
annual average is 2.7 collisions on this 0.6 km segment of Trans-Canada Highway.
EYH Consultants
4.0
4.1
Collison Severities
19
Collision Severity
For the six-year period between 2009 and 2014, a

total of 16 collisions were reported. The
severities of the collisions are shown in FIGURE
4.1.
The majority of the collisions were
Property Damage Only. While there was no
one killed, four collisions resulted in seven
persons injured.
Property
Damage Only
14
12
10
8
Personal
Injury
6
4
2
Fatality
0
1
FIGURE 4.1 COLLISION SEVERITIES
4.2.
Yearly Distributions
No of Collisions
6
The number of collisions reported in each year is

shown in FIGURE 4.2. The average is 2.7
collisions per year. The number of collisions
occurred in each of the six-year period for this 0.6
km segment could be considered random and
their variations cannot be explained with the data
provided. The average is considered low and this
location is not considered collision prone.
5
4
3
2
1
0
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
FIGURE 4.2 YEARLY DISTRIBUTIONS
4.3
Monthly Distributions
The monthly distribution for the six-year data

is shown in FIGURE 4.3. The average is
0.22 collisions for an aggregated monthly
average per year. The number of collisions
occurred in March, November and December
are more than twice as that of the average.
There is no monthly distribution pattern and
the variations cannot be explained with the
data provided.
No of Collisions
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
FIGURE 4.3 MONTHLY DISTRIBUTIONS

EYH Consultants
Dec
20
4.4
Daily Distributions
No of Collisions
6
The day of the week distribution of the sixyear data period is shown in FIGURE 4.4.
The aggregate average number of collisions
per day per year is 0.38. While the higher
number of collisions on Friday is noted but
cannot be explained with the data provided.
There is no consistent trend.
5
4
3
2
1
0
Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
Fri
Sat
Sun
FIGURE 4.4 DAILY DISTRIBUTIONS
4.5
No of Collisions
Hourly Distributions
2.5
The hourly distribution of the six-year collision

data period is shown in FIGURE 4.5. The
hourly average per year over this period is 0.11
collisions. While there was an absence of
collisions during the afternoon and late evening,
there is no consistent trend observed.
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
FIGURE 4.5 HOURLY DISTRIBUTIONS
4.6
Collision Factors
The contributing factor of the collisions for

the six-year period is shown in FIGURE 4.6.
The major factors were Driver Inattention
and Snow/Sleet. There were a high
proportion of Unknown factors.
No. of Collisions
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Inattention
Fatique
Snow/Sleet Avoid Veh/Ped
F
IGURE 4.6 COLLISION FACTORS
EYH Consultants
Others
4.7
21
Pavement Conditions
No. of Collisions
7
Approximately same number of collisions

occurred on dry, wet and snow/icy pavement
conditions. The distribution of pavement
conditions is shown in FIGURE 4.7. There is
no pattern established.
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Dry
Wet
Icy
FIGURE 4.7 PAVEMENT CONDITIONS
4.8
Weather Conditions
No of Collisions
Collisions occurred in all weather conditions

and there is no pattern established. The
distribution is shown in FIGURE 4.8.
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Clear
Cloudy
Rain
Snow
Others
FIGURE 4.8 WEATHER CONDITIONS
4.9.
Collision Types
No of Collisions
The collision types are shown in FIGURE
4.9. The data demonstrate that there is a
preponderance of off road collisions. The
data also show that the off road collisions
were associated with snow and icy road
conditions.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Right Angle
Rear End
Off Road L
Off Road R
Others
Unknown
FIGURE 4.9 COLLISION TYPES
EYH Consultants
22
10
4.10.
Directions of Travel
8
7
The proportions of collisions involving vehicles

travelling east and west are shown in FIGURE
4.10. There is no direction trends of the collisions
occurred.
6
5
First Veh
Second Veh
3
2
1
0
North
East
South
West
FIGURE 4.10 DIRECTIONS OF TRAVEL
4.11.
Day light Conditions
The distribution of collisions occurred during day

light condition is shown in FIGURE 4.11. Day light
condition is defined as the period between sunrise
and sunset. Since the times of sunrise and sunset
vary throughout the seasons, each collision was
checked against the Revelstoke sunrise report.
There is no day light trends of the collisions
occurred. It should be noted that the RAP will only
operate during daytime in the summer months.
Illumination of the roads and intersections will not
add any safety benefits for RAP visitors.
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Day
Night
Unknown
FIGURE 4.11 DAY LIGHT CONDITIONS
4.12
Spatial Distribution
There is no spatial pattern of collisions in this 0.6 km segment.
5.0
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS
condition trends cannot be established. There is no trend of collisions occurring during day or night.
However, there is a preponderance of single vehicle off road collisions under snow and icy road
conditions. There was no collision reported at the Greely Road intersection. It is further noted that
RAP will operate during day time in the summer months. Night time illumination of the intersection
will not add any safety benefits to RAP visitors. For the same reasons, winter road conditions will not
be a concern for RAP visitors.
EYH Consultants

Collision Review Supplementary Report
______________________________________________________________________________________
Appendix B:2
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT
VEHICLE COLLISION REVIEW
BLACK TIE PROPERTIES LP
March 18, 2015
1.0
BACKGROUND
As part of the Revelstoke Adventure Park development application approval process, a traffic impact
assessment is required. The agreed terms of reference with the Ministry of Transportation and
Infrastructure (Ministry) require a review of vehicle collisions on the Trans-Canada Highway in the
vicinity of the Greely Road intersection. The Ministry has provided the collision data. This is a
supplementary report to the traffic impact assessment report dated February 23, 2015 and forms part
of the traffic report submission. For development location and details, as well as traffic analysis
results, please refer to that report.
2.0
COLLISION DATA
The Ministry has provided two reports:

a. Collision Summary Report; and
b. Collision Histogram Report
The reports are for the period between January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014. They cover the
follow 0.6 km segment of Trans-Canada Highway, approximately 0.3 km east and west of the Greely
Road Interseciton :
3.0
COLLISION DATA SUMMARY
Between the period of January 1, 2009 and November 30, 2014, a total 16 collisions were reported.
This review describes the conclusions of the collision data review. For simplicity purposes, the period
of the data is referred to as six years. It should be noted that there were no collision reported at the
Greely Road intersection. All collisions are between intersections. The annual average is 2.7
collisions on this 0.6 km of Trans-Canada Highway.
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
4.0
4.1
Collison Severity
Collision Severity
Property
Damage Only
14
12
For the six-year period between 2009 and 2014, a

total of 16 collisions were reported. The severities of
the collisions are shown in FIGURE 4.1. The
majority of the collisions were Property Damage
Only. While there was no one killed, four collisions
resulted in seven persons injured.
10
8
Personal
Injury
6
4
2
Fatality
0
1
FIGURE 4.1 COLLISION SEVERITY
4.2.
Yearly Distribution
No of Collisions
6
The number of collisions reported in each year is

shown in FIGURE 4.2. The average is 2.7
collisions per year. The number of collisions
occurred in each of the six-year period for this
0.6 km segment could be considered random and
their variations cannot be explained with the data
provided. This average may not be considered
critical.
5
4
3
2
1
0
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
FIGURE 4.2 YEARLY DISTRIBUTION
4.3
Monthly Distribution
The monthly distribution for the six-year data

is shown in FIGURE 4.3. The average is
0.22 collisions for an aggregated monthly
average per year. The number of collisions
occurred in March, November and December
are more than twice as that of the average.
There is no monthly distribution pattern and
the variations cannot be explained with the
data provided.
No of Collisions
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
FIGURE 4.3 MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
4.4
No of Collisions
Daily Distribution
6
The day of the week distribution of the sixyear data period is shown in FIGURE 4.4.
The aggregate average number of collisions
per day per year is 0.38. While the higher
number of collisions on Friday is noted but
cannot be explained with the data provided.
There is no consistent trend.
5
4
3
2
1
0
Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
Fri
Sat
Sun
FIGURE 4.4 DAILY DISTRIBUTION
4.5
Hourly Distribution
No of Collisions
2.5
The hourly distribution of the six-year collision

data period is shown in FIGURE 4.5. The
hourly average per year over this period is 0.11
collisions. While there was an absence of
collisions during the afternoon and late
evening, there is no consistent trend observed.
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
FIGURE 4.5 HOURLY DISTRIBUTION
4.6
Collision Factor
The contributing factor of the collisions for

the six-year period is shown in FIGURE 4.6.
The major factors were Driver Inattention
and Snow/Sleet.
There were a high
proportion of Unknown factors.
No. of Collisions
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Inattention
Fatique
Snow/Sleet
Avoid Veh/Ped
Others
FIGURE 4.6 COLLISION FACTORS
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
No. of Collisions
7
4.7
Pavement Conditions
6
5
The collisions occurred on dry, wet and

snow/icy pavement conditions.
The
distribution of pavement conditions is shown
in FIGURE 4.7.
4
3
2
1
0
Dry
Wet
Icy
FIGURE 4.7 PAVEMENT CONDITIONS
4.8
Weather Condition
No of Collisions
6
Collisions occurred in all weather conditions

and there is no pattern established. The
distribution is shown in FIGURE 4.8.
5
4
3
2
1
0
Clear
Cloudy
Rain
Snow
Others
FIGURE 4.8 WEATHER CONDITIONS
4.9.
Collision Type
The collision types are shown in FIGURE

4.9.
The data show there is a
preponderance of off road collisions. The
data also show that the off road collisions
were associated with snow and icy road
conditions.
No of Collisions
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Right Angle
Rear End
Off Road L
Off Road R
Others
Unknown
FIGURE 4.9 COLLISION TYPE
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
10
4.10.
Direction of Travel
9
8
7
The proportions of collisions involving

vehicles travelling east and west are shown in
FIGURE 4.10. There is no direction trends of
the collisions occurred.
6
5
First Veh
Second Veh
3
2
1
0
North
East
South
West
FIGURE 4.10 DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
4.11
Spatial Distribution
There is no spatial pattern of collisions in this 0.6 km segment.
4.12
Summary of Observations
conditions trends cannot be established. However, there is a preponderance of single vehicle off road
collisions under snow and icy road conditions. There was not collision reported at the Greely Road
intersection.

Senior Consultant
per: Al Popoff
Senior Consultant
EYH Consultants

Queue Lengths at Bridge Supplementary Report
______________________________________________________________________________________
Appendix B:3
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT
REVIEW OF QUEUE LENGTH AT BRIDGE
BLACK TIE PROPERTIES LP
JUNE 22, 2015
1.0
BACKGROUND
As part of the Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) development application approval process, a traffic
impact assessment is required by the Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure (Ministry). In
additional to the traffic impact assessment, the Ministry has completed their bridge review and
concluded that there is capacity available from a traffic volume perspective (Ministry email dated June
9, 2015). In the same email, the Ministry has requested the developer to conduct an analysis to
demonstrate that the bridges single lane operation would be acceptable. Further, the Ministrys
request includes the extent of queues and trigger point based on volumes and when that queue
would extend to an unacceptable level. The report presents the methodologies and the findings of the
analyses. It should be further noted that this report should be read in conjunction with the traffic
impact study by EYH Consultants dated February 23, 2015 and related supplementary reports.
2.0
THE BRIDGE
Greely Road crosses the Illecillewaet River with a one lane Bailey steel bridge. The bridge is
approximately 59 metres in length and 4.45 metres in width with a wood deck. The deck appears in
good condition. There are advance
BRIDGE
warning signs and they are in good
condition. Traffic crossing the bridge is
control by a YIELD TO ONCOMING
TRAFFIC signs at the south end of the
bridge. Northbound traffic must give
way to southbound traffic. The location
of the bridge is shown in FIGURE 1.
RAP
NORTH
SITE
Site photographs are shown in
ATTACHMENT 1.
FIGURE 1 BRIDGE LOCATION PLAN
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
3.0
QUEUE LENGTH ANALYSIS METHODOLOGY
This section describes briefly the approaches used in the analyses. Two approaches were used in the
queuing length analysis:
Queuing Theory was used to understand the one-lane operation; and

VISSIM Software the single lane on a two-lane/two-way roadway model in VISSIM
was used to model the length of the queue.
Complementing the traffic impact study, queuing is analysed for four operational scenarios:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Year 2021 traffic volumes during the Trans Canada Highway (TCH) peak hour.
Year 2021 traffic volumes during the inbound (southbound) peak hour.
Posted speed on bridge at 50 km/h. This speed provides a crossing time of 6 seconds.
Travel speed on bridge at 30 km/h. This speed provides a crossing time of 9 seconds.
The RAP will be fully developed by Year 2021. The analysis of the scenario of traffic volumes
during the outbound (northbound) peak hour is not required because there will be insignificant
inbound traffic.
3.1
Queuing Theory and One-Lane Bridge Operation
A.
Definitions
The one-lane Greely Road Bridge provides a one-way traffic operation. The northbound traffic
is controlled by a YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC sign. The one-lane bridge operation
may be approximated as a first come first serve single server queuing model. That is as each
vehicle approached the bridge, it stops and checks to see if there is a vehicle on the bridge (being
served). If the bridge is empty the vehicle proceeds across. This is an inefficient operation and
should produce the maximum length of queue and delay. For this operation the inbound and
outbound traffic volumes may be combined into a single volume. Traffic arriving at the bridge
ends is assumed to have a Poisson distribution. The definitions of the variables in the queuing
theory equation are shown below:
a. The system is the queue (waiting line) and the vehicle in the server (on the bridge).
b. The queue represents the vehicles waiting in line and measured by the number of
vehicles.
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
c. The arrival rate is , measured in units (vehicles)/second and is estimated by the

combined inbound (southbound) and outbound (northbound) volumes, in seconds.
The arrival rates are shown in TABLE 1. Year 2021 development traffic volumes
(When RAP is fully developed) were obtained from the traffic impact study.
TABLE 1 ARRIVAL RATES
, Veh per
Second
Vehicles per hour

Dev Traffic Peak
Inbound
Outbound
2 Way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
57
57
114
0.032
Southbound Peak
172
29
201
0.056
Northbound Peak
200
200
0.056
d. The service time is , measured in seconds, and the service time is the time to cross
the bridge. The service time was calculated using the posted speed limit of 50 km/h
and a lower travel speed of 30 km/h to test if there was any formation of queues. The
service times are shown in TABLE 2.
e. The service rate is , measured in vehicles/second and is estimated as 1/. The
service rates are shown in TABLE 2.
TABLE 2 SERVICE TIME ON THE BRIDGE
Travel Speed on Service Time, Service Rate,
, seconds
=1/, veh/s
Bridge
50 km/h
30 km/h
6
9
0.2
0.1
f. The utilization is = / < 1.0. Note that as (service time) increases then the
service rate decreases and at the limit is zero (0) and as the utilization increases and
approaches infinity and is undefined.
TABLE 3 UTILZATION
50 km/h
30 km/h
2 way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
0.19
0.29
Southbound Peak
0.34
0.50
Northbound Peak
0.33
0.50
Dev Traffic Peak
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
B.
Utilization
The utilization, = / is used to measure the bridge capacity being utilized. If the
utilization is low, for example 0.10 or 0.20, that is 10% or 20% utilization then the
system is essentially free flowing. If the utilization is 0.90, or 90% utilized then the
system will suffer congestion. Delay will occur and queues will form. In examining the
utilization shown in TABLE 3, the bridge is not congested and traffic will flow at a
satisfactory level of service.
C.
Average Number Of Vehicles on the Bridge and in the Queue (System)

The average number of vehicles on the bridge and in the queue is estimated by:
N = /(1-) vehicles.
The numbers of vehicles on the bridge for the scenarios are shown in TABLE 4.
TABLE 4 AVERAGE NUMBER OF VEHICLES ON BRIDGE AND IN QUEUE
50 km/h
30 km/h
2 way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
0.2
0.4
Southbound Peak
0.5
1.0
Northbound Peak
0.5
1.0
Dev Traffic Peak
D.
Average total time on the Bridge and in Queue

Average total time on the bridge and in the queue is estimated by: T= 1/(-), seconds.
This time includes the service time and the queue waiting time. The average total times
are shown in TABLE 5.
TABLE 5 AVERAGE TOTAL TIME ON BRIDGE AND
IN THE QUEUE, SECONDS
50 km/h
30 km/h
2 way
2 way
TCH Peak hour
7.4
12.6
Southbound Peak
9.0
18.1
Northbound Peak
9.0
18.0
Dev Traffic Peak
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
E.
Queue Length
The average number of vehicles in the queue is estimated by Nq = 2/(1-), vehicles. The
queue lengths are shown in TABLE 6.
TABLE 6 NUMBER OF VEHICLES IN QUEUE
Dev Traffic Peak
TCH Peak hour
Southbound Peak
Northbound Peak
E.
50 km/h
2 way
0.0
0.2
0.0
30 km/h
2 way
0.1
0.5
0.0
Average Time in Queue

The average time in the queue is estimated by Wq = (/)/(1-), seconds. The average
wait times in queue are shown in TABLE 7.
TABLE 7 AVERAGE WAIT TIME IN QUEUE, SECONDS
Dev Traffic Peak
TCH Peak hour
Southbound Peak
Northbound Peak
G.
50 km/h
2 way
1.4
3.0
3.0
30 km/h
2 way
3.6
9.1
9.0
Level of Service
The level of service in this case is given by control delay, which is approximately the
queue delay. The levels of service are shown in Exhibit 19-1 (reproduced below) taken
from the Transportation Research Boards Highway Capacity Manual. The average
queue wait time in Table 7 is less than 10 seconds therefore the level of service is A.
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
H.
Conclusions
The findings of the queueing theory indicate that there is no queue (less than one vehicle) and
that the bridge and the queue system will operate at level of service A.
4.0
VISSIM MODELLING
A separate and independent modelling analysis was conducted with the VISSIM software, using the
speed and volume parameters as in Section 3.0. The one lane bridge operating in a 2-way road
module of the VISSIM software was used. As shown in TABLE 1, there will be no inbound traffic
during the outbound peak period. There should be no queue during this peak period. VISSIM
analysis therefore excluded the outbound peak period. The modelling results are summarized in
TABLE 8.
As shown in the TABLE 8, queues, measure in metres, are not anticipated to form under average
conditions. The maximum queue length modelled by VISSIM is 15 m which is less than two
vehicles. The bridge will operate at level of service A with a maximum possible delay of 3.3 seconds.
TABLE 8 QUEUE LENGTHS USING VISSIM SOFTWARE
Traffic Volume Scenario
Average
Queue Length (m)
Maximum
Queue Length (m)
Average
Delay (s)
Level of Service
(LOS)
SB
NB
SB
NB
SB
NB
SB
NB
TCH Peak - 50 km/h
0.00
0.00
1.9
5.2
0.7
0.3
TCH Peak - 30 km/h
0.00
0.02
4.5
6.7
1.0
0.7
SB Peak-50 km/h
0.01
0.06
9.5
10.9
0.5
1.9
SB Peak-30 km/h
0.04
0.12
11.8
15.3
0.6
3.3
TCH denotes Trans Canada Highway; LOS denotes level of service; SB denotes southbound; NB denotes northbound.
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
5.0
CLOSURE
A total of four scenarios were analyzed in determining the queuing length the trigger point as required
by the Ministry: two travel speeds (50 km/h and 30 km/h) on the bridge and two peak periods (Trans
Canada peak hour and inbound peak hour. Two methods were used to determine the queue lengths:
the queuing theory equations and the modelling of VISSIM software. The two methods generate
similar results. On average, there will be no queue formed and the levels of service on the bridge will
be excellent. VISSIM estimated the maximum queue to be 15 m. However, this will be an unusual
event. It is concluded that the current arrangement for the bridge is sufficient to accommodate the
traffic generated by the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park.

Senior Consultant
per: Al Popoff
Senior Consultant
EYH Consultants

______________________________________________________________________________________
ATTACHMENT 1 SITE PHOTOGRAPHS
EYH Consultants
Appendix B:4
for
Greely Road (Road to Revelstoke

Adventure Park),
Revelstoke, BC
Revision #2
Prepared for:
Box 963
Revelstoke, BC
V0E 2S0
Interior Operations
nd
#330 42 Street SW
PO Box 2012
Salmon Arm BC V1E 4R1
Tel: 250-832-3366
Fax 1-888-273-0209
April 14, 2015

File: 1145-2

Terrain Stability Assessment Road to Revelstoke Adventure Park Revision #2
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
Table of Contents
1.0
Introduction and Proposed Development .............................................................. 3
2.0
Rationale for the TSA ............................................................................................... 3
3.0
Limitations of the TSA ............................................................................................. 4
4.0
Background Data and Fieldwork ............................................................................. 5
5.0
General Site Description .......................................................................................... 6
6.0
Discussion, Results and Recommendations ......................................................... 7
6.1
Anticipated Soil and Bedrock Conditions .............................................................................................8
6.2
Seepage Conditions .............................................................................................................................8
6.3
Cutslope Excavation Recommendations .............................................................................................8
6.4
Road Prism Recommendations ...........................................................................................................9
6.5
Road Drainage Recommendations ................................................................................................... 10
Table 6.1: Road to RAP - Summary of Observations, Risk Analysis, and Construction Recommendations
...................................................................................................................................................................... 11
7.0
Closure .................................................................................................................... 17
List of Figures
Figure 1: Location Overview Map .................................................................................................. 18
Figure 2: GoogleEarth image of road location ............................................................................... 19
Figure 3: Plan view of Road to RAP with key road stations ........................................................... 20
ii

1.0
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
Introduction and Proposed Development1
This report presents the results of a terrain stability assessment (TSA) completed by Onsite Engineering
Ltd. (OEL) for the proposed road to the Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) located about 7km due east
of Revelstoke, BC. The road commences from a private land parcel near the bottom of the Illecillewaet
River, then climbs a broad ridge on the south side of the Illecillewaet River valley to the lodge site. See
Figure 1 for a location map.
The road is proposed to be approximately 3km in length and is to provide access to a recreation site
located approximately 500m above the valley floor. Vehicles travelling on the road are expected to be
limited to pick-ups, passenger vans and up to 5 ton trucks. The TSA was completed at the request of
Jason Roe of Black Tie Properties LP (Black Tie). Road layout was completed by Azimuth Forestry and
Mapping Solutions (Azimuth).
It must be noted that the previous edition of this report (Titled Terrain Stability Report for Greely
Road) indicated that Greely Creek was considered an element at risk from this road. This is not correct.
Greely creek is located more than 2km to the east and outside of any potential impact by the proposed
road.
2.0
Rationale for the TSA
Requirements detailed in the Forest Planning and Practices Regulation state that an authorized person
who carries out a primary forest activity must ensure that the primary forest activity does not cause a
landslide that has a material adverse effect in relation to one or more of the subjects listed in section 149
(1) (i.e. objectives set by government) of the Forest and Range Practices Act. A primary forest activity is
defined in the regulation as:
i) timber harvesting;
ii) silviculture treatments;
iii) road construction, maintenance and deactivation.
In completion of the layout for this development, layout personnel identified sections of the planned
road construction that has indicators of potential instability, primarily associated with steep terrain.
The objectives of this TSA are to:
i) Characterize the existing landslide hazard (terrain and terrain stability conditions) in areas within,
adjacent to or connected to the development area;
ii) Evaluate the potential or existing effects of the development on the terrain stability potential;
iii) Determine the landslide hazard and potential effects of the development on the identified
elements at risk (i.e. the resources); and
iv) Recommend site-specific actions to reduce and/or manage the landslide hazard and risk
resulting from the development.
Forest development consists of aspects of forest management, existing and proposed, related to Planning and Operations.

3.0
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
Limitations of the TSA
This TSA has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical practises in the British
Columbia forest industry and in general conformance with the Guideline for Professional Services in
the Forest Sector Terrain Stability Assessments. General observations are made on the existing slope
gradients, shape, morphology and the general stability. Information on the subsurface soil, groundwater
and bedrock conditions are gathered from hand-dug test holes, bedrock outcrops, root balls of fallen
trees and the cutslopes on the existing roads in the surrounding area. A comparative-observational
approach has been used to provide rationale for conclusions and recommendations. This approach relies
on the examination of historical air photographs, field review of past forestry practices and the proposed
development area, and professional judgment and experience to assess the likely response of the terrain
to the proposed operations, based on past the past response of similar terrain to previous forest
developments.
The reader should be aware that the classification and identification of the type and condition of the
geological units present are judgmental in nature. Variations (even over short distances) are inherent and
are a function of natural processes. OEL does not represent or warrant that the conditions listed in the
report are exact and the user should recognise that variations may exist. If sub-surface conditions are
found to be significantly different than those identified, the conclusions and recommendations
contained in this report should be reviewed by OEL, with amendments made as needed.
This report does not imply that a landslide will not occur following the proposed development. An
estimate on the likelihood (or probability) of occurrence of a specific hazardous landslide (i.e. the P(H) )
is given in relation to the proposed activities. The partial risk (i.e. the P(HA)) to the adjacent resources
from the specific hazardous landslide has been assessed using methods described in the Landslide
Hazard and Risk Case Studies in the Forest Sector document. Partial risk is the product of the
probability of occurrence of a specific hazardous landslide (i.e. the P(H)) and the probability of that
landslide reaching or otherwise affecting the site occupied by a specific element (i.e. the P(S:H )).
Further explanation of the partial risk assessment, a matrix and a sample partial risk calculation
are included in Appendix A.
Elements included in the partial risk analysis are those indicated on the mapping and materials provided
by the client or coordinating registered professional for the proposed development. Known elements
potentially at risk from a landslide initiating from within or downslope of the proposed development
include:
1) Timber and soil resources downslope of the development. These resources are typically affected
by any landslide event with the area impacted directly related to the magnitude of the slide. For
this reason, timber and soil resources are often not used in the risk analysis.
2) Access along road infrastructure associated with the development. This would likely take the
form of a road prism failure were either the cut or the fill slope underwent failure.
3) Water quality in the un-named creek to the east. The areas were the road is adjacent to this
creek are indicated in Section 6.1 below. The creek is a tributary to the Illecillewaet River with
the confluence located approximately 200m downstream from the start of the road. The creek is
located in a deep, steep sided draw on the upper slopes that moderate downslope to a broad,

File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
moderate slope draw. The road is located about 50m from the creek on the lower slopes and 100
to 150m upslope on the upper slopes. No signs of existing instability were noted on the draw
sidewalls. A slide with a magnitude exceeding 1000m3 would be required to impact the creek.
4) CP Rail tracks located 500 to 600m downslope to the west of parts of the road. These areas are
indicated in Table 6.1 below. The terrain between the proposed road location and the tracks is
steep and rocky. No signs of any existing instability, other than small scale rockfall from existing
bluffs, were noted on the hillside downslope of the road. In order for a landslide to runout as
far as the tracks, it would require an event with a magnitude exceeding 8000m3. Landslide
events of this magnitude typically require either a large scale, deep seated instability or substantial
volumes of water to initiate, and runout the required distance.
Additional elements may exist. It is the responsibility of the client or the coordinating registered
professional to review our assessment of landslide likelihood, runout and magnitude and
determine if any additional elements may be impacted.
The analysis of partial risk presented in this report considers the incremental increase in the likelihood
of landslides as a result of the proposed operations. The terrain upslope and downslope of this
development contains areas that exceed 60%. Natural landslides and rockfall events may initiate on this
terrain regardless of the proposed harvesting. The intent of the recommendations presented in this
assessment is to provide development recommendations that will result in a low likelihood of an
incremental increase in the landslide likelihood on the terrain within and downslope of the development,
following the proposed operations.
Where recommendations are given to reduce the likelihood of landslide occurrence and/or mitigate the
risk, the residual rating (where given) applies only if the recommendations from this report are followed.
The acceptance of these recommendations by Black Tie indicates a willingness to manage the risks to
the downslope and/or downstream resources (i.e. the elements at risk) associated with the occurrence of
the specific hazardous landslide.
4.0
Background Data and Fieldwork
The following information was reviewed as part of the assessment:

1)
2)
3)
4)
1:5,000 scale contour map of the area with the proposed road alignment
Preliminary road design completed by Azimuth Forestry and Mapping Solutions
Images obtained from Google Earth, www.google.com, copyright Province of BC. 2011
Land Management Handbook 56 Landslide Risk Case Studies in Forest Development
Planning and Operations; published by the BC Ministry of Forests Forest Science Program,
2004.
5) Guidelines for Terrain Stability Assessments in the Forest Sector; published by APEGBC,
2003.
6) BC Digital Geology mapping - compilations of the geology of B.C. at 1:250,000, 1992-96.
Obtained from the GSB website (http://www.em.gov.bc.ca/geology).
Fieldwork was completed on May 15, 2012 by Adam Muddiman, P.Geo of OEL, accompanied by Ryan
Williams of Azimuth. Field work involved a foot traverse of the proposed road location. Observations

File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
of the local geomorphology, drainage and soil conditions with respect to the proposed development
were collected.
5.0
General Site Description
Physiographic and Hydrologic Description
The proposed development is located in the lower Illecillewaet River valley between the Monashee
Mountains and the Selkirk Mountains physiographic regions of BC. These regions are characterized by
rugged terrain with high relief, sharp glaciated peaks and deeply incised glacial valleys (Holland 1976)2.
The local relief ranges from approximately 500m asl at the valley bottom to a maximum elevation of
2200m asl at the alpine peaks above. The terrain is somewhat broken with hanging valleys and steep to
very steep slopes truncated by broad gentle to moderate benches.
Locally, the proposed development lies on a broad ridge on the south side of the Illecillewaet River,
adjacent to a small unnamed tributary to the Illecillewaet directly to the southeast. The Greely Creek
watershed is located a further, approximately 2.5km to the east, beyond the unnamed tributary. The
road climbs from the valley bottom at approximately 550m asl to a maximum elevation of 950m asl in
the mid-slope position. To the west of the ridge, the terrain consists of steep to very steep bedrock
controlled slopes that drop towards the Illecillewaet. The unnamed creek directly east of the road is
located is a deep narrow gully with steep sidewalls and empties directly into the Illecillewaet
approximately 300m north of the start of the proposed road. The headwaters of the creek are located
directly south of the development at the height of land. The catchment area for the watershed is
relatively small, resulting in relatively low seasonal flows; however, due to the mountainous nature of the
watershed and the potential for heavy rainfall and subsequent runoff, the creeks in this area are expected
to be flashy and experience short periods of very high flows. See Figure 2 for a GoogleEarth image of
the terrain.
Slope gradients on the ridge are somewhat broken with gradients of 20 to 50% on the lower slopes
transitioning to 60 to 70% part way up, then 20 to 40% at the upper reaches of the road location.
Surficial material consists mainly of thick till deposits consisting of a sand-gravel-cobble mixture with
trace to some silt and, likely, numerous boulder sized clasts. The surface is further overlain by
numerous boulders and blocks deposited over much of the terrain. Occasional bedrock outcrops were
found on the hillside, but none substantial enough to provide a source for the numerous surface
boulders, indicating the rocks are likely glacial deposits that were deposited during glacial retreat.
Bedrock is mapped as Devonian orthogneiss metamorphic rocks. Bedrock outcrops confirmed this
mapping and outcrops were found to be massive and strong. The blocks and boulders were also found
to be massive and strong gneiss.
No streams or seepage areas were found in the proposed road location. This is likely due to a
combination of the well drained soils present, the location of the road on a broad ridge that sheds water
to the east and west, and the relatively small watershed area directly upslope. The majority of the runoff
from the mountainside would flow to the unnamed creek to the southeast, located well below the
2
Holland, S.S., Landforms of British Columbia, A physiographic Outline, Bulletin 48, 1976; BC Department of Mines and Resources.
Victoria, B.C.

File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
proposed road. Timber mainly consists of Douglas Fir trees with little undergrowth, further indicating a
relatively dry site.
Existing Development and Previous Logging
The proposed road commences at an existing gravel pit and traverses a mostly undeveloped hillside.
The lower slopes were logged more than 30 years previous and the logged areas has substantially
regenerated. An existing communication tower is located on a broad bench near the end of the road
that was likely installed using helicopters.
The base of a chair lift at Revelstoke Mountain Resort is located approximately 1.5km south (upslope)
and ski runs accessed by the lift are located further south and southeast. The topography is such that
drainage from the ski runs will mainly be directed to the unnamed Creek, or to Greely Creek further to
the east, and will not flow to the proposed road location.
6.0
Discussion, Results and Recommendations
As noted, the road to the RAP extends from an existing gravel pit and climbs a broad ridge to an upper
broken plateau area. In many cases, road grades are 15 to 18% and a number of switchbacks (12 to 15)
with 12 to 15m radiuses have been laid out to allow the road to stay on the broad as it climbs the hillside
to reach an up broken plateau area. While the majority of the road lies on 35 to 55% slopes, the terrain
immediately to the east and west drops away steeply. To the east, the ridge gradually rolls over to the 60
to 70% slopes of a deeply incised draw.
To the west, much of the terrain rolls over onto vertical bedrock bluffs that range in height from 5 to
20m. The bluffs are composed of massive, extremely strong orthogneiss with widely spaced fractures
on the order of 2-5m spacing. The fracture orientation appears to be random and does not follow a
specific bedding plane or jointing pattern. The observed lithology matches bedrock mapping of the area
and numerous boulders scattered downslope, as well as along the road alignment, also consist of similar
orthogneiss. Downslope of the bedrock bluffs, the terrain is steep with gradients exceeding 70% leading
down to the valley bottom where the CP Rail tracks are located. While small scale rockfall deposits
consisting of single detachments rolling up to 30 to 40m from the base of the cliffs was prevalent
downslope of the bluffs, no landslide scarps could be found on the steep terrain downslope during
either field work or air photo review.
The surficial material throughout the area typically consists of sand and gravel with trace to some silt
and variable volumes sub-angular cobble and boulder sized clasts. Numerous surface boulder deposits
are also present throughout the area. The surficial material is well to rapidly drained, and no signs of
seepage emergence or stream channels were found. The general ridge top location of the proposed
alignment, the well drained surficial materials, and likely shallow bedrock result in all drainage being shed
to either side. The only moisture likely to be added to the site will be from runoff following heavy rain
storm events and spring snow melt.
General recommendations for road construction are listed below, and the following Table 6.1 contains
specific site descriptions for segments along the road, a partial risk analysis, and construction
recommendations for the assessed sections of the proposed road. Road stations referenced in the table
correlate with the P-Line traverse stations recorded in the field by Azimuth traverse crews. See Figure 3

File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
for a plan view of the road with key road stations marked.
6.1
Anticipated Soil and Bedrock Conditions
Observations made during the fieldwork for the TSA suggest that the following subsurface conditions
should be encountered during road construction:
1) The majority of the road excavation will occur within a blanket of variable thickness (1-3m deep)
deposits of medium dense to dense sand, gravel and cobbles with trace to some silt. Boulder
sized clasts are also expected to be encountered during excavation. These materials are generally
well drained.
2) A substantial amount boulders and blocks are located at the surface along most of the road
location. The rock is strong intact gneiss and is acceptable for use in road fills. While many of
the rocks can be moved by an excavator, some will require drill and blast to move.
3) The local bedrock, where encountered, was found to be intact, massive and strong. Most
outcrops are expected to require drill and blast at depth.
If adverse sub-surface conditions that differ from those described above or detailed in Table 6.1 are
encountered in the cutslope excavation, the road crew should notify Black Tie personnel so that
sufficient detail can be collected and forwarded to OEL. Upon review of the information the
excavation recommendations contained in Section 6.3 may be amended.
6.2
Seepage Conditions
Surficial materials within the study area appear to be generally well drained. Indicators of significant
subsurface seepage were not found; however, seepage emergence from fresh cuts may occur during road
construction on the slope to bench transitions and within headwall and draw areas.
6.3
Cutslope Excavation Recommendations
Unless otherwise noted in Table 6.1, the till materials expected to be encountered during construction
should generally be excavated at a slope angle of 1H:1V. Cutslopes may ravel or slough at this angle and
require seasonal maintenance of the ditchlines.
If minor seepage is encountered in the excavation, the cutslope angle may have to be reduced. If
considerable seepage (i.e. a spring) is encountered in the excavation and/or slumping of the exposed
soils occurs during construction, road building activities at these locations should cease and OEL should
be contacted for further direction.
The overall design cutslope in bedrock should be no steeper than 1H:2V in strong, intact rock. This is a
design angle, the actual bedrock cutslope could be steeper in isolated areas depending on natural joints
or fractures in the rock and how the rock breaks. During excavation the road crews must do visual
inspections and check scale the bluffs after every blast (using the excavation equipment). Construction
inspections by OEL are only required if the road crew notes the formation of new open fractures, or the

File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
formation of detached blocks that cannot be scaled down. During road construction, workers must not
pass directly between the cutslope face and the excavation equipment and no equipment should be
working above the crest of the cutslope while workers or other equipment are located below.
6.4
Road Prism Recommendations
Much of this road can be built with conventional cut and fill construction techniques; however,
construction on moderately steep to steep gradient terrain (i.e. >60%) will generally require full bench
cut with some areas of bench. Where this type of construction is prescribed, the excess material will
need to be endhauled from the site. In addition to areas of full bench and bench cut, engineered fill
is expected to be required for construction in some locations, particularly on switchbacks that have been
located on greater than 50% gradient slopes. Typically engineered fill consists of either a rock fill or a
geotextile reinforced fill (GRS). The following are guidelines for these construction techniques:
Bench Cut Construction
Road construction technique used primarily on moderately steep gradient terrain (i.e. 55 to 65%)
where the majority of the road running surface is located on a bench cut into the hillside and
minimal fill (i.e. of the bench) is used on the outside edge of the road. The sideslope limit for
this technique is dependent on the drainage characteristics and friction angle of the expected
underlying surficial materials.
Excess excavated material is to be endhauled away from the site. The fillslope is constructed of
placed and keyed-in coarse angular rock (see below). The material must be placed on an
excavated, blasted or natural bench at least 2m wide. The bench must be founded in bedrock or
competent (undisturbed) mineral soils. If natural benches are not present and excavation or
blasting of a bench is not achievable the road prism should be shifted into a full bench cut.
Full Bench Construction
Road building technique generally used on steep slopes (i.e. >65%) whereby the entire road
running surface is located on a bench cut into the hillside. All excavated material is generally
endhauled away from the site to an approved waste area. Endhauling may include a cat-push.
Although some spillage of material is generally tolerable, excavated material is not to be wasted
downslope of the road unless specified by the project engineer or geoscientist.
Endhauling
Endhaul is any transportation of surplus excavated material away from the road construction site
to an embankment area (used in road fill on a different portion of the road) or waste area (i.e.
spoil site).
Waste areas should be located in areas with gentle to moderate gradient slopes, outside of
riparian management areas, and located so that natural drainage patterns are not altered. Fill
slope angles on waste site is dependent on the type of material. In general, the design fill slope
angle of the waste site for a particular material is less than the design fill slope angle for that
same material in the road prism. This is a result of the material being end dumped and not

File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
placed. Placed or constructed fill slopes on waste site may have the same design angle as the
road prism.
Rock Fill
Construction of rock fill entails the placement of angular boulders for road fill. Rock is to be
placed (not sidecast) and keyed into the hillside starting from an excavated or natural bench at
the toe of the fill.
Rock is to consist of either ripped or blasted boulders or angular boulders uncovered during
excavation. Rock fill placed in this manner can be placed at slope angles of 1.25H to 1V (85%).
Fill construction in this manner requires daily on-site monitoring from a P. Eng, P. Geo
their designate during construction
Geotextile Reinforced Soil (GRS)

Construction of a GRS wall requires placement and compaction of aggregate with woven
geotextile placed between compacted lifts during construction.
The toe of the GRS wall must be founded on an excavated, blasted or natural bench. The bench
is to be at least 2m wide and is to be out sloped slightly to allow water to drain.
Drains should be installed at the bottom of the wall to allow positive drainage away from the
wall.
Aggregate for the GRS wall is to consist of a 3 minus sand and gravel mixture with less than
15% silt. It is anticipated that the local surficial material along this road will be suitable for
construction of the wall.
Aggregate is to be placed and compacted using 1000lb vibratory plate compactor, a vibratory
drum roller or equivalent.
A design for the wall should be completed prior to construction.
GRS wall construction requires daily on-site monitoring from the design engineer or his
designate during construction
Road subgrade material should not be placed on water-softened or saturated slopes (i.e. slopes where
considerable seepage and/or significant hydrophilic plants are present). All water softened material
should be excavated to expose the compact till materials and/or bedrock. Unsuitable material will have
to be spoiled in lower slope areas and not incorporated into the structural road prism.
6.5
Road Drainage Recommendations
No streams or NCDs were crossed by the road layout, however, runoff from snowmelt and following
heavy rain storms should be expected. The majority of ditchlines along this road can be directed off
the end of switchbacks; however, cross-drain culverts should be installed where the road crosses dry
draws. Additional cross drain culverts may be required if seepage is uncovered during construction to
reduce the potential for drainage concentration by the road.
10
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Road Section
Start 6
End
Terrain Characteristics
Surficial Materials and Slope Morphology
6.5.1.1.1
Road Construction Recommendations
Est. depth
to
bedrock
Drainage
Landslide Likelihood
P(H)3 and Description
Elements at Risk and

P(S:H)4
Partial Risk
P(HA)5
Bench
Endhaul
(%)7
Construction Recommendations and Design Cut and Fill Angles
Residual
Hazard P(H)
Start TSA at existing gravel pit at

end of temporary road.
0+000
0+644
The road alignment traverses variable,

benchy terrain with slope gradients
ranging from 15% to short pitches of 50
to 60% that terminate at gentle terrain.
>3m
well
Well
High : Small
3
(<1000m ) fill slope
failure with runout to
timbered terrain
downslope.
Surficial material is well drained and

consists of compact to dense sand and
gravel with trace to some silt.
Numerous boulders are located at the
surface and boulders will likely be
uncovered during excavation.
Start off gentle bench onto 70% planar
slopes.
0+644
0+713
0+713
0+806

Alignment wraps around the end of a
prominent ridge.
Slope gradients are 45-55%
1.5m
Low : Small (<500m )

fill slope failure with
runout to moderate
gradient timbered
terrain downslope
n/a
n/a
Loss of access along

road at slide location
and potential to runout
to a downslope portion
of the road.
10
Moderate
Full
1.5m
well
Low
Cut: 100% in native till materials
200% in bedrock
Fill: n/a
n/a
Low
Full bench cut construction required excess material is to be

endhauled from the site. Suitable waste sites are located
between 0+000 and 0+644.
100
Low: Small (<500m )

runout to moderate
gradient timbered
terrain downslope

200% in bedrock
Fill: 67% for placed local surficial materials
High
Conventional cut and fill road construction.
n/a

200% in bedrock
Low
P(H) Probability of occurrence of a specific hazardous landslide following conventional sidecast road construction in this section.
P(S:H) The probability that there will be a spatial effect, given that a specific hazardous landslide occurs, i.e. the probability that the landslide will impact the specific element at risk
5
P(HA) = P(S:H) x P(H) = The probability of occurrence of a specific hazardous landslide and the probability of it reaching or otherwise affecting the site occupied by a specific element
6
Road stations are referenced as P-Line stations from the digital Roadeng survey notes which may or may not represent marked field locations
4
Refers to the approximate percentage of the total cut volume that will require endhauling off site.
A low likelihood means that the likelihood of a landslide is remote over the lifetime of the proposed development. Quantitatively the probability of a landslide is estimated as 1/1000 to 1/2500 annual probability [P(H)a] and a long term 20 year probability [P(H)20] of 0.02 to 0.01.
A high likelihood means that a landslide is probable over the life of the development. Quantitatively the probability of a landslide is estimated as 1/20 to 1/100 annual probability [P(H)a] and a long term 20 year probability [P(H)20] of 0.64 to 0.18
10
A moderate likelihood means that a landslide is not likely, but possible over the life of the proposed development. Quantitatively the probability of a landslide is estimated as 1/200 to 1/500 annual probability [P(H)a] and a long term 20 year probability [P(H)20] of 0.10 to 0.04.
9
- 11 -
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Road Section
Start 6
End
6.5.1.1.1
Est. depth
to
bedrock
Drainage

P(S:H)4
Partial Risk
P(HA)5
Bench
Endhaul
(%)7
A switch back in this location (i.e. on 50% slopes) will require

construction of a substantial fill for first approximately 10m
along the road on the downhill leg.
Due to the low radius of the switch back (i.e. ~12m), the road
will need to be shifted into full bench cut on the uphill side.
Excavation of the cut for this section is expected to encounter

competent bedrock. Drill and blast may be required for
bedrock excavation.
Switchback location around a relic dry

draw with slope gradients of 35 to 50%.
No signs of a stream channel or stream
flow were noted in the draw, but it likely
carries seasonal runoff.
0+806
0+845
Low bedrock bluffs are located directly

upslope of the switchback location and
bedrock should be expected within 2m
of the surface. Bedrock is massive and
strong granitic gneiss.
1m
Well
High: Small (<1000m )

runout to timbered
terrain downslope.
Potential to runout to a
portion of the road
downslope.
Overlying surficial material is well

drained and consists of compact to
dense sand and gravel with trace to
some silt. Numerous boulders and
blocks at the surface.
20 to 30% planar slopes directly
upslope of 85% sidewall of creek gully
to southeast.
0+845
0+956
Well
drained
surficial
material
consisting of compact to dense sand
and gravel with trace to some silt.
surface
0+997
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface
1.5m
0+997
1+121
to
Full
50
Moderate
Well
Moderate: Small
3
timbered terrain
downslope. Potential
to runout to a portion of
the road downslope.
2m
n/a
n/a

and a portion of road
downslope.
High
Runout to Unnamed
Creek to east.
Low
2m
Well

downslope.
Moderate
- 12 -
Install 500mm diameter cross drain culverts in the natural

draw to ensure drainage during runoff conditions.
Moderate

Fill through upper leg of switchback may need to be
oversteepened. Should this be the case, an engineered rock
fill will be most suitable
Low
Low

200% in bedrock
85% for engineered rock fill
to full bench cut techniques required.
Where bench cut is employed, the fill should be constructed

of keyed in rock.
Low
High

200% in bedrock

runout to timbered
terrain downslope.
portion of the road
downslope.
Low

200% in bedrock
400% for GRS retained fill
Well
60 to 75% gradient planar slopes

Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.
Runout to railway tracks

at toe of slope to west.
Low
Very high
Low: Small (<500m )

runout to timbered
terrain downslope.
Switchback location. 20% gradient

slopes on lower leg and 50% on upper
leg
0+942

downslope.
High
Residual
Hazard P(H)
to
full
75

200% in bedrock
Low
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Road Section
Start 6
End
6.5.1.1.1
Est. depth
to
bedrock
Drainage
Switchback location on 55 to 60%

planar slopes.
1+121
1+175
Overlying surficial material is well

drained and consists of compact to
dense sand and gravel with trace to
some silt. Numerous boulders and
blocks at the surface, but no bedrock
outcrops were found.
2m
Well
1+175
1+249
2m
well
Switchback location on 45% planar

slopes.
1+249
1+285
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.

runout to timbered
terrain downslope.
portion of the road
downslope.

P(S:H)4

downslope.
High
Low
Partial Risk
P(HA)5
Very high
Moderate
Bench
Full
and
Engin
eered
fill
Endhaul
(%)7
2m
well

runout to timbered
terrain downslope.
portion of the road
downslope.
Moderate: Small
3
timbered terrain
the road downslope.

downslope.
Moderate

downslope.
High
Runout to Unnamed
Creek to east.
Low
The switchback in this location on greater than 55% slopes

will require construction of a substantial fill for approximately
20m along the road on the downhill leg. Design of a GRS
retaining wall is recommended for construction of the fill.
Due to the low radius of the switch back (i.e. ~12m), either the
fill on the upper leg will need to be oversteepened, or the road
will need to be shifted into full bench cut. Oversteepened fill
can be achieved by construction of an engineered rock fill.
A detailed topographic survey of the switchback site should

be completed followed by a detailed design. Fill retention
options can be identified during the design process.
Construction should be supervised by a professional engineer
or geoscientist with experience in resource road construction.
High
to
full
75-100

200% in bedrock
Conventional cut and fill techniques can be employed for

construction of the swithchback, however, due to the 45%
slopes, a substantial fill will need to be constructed. Rock fill
may be utilized to oversteepen fill slopes.

Moderate
Low

200% in bedrock
- 13 -
Residual
Hazard P(H)
Low

200% in bedrock
Where bench cut is employed, the fill can be constructed of

keyed in rock.
60 to 75% gradient planar slopes

Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.
Low
Low
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Road Section
Start 6
End
6.5.1.1.1
Est. depth
to
bedrock
Drainage
1+285
1+436
2m
well
1+436
~1+485

runout to timbered
terrain downslope.
portion of the road
downslope.
Switchback on 55 to 60% planar slopes

Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.

P(S:H)4
Partial Risk
P(HA)5
Bench
Endhaul
(%)7
2m
Well

fill slope or cutslope
timbered terrain
the road downslope.

downslope.
Moderate

downslope.
High
Low
65-75% planar slopes

Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.
High
Very high
to
full
Engin
eered
fill
75-100
Residual
Hazard P(H)

of keyed in rock.

200% in bedrock
A switchback in this location (i.e. on 50% slopes) will require

construction of a substantial fill for approximately 20m along
the road on the downhill leg. In order to construct the fill, a
GRS retaining wall is recommended. Alternately, an
engineered rock fill placed at 1.25H : 1V could be utilized. A
design for these two options should be completed to aid in the
determination of the most appropriate option.

Moderate
Low
1+485
1+530
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.
2m
well
45 to 55% planar slopes
1+530
1+632
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.

200% in bedrock

of keyed in rock.

timbered terrain
the road downslope.

downslope.
Moderate
High
50-75
2m
well
Low: Small (<1000m )

timbered terrain
downslope.

200% in bedrock
n/a
n/a
- 14 -
Low

200% in bedrock
Low
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Road Section
Start 6
End
6.5.1.1.1
Est. depth
to
bedrock
Drainage
Switchback on 50% planar slopes in a

dry rocky draw.
3
1+632
126
The height of land is less than 100m

upslope of the road location, so the
draw likely sees minimal drainage.
1+694
2m
Well
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.

timbered terrain
the road downslope.

P(S:H)4

downslope.
High
Runout to Unnamed
Creek to east.
Low
Partial Risk
P(HA)5
Very High
Bench
Engin
eered
fill
Endhaul
(%)7
A switchback in this location (i.e. on 50% slopes) will require

construction of a substantial fill for approximately 20m along
the road on the downhill leg. In order to construct the fill, a
GRS retaining wall is recommended. Alternately, an
engineered rock fill placed at 1.25H : 1V could be utilized. A
design for these two options should be completed to aid in the
determination of the most appropriate option.

Moderate
Residual
Hazard P(H)
Low

200% in bedrock

126
1+694
1+730
1+730
132
1+803
132
138
1+803
1+870
Well
drained
surficial
material
and gravel and trace to some silt.
surface.
Slope gradients are 75% downslope of
road location and 45 to 50% upslope on
planar to slightly benched slopes.
2m
Well

timbered terrain
downslope.
n/a
n/a
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.
35 to 50% gradient terrain. Switchback
starting at 1+841 is on 35 to 40%
slopes.
2m
Well
drained
surficial
material
surface.
2m
Well

and downslope.
Moderate
High
to
full
75
Well

timbered terrain
downslope.

200% in bedrock

timbered terrain
the road downslope.
n/a
- 15 -
Low

of keyed in rock.

200% in bedrock
n/a
Low

200% in bedrock
Low
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Road Section
Start 6
End
6.5.1.1.1
Est. depth
to
bedrock
Drainage
25 to 40% slopes. Switch back

locations on less than 40% terrain.
138
1+870
2+894
(PoT)
Well
drained
surficial
material
Numerous boulders and blocks are
located at the surface.

P(S:H)4
Partial Risk
P(HA)5
Bench
Endhaul
(%)7
2m
Well

timbered terrain
downslope.
n/a
n/a
- 16 -
Residual
Hazard P(H)

200% in bedrock
Low

RAP Road Study Site
RMR
Figure 1: Location Overview Map (not to scale)
- 18 -
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Start of Road in existing

gravel pit
Illecillewaet River
Steep Bedrock controlled
terrain to west of ridge
Proposed
road
location
remains on moderate ridge
End of road
at bench
Unnamed Creek gully
to southeast of road
Figure 2: Google image of road location (approximate scale: 1:10,000). Note that the road remains on a
broad ridge bounded by an unnamed creek to the east and steep bedrock controlled slope to the west
- 19 -
File: 1145-2
April 14, 2015

Terrain Stability Assessment - Road to Revelstoke Adventure Park Revision #2
0+000 Start of TSA on RAP

Road in existing gravel pit
0+713
0+817
0+845
0+644
1+121
0+942
1+175
1+436
1+249
0+997
1+530
1+485
1+285
1+803
1+730
1+870
1+632
1+694
2+894 End of TSA

for RAP Road
Figure 3: Plan view of road to RAP with

key road stations. Reproduced from
map provided by Azimuth.
Approximate Scale: 1:5,000
- 20 -
Appendix B:5
July 24, 2013
Jason Row
Illecillewaet Development Corporation Limited Partnership
P.O. box 963
Revelstoke, BC
V0E 2S0
Re: Response to MFLNRO June 27, 2013 letter regarding Application for an Adventure
Tourism License of Occupation, Revelstoke Adventure Park near Revelstoke, BC.
This letter presents our response to the above noted letter from the MFLNRO indicating that the
application license of Occupation for purposes of an adventure park submitted by Illecillewaet
Development Corporation Limited Partnership has been disallowed, in part, due to the implied high
risk expected to be posed by the proposed Greely Road.
At the request of Black Tie Properties LP, Onsite Engineering Ltd. (OEL) completed a terrain
stability assessment for the Greely Road which is proposed to provide access to the proposed
Revelstoke Adventure Park in the Greely Creek area approximately 7km east of Revelstoke, BC.
The results of this assessment were presented in the report titled: Terrain Stability Assessment for
Greely Road, dated June 7, 2012.
The June 27 letter from the MFLNRO indicates that part of the reason the application has been
disallowed is because our terrain report indicates areas with high risk to both the CP rail tracks and
Greely Creek, as well as the proposed road itself having a high risk of failure.
With respect to Greely Creek, it must be noted that there is a mistake in the report where the unnamed creek to the southeast of the proposed road is indicated as being Greely Creek. This is not
correct. Greely Creek is located about 2.5km east of the proposed road and well outside of any risk
posed by the road. Where the July 7, 2012 TSA report refers to Greely Creek, it should read
unnamed creek. We apologize for this confusion. A revised report with this corrected and
labeled Revision 1 will be submitted.
While our TSA report does indicate that there is potential for risk to certain elements such as the
unnamed creek and the railway tracks, the report provides prescriptions to mitigate these risks.
There are a number of areas where the likelihood of landslide is indicated as high if standard cut and
fill road construction techniques are utilized. In each of these locations, road construction
recommendations are provided in Table 1 that, if implemented successfully, are expected to result in
a low likelihood of the initiation of a landslide.
The TSA report also indicates that construction supervision and confirmation of successful
implementation of construction recommendations by a P.Eng, P.Geo or approved representative is
BC Interior Operations
330 42nd ST. SW; Box 2012,
Salmon Arm, BC, V1E 4R1
Tel. 250-832-3366
Fax: 1-888-273-0209
Coastal Operations
#1-1170 Shoppers Row
Campbell River, BC, V9W 2C8
Tel: 250-287-9174
Fax: 1-866-235-6943
Prince George
1A-1750 Quinn St.
Prince George, BC
V2N 1X3
Tel: (250) 562-2252
North Vancouver
Unit 2, 252 East 1st St.
North Vancouver, BC
V7L 1B3
Tel: (778)628-4968
Appendix B:6
Splatsin
PO Box 460, Enderby, BC V0E 1V0
Telephone: (250) 838-6496 * Fax: (250) 838-2131
Preliminary Field Reconnaissance
Project Information
Project: Greely Property Development Preliminary Field Reconnaissance
Proponent: Black Tie Properties LP
Proponent Contact: Bill Black (250) 837-7969
First Nations: Splatsin
First Nations Contacts: Splatsin: Cory Lee (250) 8386496.
Trim Map Reference: 82M/010
NTS: 82M/01
Location: Illecillewaet River valley, Revelstoke, B.C.

Report Author: Ian Cameron, RPCA
Report Date: 30 November 2012
Study Objectives
The objectives of the PFR described in this report were: (1) to assess the potential for archaeological sites
including forest utilized sites comprised of CMTs within the proposed development area, and (2) to identify the
need and appropriate scope of further archaeological field studies. The current PFR is not intended to identify
areas in which no physical remains of past human activities can be found, such as berry picking sites and
fishing locations, as the identification of these types of sites are more appropriately addressed in a Traditional
Use Study (TUS).
Methodology
PFR/AOA Source: (1) Published and unpublished ethnographic and archaeological literature sources; (2) data
on previously recorded sites as stored in the Provincial Heritage Resource Inventory accessed via the Remote
Access to Archaeological Data (RAAD); (3) TRIM and NTS (1:50,000) maps.
Assessment: For this assessment, information was derived from a background literature review, and a TRIMbased topographic map (82M.010) obtained via RAAD. Based on the review of these documents,
recommendations are made regarding the need for further archaeological work in respect of this project.
Survey Crew: Ian Cameron (Field Director, Ursus), Gerry Narcisse (Splatsin).
Survey Date: July 17, 2012
Traverse Type: Judgmental
Traverse Width: 40-60 m
Forest District: Selkirk
Greely Property Development PFR

Field Survey Methodology Description: The field survey consisted of a two person field crew traversing the
project area. Ground surfaces were examined for the presence of artifacts, cultural materials, and other
evidence of past human settlement and land use. Tree throws were also examined visually for such evidence.
Standing trees, fallen logs and stumps were examined for the presence of cultural modification. Bedrock
exposures and boulders were inspected for pictographs and petroglyphs as well as for the possible presence of
seams of flakable lithic raw materials. Landforms, vegetation, aspect, and sources of potable water were noted
in the field. See Figure 2 for location of survey traverses.
Recorded Site Information

No archaeological sites are located within the proposed project area. No previously recorded archaeological
sites are located within a five kilometre radius of the project area.
Development
The project area consists of the Greely property and surrounding Crown land which is located by the confluence
of Greely Creek and the Illecillewaet River, 12 km east of Revelstoke, B.C. The proposed project area has an
area of approximately 120 hectares (Figure 1).
Field Survey Results & Assessment of Archaeological Potential

The terrain at this location was steep to level with a northern aspect. Disturbance by land clearing, logging,
farming, railway construction, road construction was observed throughout the project area. Quarrying activities
were observed in the southwest quadrant. A large section of the Greely property consists of cleared farm fields.
The southern side of the project area is fairly steep with slopes ranging from 20 to 70%. Forest cover in this area
consists primarily of Douglas fir with little undergrowth (though blueberry and thimbleberry was observed in
patches). The terrain was highly disturbed by quarrying activities, logging and road building (Figure 5).
Archaeological potential was determined to be low along the south side of the project area due to its
predominantly steep ground (Figure 6), high level of disturbance, young age of the tree stand and lack of
landscape features commonly associated with archaeological sites.
In the northern side of the project area, a high potential zone was identified along the southern river terrace by
the south shore of the Illecillewaet River. Greely Creek runs into the Illecillewaet River, west of this high potential
area. The high potential area consists of one large level bench with several smaller level terrace edges nearby.
The area which should be inspected under a Section 14 Heritage Inspection Permit is approximately 1000 m x
150 m and has a northwestern aspect. Tree cover at this location consists of western redcedar, western
hemlock, cottonwood and birch. Ground cover consists of Saskatoon berry, cow parsnip, huckleberry,
thimbleberry, devils club, twisted stalk and alder. See Figure 1 for the location of the high archaeological
potential area.
No archaeological sites were identified during the field assessment of the project area. As the forest is
predominantly immature, there is low potential for the presence of protected culturally modified tree sites.
Recommendation
For the high archaeological potential zone located in the northeast part of the project area, it is recommended
that an archaeological impact assessment with subsurface testing take place at the level benches and terraces
by the Illecillewaet River and wetland near the east side of the project area (Figures 1 to 3). The rest of the
project area is considered to have low archaeological potential and no further archaeological work is
recommended outside of the area of archaeological potential indicated in Figure 1.
Site Protection
Archaeological sites that pre-date 1846 are automatically protected under the Heritage Conservation Act (HCA)
whether public or private land. Sites that are of an unknown age that have a likely probability of dating to prior
to 1846 (i.e., lithic scatters) as well as aboriginal pictographs, petroglyphs, and burials which are considered to
have historical or archaeological value are also automatically protected. Sites that are protected under the HCA
may not be altered, damaged, moved, excavated in, or desecrated in any way without a permit issued under
Section 12 or 14 of the HCA.
Note
The preliminary field reconnaissance is concerned with potential impacts to archaeological resources by the
development of the Greely Property, south of the Illecillewaet River, east of Revelstoke. It does not address
potential impacts to traditional use sites by this development. It is not the intent of this report to document First
Nations interest in the land. The study was conducted without prejudice to First Nations treaty negotiations,
Aboriginal rights, or Aboriginal title.
The possibility that any unidentified sites may be identified within the proposed development is considered to be
low. However, in the event that any archaeological remains not identified during the preliminary field
reconnaissance are identified, it is recommended that:
The proponent should halt all activities in the immediate vicinity of the previously unidentified site and
promptly inform the Archaeology Branch, Ursus, and the appropriate First Nations of the location of the
previously unidentified site and the nature of the disturbance. Management recommendations regarding
emergency impact mitigation will then be determined in consultation with the Archaeology Branch and the
appropriate First Nations.
For more information on this review of archaeological potential, please contact the report authors.
Cory Lee, Title and Rights Project Manager, Splatsin
2012 November 30
Ian Cameron, MSc, RPCA
Date
High Archaeological Potential Area
PFR Survey Traverse Route
Figure 1. Greely Property Development Plan, and high archaeological potential area.
= Survey traverse route
Figure 2. View west of Greely Development Property, and survey traverse route.
Figure 3. View northwest of high archaeological potential area and south terrace of Illecillewaet River.
Figure 4. View north from railway of high archaeological potential area and south terrace of Illecillewaet River.
Figure 5. View south of gravel quarry in southwest quadrant of project area.
Figure 6. View northeast of proposed zipline corridor in southwest quadrant of project area.
Appendix B:7
WILDLIFE OVERVIEW ASSESSMENT

Revelstoke Adventure Park:
Greely, B.C.
SEC Project No. 007-02
April 7, 2014
SUBMITTED TO:
Ms. Cara Armstrong
Project Coordinator
Illecillewaet Development LP
PO Box - 963
Revelstoke, B.C.,V0E 2S0
t. 250 837 7442
SUBMITTED BY:
Mr. Giles Shearing, B.Sc., AScT,
Principal and Lead Consultant
SEC Shearing Environmental Consultants
1634 McKinnon Road,
Revelstoke, B.C., V0E 2S1
t. 250-683-8882
This page intentionally left blank.
Revelstoke Adventure Park, Greely, B.C.

April 7, 2014
Table of Contents
LIST OF TABLES ......................................................................................................................3
LIST OF FIGURES.....................................................................................................................4
ACRONYMS............................................................................................................................5
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...........................................................................................................6
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ............................................................................................................7
1.0
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................8
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
BACKGROUND ..................................................................................................................9
PROJECT SETTING..............................................................................................................9
ASSESSMENT OBJECTIVE ................................................................................................... 10
METHODOLOGY.............................................................................................................. 10
INFORMATION GATHERING ..................................................................................................... 11
FIELD ASSESSMENTS .............................................................................................................. 11
2.0
RESULTS ..................................................................................................................... 13
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.4.8
2.5
BIRDS .......................................................................................................................... 13
LARK SPARROW (CHONDESTES GRAMMACUS) ............................................................................ 16
SWAINSONS HAWK (FALCO MEXICANUS) .................................................................................. 18
LEWISS WOODPECKER (MELANERPES LEWIS) ............................................................................ 20
OLIVE-SIDED FLYCATCHER (CONTOPUS COOPERI) ........................................................................ 22
HARLEQUIN DUCK (HISTRIONICUS HISTRIONICUS) ....................................................................... 24
MAMMALS.................................................................................................................... 26
MOUNTAIN CARIBOU (RANGIFER TARANDUS) ............................................................................ 28
WOLVERINE (GULO GULO SUB. LUSCUS) .................................................................................... 30
NORTHERN MYOTIS (MYOTIS SEPTENTRIONALIS) ........................................................................ 31
LITTLE BROWN MYOTIS (MYOTIS LUCIFUGUS) ............................................................................ 33
GRIZZLY BEAR (URSUS ARCTOS) ............................................................................................... 34
HERPTILES ..................................................................................................................... 35
WESTERN TOAD (ANAXYRUS BOREAS) ...................................................................................... 36
COEUR DALENE SALAMANDER (PLETHODON IDAHOENSIS) ........................................................... 37
HABITAT ACCOUNTS ........................................................................................................ 38
OLD GROWTH FOREST (OGF) ................................................................................................. 39
DRY SERAL FOREST (DSF) ....................................................................................................... 42
WET SERAL FOREST (WSF) ..................................................................................................... 44
MARSH WETLAND (MW) ....................................................................................................... 46
AGRICULTURAL LANDS............................................................................................................ 50
QUARRY............................................................................................................................... 52
CLIFFS ................................................................................................................................. 53
PLANT SPECIES AT RISK .................................................................................................... 54
Revelstoke, B.C.

April 7, 2014
3.0
IMPACT MITIGATION .................................................................................................. 55
3.1 IMPACT MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR BIRDS ......................................................................... 55

3.1.1 LEGISLATION ......................................................................................................................... 55
3.1.2 BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES .............................................................................................. 56
3.2 IMPACT MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR MAMMALS .................................................................. 58
3.2.1 LEGISLATION ......................................................................................................................... 58
3.3 IMPACT MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR HERPTILES ................................................................... 60
3.3.1 LEGISLATION ......................................................................................................................... 60
3.4 IMPACT MITIGATION STRATEGIES FOR LAND DEVELOPMENT ..................................................... 64
3.4.1 LEGISLATION ......................................................................................................................... 64
3.4.2.1 WILDLIFE TREES ................................................................................................................. 64
3.4.2.2 WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT FOR COMMERCIAL RECREATION ........................................................ 66
3.5 FUTURE STUDIES ............................................................................................................. 68
ATTACHMENT A: LOCATION MAPS ........................................................................................ 69
ATTACHMENT B: PROPOSED REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK, GREELY, B.C. ............................ 71
ATTACHMENT C: PHOTOGRAPHS .......................................................................................... 72
ATTACHMENT D: OBSERVED WILDLIFE SPECIES AND FEATURES .............................................. 85
ATTACHMENT E: PLANT SURVEY TABLE ................................................................................. 86

Revelstoke, B.C.

April 7, 2014
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1 Listing of Recreational Activities at the Revelstoke Adventure Park .................................. 8
Table 2. List of provincially or regionally rare breeding birds in the Revelstoke area observed
between 2008 and 2012 and their provincial and federal protection status (Data Source: BC
Bird Breeding Atlas) and their likelihood of occurrence on the Revelstoke Adventure Park
property. November 20, 2013. ............................................................................................. 13
Table 3. Mammalian species that occur in the ICH within the Revelstoke Area, a classification of
provincial and federal species protection designation and the likelihood of occurrence at
the Property. November 20, 2013. (Source: Biotics Web Explorer for Mount Revelstoke
National Park and Agra 1996). .............................................................................................. 26
Table 4. List of herptiles in the Revelstoke area, their provincial and federal protection status
and their likelihood of occurrence on the Revelstoke Adventure Park Property. November
20, 2013. ............................................................................................................................... 35
Table 5. Least risk windows for land clearing activities that may be harmful to birds and/or their
eggs and nest. ....................................................................................................................... 56
Table 6. Best management practices for Soil compaction and erosion, bank erosion and siltation
from the provincial Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism/Commercial Recreation
Guidelines for British Columbia. ........................................................................................... 67
Table 7. Wildlife attributes and wildlife observed at the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park
during field visits September 20 to October 5, 2013. ........................................................... 85
Table 8. List of plant species found on the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park property during
field visits September 20 to October 5, 2013. ...................................................................... 86

Revelstoke, B.C.

April 7, 2014
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting 2008-2012 occurrences of Lark Sparrow. Inset
map shows Lark Sparrow breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area. ............................ 16
Figure 2. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting 2008 to 2012 occurrences of Swainsons Hawk.
Inset map shows Swainsons Hawk breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area.............. 18
Figure 3. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting occurrences of Lewiss Woodpecker. Inset map
shows Lewiss Woodpecker breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area. ........................ 20
Figure 4. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting occurrences of Olive-sided Flycatcher. Inset map
shows Olive-sided Flycatcher breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area. ...................... 22
Figure 5. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting occurrences of Harlequin Duck. Inset map shows
Harlequin Duck breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area............................................. 24
Figure 6 Revelstoke-Shuswap Planning Unit 3A. Map of Protected Mountain Caribou Range and
the Approximate Location of the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park (in bold red box). 28
Figure 7. BC Ecosystems Explorer map depicting occurrences of Northern myotis (Myotis
septentrionalis) in the Revelstoke area (red dots) and the approximate location of the
proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park (bold red box). ......................................................... 31
Figure 8 Google Earth image of private and proposed Crown Tenure land within the footprint of
the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park. Colored polygons represent. ............................ 38
Figure 9. View South of Old Growth Forest polygon (green) within the proposed Revelstoke
Adventure Park proposed tenure area. Red lines depict the proposed tenure area. .......... 39
Figure 10. View South of Dry Seral Forest polygons within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure
Park. Red lines depict the proposed tenure area. ................................................................ 42
Figure 11. View South of Wet Seral Forest polygon within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure
Figure 12. View south of Marsh Wetland polygons (orange) within the proposed Revelstoke
Adventure Park. Red lines depict the proposed tenure area. .............................................. 46
Figure 13. View south of Swamp Wetland polygons (white) within the proposed Revelstoke
Figure 14. View south of Agricultural polygon (yellow) within the proposed Revelstoke
Figure 15. View south of quarry polygon (purple) within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure
Figure 16. View south of cliff polygon (blue) within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park.
Red lines depict the proposed tenure area. ......................................................................... 53
Figure 17. Sutherlands larkspur (Delphinium sutherlandii) (left) and late goldenrod (Solidago
gigantea) (right) are known to occur in Revelstoke area and may occur on the Revelstoke
Adventure Park lands. Photos from R-L: J. Bertoia & F. Lomer, E-Flora BC. ......................... 54

Revelstoke, B.C.

April 7, 2014
Acronyms
CDC
Conservation Data Centre
CP
Canadian Pacific
CSRD
DSF
Dry Seral Forest
MRNP
Mount Revelstoke National Park
MW
Marsh Wetland
OGF
Old Growth Forest
PTA
Proposed Tenure Area
RAP
RSS
Regionally significant species
SARA
Species at Risk Act
SCH
South Columbia Herd (of Mountain Caribou)
SMC
Species of Management Concern
SW
Swamp Wetland
TCH
WSF
Wet Seral Forest

Revelstoke, B.C.

April 7, 2014
Executive Summary
Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership (Proponent) intends to develop the proposed
Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP), a summer recreation and activity centre in Greely, B.C. The
footprint of the RAP includes private land and Crown land (hereafter referred to as the
Property). An application seeking tenure rights to a 282-hectare parcel of Crown land adjacent
to the private land is in progress (hereafter referred to as the Proposed Tenure Area (PTA)). The
centre of operations and the area of greatest development for the RAP would be on private land
between the PTA and the Illecillewaet River, land owned by the Proponent. Lands within the
PTA would be used for recreational activities (e.g., mountain biking, zip-lining, hiking, tree-top
walking, wildlife viewing, etc.).
The Property is found within the Interior-Cedar Hemlock biogeoclimatic zone and is generally
comprised of old growth forest, wet and dry seral forests, swamp and marsh wetlands, and
agricultural lands. The Property sustains wildlife habitat and there is a likelihood of occurrence
of numerous regionally significant species (RSS) and species of management concern (SMC),
including grizzly bear (Ursus arctos), wolverine (Gulo gulo), little brown bat (Myotis lucifugus),
northern bat (Myotis septentrionalis), western toad (Anaxyrus boreas), Lewiss woodpecker
(Melanerpes lewis) and lark sparrow (Chondestes grammacus); full species lists are detailed in
this report.
In September and October 2013, SEC Shearing Environmental Consultants (SEC) conducted five
days of field assessments at the Property. The objective of the field assessments was to observe
wildlife species (i.e., birds, mammals and herptiles) and to determine the likelihood of wildlife
occurrence within identified habitat types. Habitat types were determined based on plant
occurrences and biogeophysical properties. The Property was divided up into 12 unique habitat
polygons. This report includes a summary of the biophysical characteristics sustained within
each habitat polygon, wildlife species observed and that have a likelihood of occurrence on the
Property, wildlife features (e.g., snags, burrows) and dominant vegetation, including remarks on
potentially rare plant species. Species accounts of RSS and wildlife SMC likely to occur on the
Property are presented. A species account of Harlequin ducks (Histrionicus histrionicus) is
presented to address potential impacts from proposed river rafting operations on the
Illecillewaet River, an activity included in the RAP.
Impact avoidance and mitigation strategies are presented to reduce and/or limit impacts to
wildlife. The RAP is currently in preliminary design stage. With adequate preplanning and
integration and implementation of impact avoidance and mitigation strategies, impacts to
wildlife associated with the RAP can be avoided and/or reduced.
SEC has been retained by the Proponent to assist with future environmental assessments
required for later phases of the project (e.g., Riparian Areas Regulations, Water Act permits,
Wildlife Act permits).

Revelstoke, B.C.

April 7, 2014
Acknowledgments
SEC would like to thank Angela Korsa (Field Technician), John Woods (Revelstoke biologist), Ian
Brown (Parks Canada), Cory Legebokow (Provincial habitat biologist), Marlene Machmer
(Pandion Ecological Research), Dora Gunn (Ktunaxa Nation Council), Verena Blasy (Revelstoke
botanist), Brad Rota (local trapper), and Katrina Stipec (Conservation Data Centre) for providing
valuable insights into this Wildlife Overview Assessment.

April 7, 2014
1.0 Introduction
Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership (Proponent) seeks to develop the proposed
Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP), a summer recreation and activity centre. The footprint of the
RAP includes private land and Crown land (hereafter referred to as the Property). An application
seeking tenure rights to a 282-hectare parcel of Crown land adjacent to the private land is in
progress (hereafter referred to as the Proposed Tenure Area (PTA)). The first submission to
Front Counter BC was sent July 22, 20131 and focused primarily on the business offerings.
The centre of operations for the RAP would be on private land between the proposed tenure
area (PTA) and the Illecillewaet River, land owned by the Proponent. Lands in the PTA would be
used for recreational activities (e.g., mountain biking, zip-lining, hiking, tree-top walking, wildlife
viewing, etc.). All recreational offerings are listed in Table 1.
Table 1 Listing of Recreational Activities at the Revelstoke Adventure Park
Mountain Biking Trails
Mountain Bike Rental and Repair Shop
PHASE ONE
(Year 1)
Hiking Trails
Mountain Shuttle Service
Zip Lines
Equipment Facility
Bungee Jump
Retail Shop
Tree Top Adventures

PHASE TWO
Mountain Coaster
Fishing
(Years 2 - 5)
Rock Climbing
Swimming
Sky Swing
Driving Range
First Nations Cultural Centre
Beach Volleyball
Ogo Park
Pump Park
Sightseeing
Full-Service Mountain Lodge
Horseback Riding
Chairlifts
Fishpipe
Rafting
RV Park and Campground
First Nations with territorial claim that includes the Proposed Tenure Area (PTA) were solicited
for comments by the province. Comments were received seeking additional information on the
potential impacts to wildlife and their habitats associated with the RAP 2 . SEC Shearing
Environmental Consultants (SEC) was retained by the Proponent to assess the Property and to
prepare an wildlife overview assessment (Assessment) of wildlife attributes sustained within
and adjacent to the Property, specifically potential wildlife species, habitat types and habitat
features of management concern or regional significance, and to propose impact mitigation
strategies for avoiding and/or reducing impacts to wildlife and their habitats. The assessment
primarily focuses only lands within the Property, depicted on the Location Map (Appendix A).
Illecillewaet Development LP. 2013. Revelstoke Adventure Park: Management Plan. Illecillewaet
Development LP, Revelstoke, B.C.
2 Gunn, D. 2013. Revelstoke Adventure Park. Ktunaxa Nation Council Lands and Resource Agency,
Cranbrook, B.C.
1

April 7, 2014
However, comment is also provided on select species identified by First Nations as species of
concern that fall outside of the Property (e.g., Harlequin Ducks, Mountain Caribou, etc.).
The assessment is based on information gathering (i.e., a literature review and discussions with
local and regional wildlife specialists and stakeholders) and 5 days of field assessments (i.e.,
September 20, 27 and 28 and October 4 and 5, 2013). The report presents the findings of the
assessment.
1.1
Background
Wildlife abundance and diversity has decreased significantly over the past 50 years since
completion of the TransCanada through Rogers Pass in 1962. A reduction in wildlife has
occurred as a result of vehicle and train collisions, fragmented migration corridors, land
development, increased recreational pressures, hunting, forestry, mining and increased
competition for food, along with diverging predator/prey interactions (e.g., wolf predation on
caribou over moose). A notable example is the decline of the South Columbia herd (SCH) of
Mountain Caribou. For each of the 4 subpopulations within the Columbia Forest District, a 57%
decline was observed between 1997 and 20023. Only 7 individuals within the SCH were observed
in 2011 compared with 120 in the early 1990s4. Future land development, including the RAP,
must endeavor to balance economic development with ecological sensitivities. A regional
decrease in wildlife abundance and diversity makes protection of current wildlife populations
critical.
In 2009, Revelstoke Mountain Resort, located on Mount Mackenzie, applied to the Mountain
Resorts Branch to extend their Controlled Recreation Area (CRA) to include lands adjacent to the
Greely Watershed. This extension was approved and includes a major component of PTA that
would be utilized by the RAP; two additional areas to the east and west of the existing CRA are
proposed (see Location Map, Attachment A).
1.2
Project Setting
The Property is located approximately 10 km east of the City of Revelstoke (see Location Map,
Attachment A). The Property is within the municipal boundaries of the Columbia Shuswap
Regional District (CSRD). It is generally bound to the north by the Canadian Pacific (CP) railway
tracks, the Illecillewaet River, the Trans-Canada Highway (TCH) and the north slope of Mount
Revelstoke National Park (MRNP), to the west by crown land and the City of Revelstoke
municipal boundary, to the south by crown land and the CRA for Revelstoke Mountain Resort
and crown land and the Greely Creek Watershed to the east.
The Property is located on the south slope of Mount Mackenzie within the Illecillewaet River
Basin, part of the Selkirk Mountain range. The Property is within the Interior Cedar-Hemlock
Furk, K. and J. Flaa. 2009. Population Census of Caribou in the North Columbia Mountains
Columbia South Populations. Parks Canada, Revelstoke, B.C.
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wildlife/wsi/reports/4231_WSI_4231_RPT7.PDF.
4 Parks Canada. 2013. Mount Revelstoke and Glacier National Parks: Research and Monitoring
Summary 2007-2011: Five Years in the Field. Parks Canada, Revelstoke, B.C.
3

April 7, 2014
(ICH) biogeoclimatic zone, sub-zone wk1 (Wells Grey Wet Cool)56. The Illecillewaet River and
associated riparian lands, in addition to the south valley aspect of Mount Revelstoke National
Park is within the ICH subzone mw3 (i.e., Thompson Moist Warm). The area is considered an
inland temperate rainforest with average annual precipitation averaging 950 mm.
Soils are generally comprised of humo-ferric podzols, part of the Argonaut soil association in the
valley bottom (i.e., rapid draining fluvial material with unrestricted rooting depth to 150 cm),
the Kuskanax and Kirbyville associations between 600-900 m (i.e., rapid draining fluvioglacial
material with unrestricted rooting depth to 150 cm) and the Blaylock association from 900 to
1300 m (i.e., well draining colluvium over bedrock with unrestricted rooting depth to 120 cm)7.
The biophysical characteristics of the delineated habitat polygons are presented in Section 2.4.
Species accounts for regionally important species and species at risk are presented in Sections
2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and for rare plants in 2.5.
1.3
Assessment Objective
The objective for the wildlife assessment was developed to address objectives stated in the
letter from the Front Counter British Columbia (B.C.) to Illecillewaet Development LP (Mr. J. Roe)
dated June 27, 2013 regarding the Application for an Adventure Tourism Licence of Occupation
Revelstoke Adventure Park Near Revelstoke, B.C. (letter). From the letter, SEC prepared the
following Wildlife Assessment objective:
Conduct an overview assessment of the listed and regionally significant species, wildlife habitats
and wildlife features (e.g. wildlife trees) on the Property and present measures for avoiding,
mitigating and/or compensating for impacts resulting from proposed land development.
The objective of this wildlife overview assessment is therefore achieved by assessing the general
biophysical attributes of the Property through field visits and determining the likelihood of
occurrence, either through onsite observation or office-based research, of species, habitats and
unique habitat features (e.g., wildlife trees) of regional significance or management concern
that may occur on the Property (Section 2.0) and the presentation of impact mitigation
strategies (Section 3.0).
1.4
Methodology
The assessment is based on a literature review and discussions with local, regional and
provincial wildlife specialists and stakeholders. Google Earth air photos were used to identify
survey sites for 5 days of reconnaissance field assessments and to delineate habitat polygons.
The 2 components of the methodology include: information gathering (Section 1.4.1) and the
field assessment (Section 1.4.2), detailed below.
MFLNRO. 2011. Biogeoclimatic Zones of British Columbia Map. Victoria, B.C.

Province of BC. 2013. IMapbc. Search layers: biogeoclimatic cartography layers. Accessed online:
http://webmaps.gov.bc.ca/imfx/imf.jsp?site=imapbc
7 DeDominicis, S. 1996. Environmental Overview Greely Creek Watershed. Agra Earth and
Environmental, Revelstoke, B.C.
5
10

April 7, 2014
1.4.1 Information Gathering

Information gathering included a review of pertinent literature and mapping resources and
discussions with local, regional and provincial habitat and wildlife specialists, including Parks
Canada, the Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations, the Conservation Data
Centre, the Ktunaxa Nation Council, local biologists and a registered holder of the trap-line for
the Greely area.
The information gathering exercise was undertaken to determine the species and habitat types
that may be encountered prior to conducting the field assessments in September and October
2013. The following online sources were consulted:
The Conservation Data Centre online map. A 10 km radius was used to evaluate
potential ecosystems and SMC occurring within or adjacent to the PTA.
The provincial Ecosystems Explorer website was consulted for information on local
occurrences of SMC.
Biogeoclimatic zones were taken from ImapBC.
Biophysical inventories of habitats and wildlife species are generally lacking in the Revelstoke
area, specifically within and immediately adjacent to the Property. Observations detailed in
reports from Mount Revelstoke National Park and Agra Environmental were used in the absence
of existing inventories of the Property.
1.4.2 Field Assessments

As part of the assessment, two SEC staff conducted site surveys September 20, 27 and 28 and
October 4 and 5, 2013. Field surveys September 20, 27 and October 4 occurred from
approximately 09:30 hours to 17:00 hours. Field surveys September 28 and October 5 occurred
from approximately 08:00 hours to 15:00 hours. In total, 5 days and 36.5 hours were spent
surveying the Property; lands within the PTA were the primarily focus of field assessments.
Surveying involved traversing large areas of the site with a high precision Garmin handheld GPS
(maximum 3 meter resolution). At points of interest, GPS waypoints and 1 or more photographs
were taken along with detailed notes. A Canon digital SLR was used for taking photographs.
Wildlife species of interest included the following taxonomic groups:
Birds
Mammals
Herptiles (reptiles and amphibians)
In addition, dominant and/or conspicuous plant species were recorded to assist with
identification of wildlife habitats. Section 2.5 presents a summary of 2 rare plant species that
may occur on the Property.
Observations of biophysical attributes (e.g., vegetation type, terrain) were made for each
habitat type. Habitat types were divided into the following categories for the purpose of this
assessment:
Forests
11

April 7, 2014
Old Growth Forest
Dry Seral Forest
Wet Seral Forest
Wetlands
o
Marsh Wetland
Swamp Wetland
Agricultural Lands
Rock Quarry
Cliffs (i.e., slopes greater than 80o)
The locations of wildlife species and wildlife features observed during the assessment were
record using the GPS. Where possible, photographs were taken. An effort was made to locate
and record all wildlife species and wildlife features found during the field assessment. An effort
was made to locate the following wildlife features:
Wildlife trees / snags (e.g. dead snags used by woodpeckers, bats, etc.)
Mammal burrows and dens
A mineral lick or wallow
Animal movement corridors
12

April 7, 2014
2.0 Results
The following sections present the results of the Assessment, including:
2.1
Section
Category
2.1
Birds
2.2
Mammals
2.3
Herptiles
2.4
Habitat types
2.5
Rare plants
Birds
From 2008 to 2012, 173 breeding bird species (191 birds in total) were recorded in the
Revelstoke area8. Of the 173 breeding species identified in the Revelstoke area, 29 were
identified as either regionally rare or rare in B.C. Table 1 presents breeding bird records for the
Revelstoke area, their current level of provincial and federal designation as species of concern
management and a list of the species likely to use lands within the proposed Revelstoke
Adventure Park at time during breeding. This list does not include migrants that visit the
Revelstoke area but do not breed (e.g., white pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos)).
Table 2. List of provincially or regionally rare breeding birds in the Revelstoke area
observed between 2008 and 2012 and their provincial and federal protection status (Data
Source: BC Bird Breeding Atlas) and their likelihood of occurrence on the Revelstoke
Adventure Park property. November 20, 2013.
ID
Common Name
Species Name
LASP
Lark Sparrow
Red
PRFA
SWHA
Prairie Falcon
Swainson's
Hawk
Lewis's
Woodpecker
Olive-sided
Flycatcher
Bobolink
Chondestes
grammacus
Falco mexicanus
Buteo swainsoni
Melanerpes lewis
Red
Contopus cooperi
Blue
Dolichonyx
oryzivorus
Phalaropus lobatus
Blue
Asio flammeus
Euphagus carolinus
Blue
2
Blue
LEWO
OSFL
BOBO
RNPL
SEOW
RUBL
Red-necked
Phalarope
Short-eared Owl
Rusty Blackbird
BC
Status
3
COSEWIC
/ SARA
Status
-
Red
3
Red
NAR
-
BCBRA
Status
10
Likelihood of
Occurrence at
RAP
Y
10
10
N
Y
T/T
10
T/T
10
10
10
SC
7
SC / SC
10
Y
Y
Blue
10
BC Bird Breeding Atlas. 2013. Species List for Region #27. BC Bird Breeding Atlas, Victoria, B.C.
Accessed online: www.birdatlas.bc.ca
8
13

April 7, 2014
Table 1. cont.
ID
Common Name
Species Name
SUSC
Surf Scoter
Blue
AMBI
American
Bittern
Great Blue
Heron
Broad-winged
Hawk
American
Avocet
Harlequin Duck
Melanitta
perspicillata
Botaurus
lentiginosus
Ardea herodias
herodias
Buteo platypterus
Recurvirostra
americana
Histrionicus
histrionicus
Cathartes aura
Zenaida macroura
Surnia ulula
Blue
GBHE
BWHA
AMAV
HADU
TUVU
MODO
NHOW
ROWR
Turkey Vulture
Mourning Dove
Northern Hawk
Owl
Great Gray Owl
Long-eared Owl
Boreal Owl
Black Swift
Western
Kingbird
Rock Wren
MAWR
Marsh Wren
TEWA
Tennessee
Warbler
Blackpoll
Warbler
Bullock's Oriole
Eurasian
Collared-Dove
GGOW
LEOW
BOOW
BLSW
WEKI
BKPW
BUOR
ECDO
BC
Status
COSEWIC
/ SARA
Status
-
BCBRA
Status
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
6
NAR
NAR
6
NAR
4
C
-
Blue
Blue
Blue
Yellow
Strix nebulosa
Asio otus
Aegolius funereus
Cypseloides niger
Tyrannus verticalis
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
Salpinctes
obsoletus
Cistothorus
palustris
Oreothlypis
peregrina
Dendroica striata
Yellow
Icterus bullockii
Streptopelia
decaocto
Yellow
5
N/A
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
1
5
N/A
Likelihood of
Occurrence at
RAP
N
10
10
10
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
10
1.
Includes species that are secure and not at risk of extinction. Yellow-listed species may have red- or blue-listed subspecies.
Includes any indigenous species or subspecies considered to be of Special Concern (formerly Vulnerable) in British Columbia. Taxa
of Special Concern have characteristics that make them particularly sensitive or vulnerable to human activities or natural events.
Blue-listed taxa are at risk, but are not Extirpated, Endangered or Threatened.
3.
Includes any indigenous species or subspecies that have, or are candidates for, Extirpated, Endangered, or Threatened status in
British Columbia. Extirpated taxa no longer exist in the wild in British Columbia, but do occur elsewhere. Endangered taxa are facing
imminent extirpation or extinction. Threatened taxa are likely to become endangered if limiting factors are not reversed. Not all
Red-listed taxa will necessarily become formally designated. Placing taxa on these lists flags them as being at risk and requiring
investigation.
4.
C = CANDIDATE: A species that is on the short-list for upcoming assessment.
5.
N/A = No information available.
6.
NAR = NOT AT RISK: A species that has been evaluated and found to be not at risk.
7.
SC = SPECIAL CONCERN: A species of special concern because of characteristics that make it is particularly sensitive to human
activities or natural events.
8.
T = THREATENED: A species that is likely to become endangered if limiting factors are not reversed.
9.
A rare species regionally.
10.
A rare species in B.C.
2.
14

April 7, 2014
Species accounts are presented for individual bird species listed either as provincially
endangered (i.e., red listed) or federally threatened or endangered. In addition, an account of
Harlequin duck is presented as it was identified in the First Nations comment as a species of
interest as a result of proposed river rafting operations on the Illecillewaet River.
15

April 7, 2014
2.1.1 Lark Sparrow (Chondestes grammacus)

2.1.1.1 Current Status
Lark Sparrow is provincially listed as endangered (red listed); there is currently no federal
protection designation. Lark sparrow is known to occur in the ICH and within CSRD, and is
considered a seasonal resident and breeder specifically around Revelstoke9. Possible breeding
occurrences in the Revelstoke area (shown in orange) are depicted on the BC Bird Breeding Atlas
(BBBA) map; Figure 1.
Figure 1. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting 2008-2012 occurrences of Lark Sparrow. Inset
map shows Lark Sparrow breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area.
2.1.1.2 Habitat
Lark Sparrows are known to breed in various habitat types found on the Property, including
open meadows with scattered bushes and trees; old and cultivated fields; shrub thickets;
woodland edges, riparian areas and brushy and overgrazed pastures9 Nests are typically found
on the ground or within 4 m of the ground in woody vegetation.9
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Chondestes

grammacus: Lark Sparrow. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://a100.gov.bc.ca/pub/eswp/
16

April 7, 2014
2.1.1.3 Potential Impacts

Potential impacts include loss of preferred habitat for breeding and foraging and potential
destruction of nests, eggs and chicks resulting from land clearing. Impact mitigation strategies
for avoiding and reducing impacts to birds including Lark Sparrows are presented in Section 3.1.
17

April 7, 2014
2.1.2 Swainsons Hawk (Falco mexicanus)

Swainsons Hawk is provincially listed endangered (red listed); there is currently no federal
protection designation. Swainsons Hawk is known to occur in the ICH and within the CSRD, and
is considered a transient around Revelstoke10. Possible breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke
area (shown in orange) are depicted on the BBBA map; Figure 2.
Figure 2. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting 2008 to 2012 occurrences of Swainsons Hawk.
Inset map shows Swainsons Hawk breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area.
2.1.2.2 Habitat
Swainsons Hawk utilizes open habitat typically in mountainous areas, plains or prairies. Nest
sites include holes or well-sheltered ledges on rocky cliffs or at sites with overhanging protection
from direct sunlight. Swainsons Hawk may also use the old nests of eagles, hawks and ravens.
Dry land wheat fields may be used in the winter for foraging. Generally, large land areas with
low vegetation such as agricultural fields characterize utilized habitats. Forested habitat use by
Canadian migrants is possible but rare10.
10
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Falco mexicanus:
Prairie Falcon. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
18

April 7, 2014

Potential impacts include loss of breeding and foraging habitat, potential destruction of nests,
eggs and chicks resulting from land clearing. Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and
reducing impacts to birds including Lark Sparrows are presented in Section 3.1.
19

April 7, 2014
2.1.3 Lewiss Woodpecker (Melanerpes lewis)

Lewiss Woodpecker is provincially listed endangered (red listed) and is listed threatened by
COSEWIC and under Schedule 1 of the federal Species at Risk Act (SARA). Lewiss Woodpecker is
known to occur in the ICH is considered a seasonal resident and confirmed breeder within the
CSRD11. Breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area are not documented as depicted on the
BBBA map; Figure 3. Lewiss Woodpecker is well documented in the South Columbia Mountains,
Kootenay Basin, and Okanagan and was observed once between 2008 and 2013 in Region 2;
although breeding was not confirmed11.
Figure 3. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting occurrences of Lewiss Woodpecker. Inset map
shows Lewiss Woodpecker breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area.
2.1.3.2 Habitat
Two (2) of three distinct breeding habitats types used in British Columbia are found on the
Property: 1) open areas with scattered trees, and 2) riparian forests adjacent to open areas.
Lewiss woodpecker unlike other woodpeckers uses abandoned and used nest holes or natural
cavities 1 to 52 m above ground. Breeding normally occurs late in the breeding season, typically
June, with nestlings fledging into late July. A mated pair may use the same nest site for multiple
years11.
11
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Melanerpes

lewis: Lewiss Woodpecker. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
20

April 7, 2014

Potential impacts include loss of breeding and foraging habitat, including snags, and potential
destruction of nests, eggs and chicks resulting from land clearing.
Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and reducing impacts to birds including Lewiss
Woodpecker are presented in Section 3.1.
21

April 7, 2014
2.1.4 Olive-sided Flycatcher (Contopus cooperi)

Olive-sided Flycatcher is a provincially listed species of special concern (blue listed) and is listed
threatened by COSEWIC and under Schedule 1 of the federal SARA. Olive-sided Flycatcher to
occur in the ICH is considered a seasonal resident and confirmed breeder within the CSRD12.
There are possible, probable and confirmed breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area are
depicted on the BBBA map; Figure 4.
Figure 4. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting occurrences of Olive-sided Flycatcher. Inset
map shows Olive-sided Flycatcher breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area.
2.1.4.2 Habitat
Olive-sided flycatchers are known to breed in habitats found on the Property, including mixed
coniferous-deciduous forest, forested wetlands, and along the forested edges of lakes, ponds,
and streams. Snags are found in most breeding sites and are used as singing and feeding
perches. Nests usually occur on the horizontal limbs of conifers from 2 to 15 m above ground10.
12
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Contopus

cooperi: Olive-sided Flycatcher. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
22

April 7, 2014

Potential impacts include loss of breeding and foraging habitat and potential destruction of
nests, eggs and chicks resulting from land clearing. Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and
reducing impacts to birds including Oliver-side Flycatchers are presented in Section 3.1.
23

April 7, 2014
2.1.5 Harlequin Duck (Histrionicus histrionicus)

Harlequin Duck is provincially listed apparently secure and not at risk of extinction (Yellow listed)
and is not listed by COSEWIC. Harlequin Duck is known to occur in the ICH is considered a
seasonal resident and confirmed breeder within the CSRD13. Breeding occurrences in the
Revelstoke area (shown in orange) are depicted on the BBBA map; Figure 5.
Figure 5. BC Bird Breeding Atlas map depicting occurrences of Harlequin Duck. Inset map
shows Harlequin Duck breeding occurrences in the Revelstoke area.
2.1.5.2 Habitat
During breeding, Harlequin ducks nest on the islands or bars of fast moving rivers and mountain
streams11. Eddies and calm water areas behind boulders and wood debris are used for loafing
and cover. Riparian cover is generally greater than 50 percent. Harlequin duck nests are
generally found within 30 m of water in a hollow under bushes or the interstitial space between
boulders. The same nest site can be used for multiple years. During breeding, Harlequin ducks
tend to stay close to their nest site. They can be difficult to spot during surveys.
13Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary:
Histrionicus
histrionicus: Harlequin Duck . B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
24

April 7, 2014

The Proponent intends to offer river rafting on the Illecillewaet River as part of the RAP. SEC had
a discussion with a current river rafting operator about occurrences of Harlequin Duck in the
section of river currently used and in which the Proponent proposes to operate. The current
operator, who runs up to 2 trips daily from June until August, did not recall any records of
Harlequin Duck on the river (pers. comm. D. Koerber, Apex Rafting, Oct. 2013), with common
mergansers (Mergus merganser) being the most commonly viewed species with occasional
occurrences of wood duck (Aix sponsa).
Potential impacts within the current rafting tenure are not anticipated. Potential impacts
therefore may result if river rafting operations are expanded to sections of the river not
currently used in which there are occurrences of Harlequin Ducks.
Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and reducing impacts to birds including Harlequin
Ducks are presented in Section 3.1.
25

April 7, 2014
2.2
Mammals
The Revelstoke area has a broad array of mammal species. Detailed inventories of mammal
species have been most frequent in MRNP and the Revelstoke Reach of Upper Arrow Lake
(i.e., from Revelstoke to 12 Mile (16 km south of Revelstoke)). An environmental overview
report for the Greely Watershed was prepared in 1996 by Agra Environmental. In this report is a
detailed list of potential mammal species within the Greely Watershed. It is assumed that these
same species could likely occur on the Property. Potential mammal species on the Property
were also derived from Parks Canadas Biotics Web Explorer for MRNP.
Table 3. Mammalian species that occur in the ICH within the Revelstoke Area, a classification of
provincial and federal species protection designation and the likelihood of occurrence at the Property.
November 20, 2013. (Source: Biotics Web Explorer for Mount Revelstoke National Park and Agra 1996).
Common Name
Species Name
BC
COSEWIC / SARA
Likelihood of
Status
Status
Occurrence at RAP
3
6
6
Mountain caribou
Rangifer tarandus pop. 1
Red
T /T
N
3
5
Wolverine
Gulo gulo luscus
Red
SC
Y
3
7
American Badger
Taxidea taxus
Red
E
N
2
7
Northern myotis
Myotis septentrionalis
Blue
E
Y
2
5
Grizzly bear
Ursus arctos pop. 2
Blue
SC
Y
2
Fisher
Martes pennant
Blue
Y
2
Red-tailed chipmunk
simulans
Blue
Y
5
5
Mountain beaver
Aplodontia rufa
SC / SC
Y
1
7
Little brown myotis
Myotis lucifugus
Yellow
E
Y
1
Long legged myotis
Myotis volans
Yellow
Y
1
Long-eared myotis
Myotis evotis
Yellow
Y
1
California myotis
Myotis californicus
Yellow
Y
1
Silver-haired bat
Lasionycteris
Yellow
Y
noctivagans
1
Hoary bat
Lasiurus cinereus
Yellow
Y
1
Snowshoe hare
Lepus americanus
Yellow
N
1
North American Deer
Peromyscus maniculatus Yellow
N
mouse
1
Red squirrel
Tamiasciurus hudsonicus Yellow
Y
1
Columbian Ground
Urocitellus columbianus
Yellow
Y
Squirrel
1
Coyote
Canis latrans
Yellow
Y
1
Pacific Marten
Martes caurina
Yellow
N
1
Mule Deer
Odocoileus hemionus
Yellow
N
1
White-tailed deer
Odocoileus virginianus
Yellow
Y
1
Moose
Alces alces
Yellow
Y
1
Elk
Cervus elaphus
Yellow
Y
1
4
Black bear
Ursus americanus
Yellow
NAR
Y
1
Northern Red-backed
Myodes rutilus
Yellow
Y
Vole
1
Cougar
Puma concolor
Yellow
Y
1
4
Northern Gray Wolf
Canis lupus
Yellow
NAR
Y
1
Hoary marmot
Marmota caligata
Yellow
Y
1
Common Muskrat
Ondatra zibethicus
Yellow
Y
26

April 7, 2014
Table 2. cont.
Common Name
American Beaver
golden-mantled
ground squirrel
North American
Porcupine
Northern Flying
Squirrel
Mountain Goat
Canada lynx
Striped skunk
Western heather vole
Long-tailed Vole
Meadow Vole
North American Water
Vole
Ermine
Long-tailed weasel
Least weasel
Yellow-pined chipmunk
Bushy-tailed Woodrat
American Mink
American Pika
Western Jumping
Mouse
Masked Shrew
Dusky Shrew
American Water Shrew
Vagrant Shrew
Northern bog Lemming
Species Name
Castor canadensis
Callospermophilus
lateralis
Erethizon dorsata
BC
Status
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
COSEWIC / SARA
Status
-
Likelihood of
Occurrence at RAP
Y
Y
4
NAR
-
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Yellow
Glaucomys sabrinus
Yellow
Oreamnos americanus
Lynx canadensis
Mephitis mephitis
Phenacomys intermedius
Microtus longicaudus
Microtus pennsylvanicus
Microtus richardsoni
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
Mustela erminea
Mustela frenata
Mustela nivalis
Neotamias amoenus
Neotoma cinerea
Neovison vison
Ochotona princeps
Zapus princeps
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Sorex cinereus
Sorex monticolus
Sorex palustris
Sorex vagrans
Synaptomys borealis
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
1
Yellow
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
1.
Includes species that are apparently secure and not at risk of extinction. Yellow-listed species may have red- or blue-listed
subspecies.
2.
3.
Includes any indigenous species or subspecies that have, or are candidates for, Extirpated, Endangered, or Threatened status in
British Columbia. Extirpated taxa no longer exist in the wild in British Columbia, but do occur elsewhere. Endangered taxa are facing
imminent extirpation or extinction. Threatened taxa are likely to become endangered if limiting factors are not reversed. Not all
Red-listed taxa will necessarily become formally designated. Placing taxa on these lists flags them as being at risk and requiring
investigation.
4.
5.
6.
T = THREATENED: A species that is likely to become endangered if limiting factors are not reversed.
7.
E = ENDANGERED: A species facing imminent extirpation or extinction.
Individual species accounts are presented for mammal species listed either as provincially
endangered (i.e., red listed) or federally threatened or endangered that are likely to occur on the
Property. Accounts of Mountain Caribou and Grizzly Bear are also included due to their regional
significance.
27

April 7, 2014
2.2.1 Mountain Caribou (Rangifer tarandus)

There are only 7 mountain caribou remaining in the Columbia South Herd (CSH)14. Mountain
Caribou are provincially listed Endangered (red listed) and federally listed Threatened (SARA,
Schedule 1).
2.2.1.2 Habitat
Woodland caribou of the CSH, part of the Southern Mountain Population have two annual
migrations between high mountain elevation and valley bottom. In early winter, low elevation
habitat is used, including the use of ICH forest ecosystem type found on the Property15. Into late
winter, CSH migrate to and use subalpine forests dominated by Subalpine Fir (Abies lasiocarpa)
with access to arboreal lichen. In Spring, CSH returns to lower elevation habitat, including ICH, to
forage on emerging vegetation. In summer, CSH returns to higher elevation sites dominated by
Subalpine Fir and Engelmann Spruce (Picea engelmannii). Home ranges vary from less than 100
to greater than 800 kilometers (km2)14.

Current range for the Columbia South Herd is defined by the Section 16 Land Act Map
Reserves16 on lands north of the TCH. The current range for CSH does not include the Property.
The latest amendment to the Map Reserves occurred April 2013 and is considered valid until
2018.
Figure 6 Revelstoke-Shuswap Planning Unit 3A. Map of Protected Mountain Caribou Range
and the Approximate Location of the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park (in bold red box).
14
Parks Canada. 2013. Mount Revelstoke and Glacier National Parks: Research and Monitoring
Summary 2007-2011: Five Years in the Field. Parks Canada, Revelstoke, B.C.
15 BC Conservation Data Centre. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary Rangifer
tarandus pop. 1 Caribou (Southern Mountain Population). Conservation Data Centre, Victoria, B.C.
Accessed online: http://a100.gov.bc.ca/pub/eswp/speciesSummary.do?id=16822
16 Ministry of Environment. 2013. Mountain Caribou Recovery: Planning Unit 3A Map. Ministry of
Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/speciesconservation/mc/pdf_maps/mc_section16_revelstokeshuswap20090220.pdf
28

April 7, 2014
Given extremely low CSH population numbers, use of the Property is very unlikely. In the event
of population augmentation as part of a recovery strategy (e.g., as is being done with the
Columbia North Herd although not currently planned for the CSH), lands within the RAP could
be later considered part of an expanded spring and early winter range. However, significant
fragmentation of their migration corridor by the TCH, the Illecillewaet River and private lands
that bind the northern edge of the PTA, make use of the RAP by an augmented CSH challenging
at best. Given the seasonality of the RAP (i.e., late May to October), it is likely that the RAP
would not affect use of ICH habitat by an augmented CSH.
29

April 7, 2014
2.2.2 Wolverine (Gulo gulo sub. luscus)

Current Status
Wolverine of the subspecies luscus are provincially and federally (COSEWIC) listed Special
Concern. The occurrence of wolverine in the CSRD is certain, with a classification of predicted or
probable in the Revelstoke area17. Wolverines have been observed in the Greely Watershed
adjacent to the RAP by a local trapper (pers. comm. B. Rota, Oct. 2013) and in Mount Revelstoke
National Park. In 2012, Parks Canada commenced a study to better understand the seasonal
movement of wolverines; preliminary finds are not currently available.
2.2.2.1 Habitat
Regionally, the wolverine commonly spends its summers in the sub-alpine and winters down in
the ICH18,19. Krebs and Lewis (1999) observed that the presence of carrion from avalanchekilled ungulates, other predator kills, and the presence of nutritionally stressed moose and
goats explain the extensive use of the ICH during winter19. A 1999 study found that wolverine
females in the Columbia Mountains den in the Engelmann Spruce-Sub Alpine Fir Ecoregion17,
outside of the ICH.
Regionally, male home ranges have been found to be approximately 1,000 km2 compared with
females at 300 km2 FN. Home range boundaries are generally defined by terrain features such as
ravines and anthropogenic habitat fragments such as reservoirs and highways18. Wolverines
have been known to cross the Trans-Canada Highway between Revelstoke and Rogers Pass,
including one record of vehicle-caused mortality18.

Potential impacts to wolverines include human caused mortality resulting from hunting,
transportation and human-wildlife conflict (e.g., garbage attractants and human / food
conditioning). Other potential impacts to wolverines include the loss of migration corridors and
undeveloped refuge to back-country use, snowmobiling and logging.
Use of lands within the RAP will occur from May to October. The seasonality of recreational
activities in the ICH from this project will likely not result in significant impacts to wolverines.
Wolverines will still be able to migrate and take refuge on the Property during winter and spring.
In summer, wolverines are known to migrate upslope to higher terrain18. Impact mitigation
strategies for avoiding and reducing impacts to mammals including wolverines are presented in
Section 3.2.
17
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Gulo gulo:
Wolverine. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
18 Van Tighem, K.J. and L.W. Gyug. 1984. Ecological Land Classification of Mount Revelstoke and
Glacier National Parks, British Columbia: Vol. II: Wildlife Resources. Environment Canada. Produced by
the Canadian Wildlife Service, Edmonton, AB.
19 Krebs, J.A. and D. Lewis. 1999. Wolverine Ecology and Habitat Use in the North Columbia
Mountains: Progress Report. Columbia Basin Fish and Wildlife Compensation Program, Nelson, B.C.
Accessed online: http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/ca08krebs.pdf
30

April 7, 2014
2.2.3 Northern Myotis (Myotis septentrionalis)

Northern myotis (a.k.a. northern long-eared myotis) is provincially listed Special Concern (Blue
Listed) and federally listed Endangered by COSEWIC20. Northern myotis is known to occur in the
CSRD with specific occurrences in the Revelstoke area20. Figure 8 shows known locations of
northern myotis in the Revelstoke area.
Figure 7. BC Ecosystems Explorer map depicting occurrences of

Northern myotis (Myotis septentrionalis) in the Revelstoke area (red dots) and the
approximate location of the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park (bold red box).
2.2.3.2 Habitat
Northern myotis makes use of wet and dry coniferous forests and riparian forests including the
ICH Ecoregion20. Caves, mines, quarry tunnels and human structures (e.g., cabins, barns) are
common hibernaculum. Use of the cave-of-origin (high philopatry) throughout a lifetime is
common for northern myotis. Common daytime roosting sites include crevices, hollows, under
loose bark on trees or in a variety of small spaces associated with buildings and other structures,
possibly including barns on the property. In northern regions like Revelstoke, hibernation occurs
from early fall into spring20.
Foraging typically occurs after sunset in forested habitats, above and below the canopy.
Foraging also occurs over water and clearings but was found to be more common on treed
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Myotis
septentrionalis: Northern Myotis. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
20
31

April 7, 2014
hillsides19. In MRNP, northern myotis has been observed in Giant Cedars boardwalk and in low
elevation sites in the park21.

During field assessments, steep terrain was traversed in sections of the PTA that may be suitable
habitat for northern myotis. Large interstitial crevices between boulders on steep slopes were
found. Although caves were not found, their occurrence is possible. There is a large barn on the
agricultural section of the property that may be suitable hibernaculum.
Potential impacts to northern myotis include disturbance to suitable hibernaculum and the
hillslopes and meadows this species depends on for foraging. Impact mitigation strategies for
avoiding and reducing impacts to mammals including northern myotis are presented in Section
3.2.
21
Van Tighem, K.J. and L.W. Gyug. 1984. Ecological Land Classification of Mount Revelstoke and
32

April 7, 2014
2.2.4 Little Brown Myotis (Myotis lucifugus)

Little brown myotis bats are provincially listed as Secure (Yellow Listed) and federally listed as
Endangered by COSEWIC. Little brown myotis is known to occur in the Columbia Shuswap
Regional District with specific occurrences in the Revelstoke area22
2.2.4.2 Habitat
Little brown myotis uses caves, tunnels, hollow trees and human-made structures (e.g., cabins,
barns) as hibernaculum. Foraging generally occurs in woodlands near water. A narrow range of
microclimate must be well suited for raising young, which is thought to limit abundance and
distribution. Little brown myotis generally hibernates from early fall to early spring20.
Little brown myotis forages over water or along water margins (e.g., lakes and streams). They
are most active during the first 2-3 hours after sunset and often have a secondary forage after
midnight. In MRNP, little brown myotis has been observed at pools in the ICH Ecoregion23.

During field assessments, steep terrain was traversed in sections of the PTA that may be suitable
habitat for little brown myotis. Large interstitial crevices between boulders on steep slopes were
found. Although caves were not found, their occurrence is possible.
Potential impacts to northern myotis include disturbance to suitable hibernaculum and the
hillslopes and riparian habitats this species depends on for foraging. Impact mitigation strategies
for avoiding and reducing impacts to mammals including little brown myotis are presented in
Section 3.2.
22
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Myotis lucifugus:
Little Brown Myotis. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
33

April 7, 2014
2.2.5 Grizzly Bear (Ursus arctos)

Grizzly bears are provincially and federally (COSEWIC) listed Special Concern. Grizzly bears are
well known to occur in the Columbia Shuswap Regional District, with numerous occurrences in
and around Revelstoke24.
2.2.5.2 Habitat
Grizzly bears are likely to utilize all habitat types found in the Property. After winter hibernation,
grizzly bears in MRNP are known to use south-facing avalanche slopes and valley bottom forests
for foraging in spring.25 As berries become more abundant in summer, grizzly bears in MRNP
were found to move into the subalpine and alpine meadows to forage. Hibernation can occur in
dens at various elevations (pers. comm. J. Woods, Sept. 2013) in a cave, crevice, hollow tree,
hollow dug under rock, or similar site22. Home ranges vary from less than 25 km2 to 2000 km2.

Potential impacts to grizzly bear include disturbance to suitable foraging and resting habitat and
human disturbance during operation of the RAP that may cause temporary displacement or
access to important foraging areas and migration corridors. Impact mitigation strategies for
avoiding and reducing impacts to mammals including grizzly bear are presented in Section 3.2.
24
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Ursus arctos:
Grizzly Bear. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
Glacier National Parks, British Columbia: Vol II: Wildlife Resources. Environment Canada. Produced by
34

April 7, 2014
2.3
Herptiles
Table 1 outlines the potential herptiles (i.e., amphibians and reptiles) that may occur in the
Property. The list of species in Table 3 was derived from Parks Canadas Biotics Web listings for
MRNP and discussions with local wildlife specialists.
Table 4. List of herptiles in the Revelstoke area, their provincial and federal protection status and
their likelihood of occurrence on the Revelstoke Adventure Park Property. November 20, 2013.
Common Name
Species Name
BC
COSEWIC /
Likelihood of
Status
SARA Status
Occurrence at RAP
2
5
Western Toad
Anaxyrus boreas
Blue
SC
Y
1
5
Coeur dAlene
Plethodon idahoensis
Yellow
SC
Y
Salamander
1
3
Northern Alligator
Elgaria coerulea
Yellow
NAR
Y
Lizard
1
Terrestrial Gartner Thamnophis elegans
Yellow
Y
Snake
1
Common Gartner
Thamnophis sirtalis
Yellow
Y
Snake
1
3
Long-toed
Ambystoma
Yellow
NAR
Y
Salamander
macrodactylum
Boreal Toad
Anaxyrus boreas boreas
Y
1
Northern Pacific
Pseudacris regilla
Yellow
Y
Chorus Frog
1
3
Columbia Spotted
Rana luteiventris
Yellow
NAR
Y
Frog
1.
Includes species that are apparently secure and not at risk of extinction. Yellow-listed species may have red- or blue-listed
subspecies.
2.
4.
5.
Individual species accounts are presented for herptile species listed federally as SMC.
35

April 7, 2014
2.3.1 Western Toad (Anaxyrus boreas)

Western toad is a provincially and federally (COSEWIC and SARA Schedule 1) listed Special
Concern. Western toad is known to occur in the ICH within the CSRD, and is considered native to
the Revelstoke area26. Occurrences of Lark Sparrow on the Property have not been confirmed.
2.3.1.2 Habitat
Western Toads breed in water and then migrate onto land to overwinter. They travel up to 2 km
from breeding sites. Western toad may utilize many of the habitats found on the Property,
including shallow and calm water sites in temporary and permanent pools, wetlands, and
roadside ditches and their associated riparian areas. Hibernacula are found in upland sites from
breeding pools and are generally characterized by loose soil and burrows, although fallen trees
have also been used for cover24.

Although surveying this species can be very difficult and time consuming, it is important
surveying be undertaken in suspected habitats to avoid potential impacts.
Potential impacts to Western Toad include loss of breeding and overwintering habitat resulting
from land clearing. Increased vehicle and recreationalist traffic also possess a potential impact
to migrating western toads. Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and reducing impacts to
herptiles, including Western Toad are presented in Section 3.3.
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Anaxyrus boreas:
Western Toad. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
26
36

April 7, 2014
2.3.2 Coeur dAlene Salamander (Plethodon idahoensis)

Coeur dAlene Salamander is a provincially listed secure (Yellow listed) and federally listed
special concern by COSEWIC and under Schedule 1 by the SARA. Coeur dAlene Salamander is
known to occur in the ICH within the CSRD, and is considered native to the Revelstoke area27.
Occurrences of Coeur dAlene Salamander on the Property have not been confirmed.
2.3.2.2 Habitat
Coeur d'Alene salamanders use 3 major habitat types in B.C., all of which are found on the
Property, including waterfall spray zones and edges of streams, seepages, waterfalls and in
streams. They are normally found within coniferous forests. They are nocturnal, and hide during
the day. Interstitial crevices are used in the day during periods of temperature fluctuations that
exceed their tolerance range and for overwintering.

Although surveying this species can be very difficult and time consuming, it is important
surveying be undertaken in suspected habitats to avoid potential impacts.
Potential impacts to Coeur dAlene salamander include loss of breeding and overwintering
habitat resulting from land disturbance. Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and reducing
impacts to herptiles, including Coeur d'Alene salamanders, are presented in Section 3.3.
27
Ministry of Environment. 2013. BC Conservation Data Centre: Species Summary: Plethodon

idahoensis: Coeur d'Alene salamander. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
37

April 7, 2014
2.4
Habitat Accounts
This section presents a summary of biophysical attributes sustained within 15 habitat polygons
within 8 identified habitat types. Habitat types consisted of old growth forest, dry and wet seral
forest, marsh and swamp wetlands, agricultural lands, a quarry and a steep cliff band that was
not surveyed. Conspicuous and dominant plant species for each habitat type is described. A full
list of plant species observed during field assessments is found in Appendix E, Table 7. All
wildlife observations are presented for each habitat type. Photographs referenced in the
proceeding section are found in Appendix C. A list of all wildlife observations is found in
Appendix D.
Figure 8 Google Earth image of private and proposed Crown Tenure land within the footprint
of the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park. Colored polygons represent.
Impact mitigation strategies for avoiding and reducing impacts to wildlife and their habitats are
presented in Section 3.0, including strategies specific to land development in Section 3.4.
38

April 7, 2014
2.4.1 Old Growth Forest (OGF)
Figure 9. View South of Old Growth Forest polygon (green) within the proposed Revelstoke
Adventure Park proposed tenure area. Red lines depict the proposed tenure area.
Old growth forest (OGF) is an ecosystem component of lands within the Property. OGF lands are
divided into 3 sections for descriptive purposes: OGF-East, OGF-Centre and OGF-West (Figure
10).
In general, land use activities proposed for OGF lands include mountain biking, zip-lines, bungeejumping, hiking, wildlife viewing and associated amenities (e.g., washrooms and outbuildings in
OGF-West). A chairlift is proposed to bring visitors from the valley bottom at approximately 500
m above sea level (ASL) to approximately 1000 m ASL. A new 2.8 km access road would be
constructed in OGF-West to allow for construction access during assembly of the chairlift and
staff-only vehicle serving during operation.
Forests in the Interior of BC are considered old growth if trees are greater than 120 years old28.
In the ICH old growth forest stands of the PTA, western red cedar (Thuja plicata) and western
hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla) are commonly found with diameter breast-heights (DBH) of
approximately 0.3 to 2 meters. Trees found with less frequency include Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga
menziesii var. glauca), black spruce (Picea mariana) and western white pine (Pinus monticola).
Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations. 2003. British Columbias Forests,
a Geographical Snapshot. Victoria, B.C. Accessed online at:
http://www.for.gov.bc.ca/hfd/pubs/docs/mr/mr112/page14.htm
28
39

April 7, 2014
Trees in OGF generally fill the canopy ceiling, allowing marginal amounts of sunlight to
penetrate the forest floor. The amount of forest floor vegetation therefore varies with the
availability of sunlight (i.e., for photosynthesis). In certain areas, the forest floor consists
predominately of decomposing wood (Photograph 1. Where light percolates through the
canopy, vegetation on the forest floor consists predominately of mosses, lichens and low
growing herbaceous plants, including conspicuous species such as rattlesnake plantain
(Goodyera oblongifolia), falsebox (Paxistim myrsinites), oak fern (Gymnocarpium dryopteris),
and spiny wood fern (Dryopteris expansa) (Photograph 2). In a few locations, fallen trees had
opened the canopy allowing for growth of western yew (Taxus brevifolia), Devils club
(Oplopanax horridus), and lady fern (Athyrium filix-femina spp. cyclosorum).
Trees in the OGF are well spaced, which allowed for easy navigating and traversing during the
field assessment. In general, tree roots in the OGF perched and morphed around boulders and
significant tree fall was observed (Photographs 3, 4 and 5), indicating shallow soil layers. The
poor growing medium for such large trees creates tree stands subject to windthrow.
Numerous small perennial and ephemeral streams flow through topographical depressions
throughout the OGF. Additional plant species unique to these corridors included western
maidenhair fern (Adiantum aleuticm var. aleuticum) and lady fern.
Two (2) major ravines cut through the PTA within the OGF (e.g. see Photograph 6). The largest
western red cedar and western hemlock were found within these ravines. Additional plant
species found within the ravines included devils club, red elderberry (Sambucus racemosa),
maidenhair fern, and horsetail (Equisetum spp.).
2.4.1.1 OGFEast
OGF-East includes OGF east of an Unnamed Ravine East (URE). OGFEast is generally bound by
the PTA boundary to the east and south, URE to the west and Dry Seral Forest 1 (DSF1; see
Figure 9) to the north. An approximately 100 ft. cliff band is found immediately east of URE.
During the assessment, the only wildlife species seen was a Hairy Woodpecker (Picoides
villosus). A burrow network belonging to an unidentified species (Photograph 7) and two wildlife
trees snags were observed (Photograph 8).
2.4.1.2 OGFCentre
OGF-Centre comprises OGF between 2 major ravines, URE and Unnamed Ravine West (URW)
(Photograph 6). OGF-Centre is generally bound by steep 200-300 ft. cliffs to the east
(Photograph 9) (that convey runoff to URE), the PTA boundary to the south, URW to the west
and approximately 300 ft. of steep terrain (> 50 % slope) to the north, before transitioning to
wet and dry seral forest further north. The forest is comprised of dense canopy with smaller
diameter trees on upland sites and larger diameter trees towards the two unnamed ravines.
Proposed land use in OGF-Centre includes zip-lining and downhill mountain biking.
During the assessment, no wildlife species were observed. Wildlife attributes observed included
deer droppings (Photograph 10), tracks, and snags / wildlife trees.
40

April 7, 2014
2.4.1.3 OGF West

OGF West is generally bound by URW to the east, the PTA boundary to the south, cliffs to the
west and dry seral forest to the north. Proposed land uses for this area mountain biking, ziplines, bungee jumping and hiking and wildlife viewing and associated amenities (e.g.,
washrooms and outbuildings). An approximately 1 km long access road would allow for
construction access and staff-only vehicle serving during operation.
OGF-West is characterized by steep terrain lacking flat terraces. The forest floor in OF-West
consists of shallow soil and moss layers over large boulder complexes. Low growing shrubs,
ground cover and shed vegetative parts (e.g., branches, trees, cones) comprised the forest floor.
Western red cedar and western hemlock range from large within the unnamed creek west (i.e.,
> 1 m DBH; Photograph 6) to small on steeper upland sites away from the ravine (i.e., <0.5 m
DBH (Photograph 12). Smaller trees with an enclosed canopy dominate the footprint of the
proposed access road that was flagged and walked during the field assessment.
During the field assessment, wildlife species in OGF-Centre were not observed. Wildlife
attributes observed included moose and bear droppings, evidence of bear foraging (Photograph
11), small den spaces, burrow networks and snags.
41

April 7, 2014
2.4.2 Dry Seral Forest (DSF)
Figure 10. View South of Dry Seral Forest polygons within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure
Park. Red lines depict the proposed tenure area.
Dry Seral Forests (DSF) represents an intermediate stage of ecological succession known as
secondary succession, where younger plants are found growing after disturbance (e.g., logging,
wildfire). DSF are differentiated from Wet Seral Forests (WSF) because they lack plants suited to
wet conditions (e.g., skunk cabbage). On the Property, DSF are generally located downslope of
OGF. Logging access to upslope OGF was likely limited by a steep cliff band that is found at the
transition between DSF and OGF and extending into the OGF (Photograph 14).
In this forest type, historical logging is evident by the presence of large stumps, primarily
western red cedar. In some areas, signs of more recent logging are evident by the presence of
smaller trees that were felled (Photograph 13). Access roads in various conditions are found
throughout the DSF; some are drivable and others are not (i.e., rather in a successional state
being reclaimed by emergent vegetation). Roadside ditches along the access roads act to collect
water flowing off upland sites.
DSF is characterized by a mix of later successional tree assemblages within land historical logged
(primarily for western red cedar), including western red cedar, western hemlock, Douglas fir,
western yew, and large black cottonwoods (Populus trichocarpa) and younger tree assemblages
dominated by black cottonwood saplings, paper birch (Betula papyrifera var. communtata),
willow (Salix spp.). The shrub layer is dominated by red osier dogwood (Cornus stolonifera), red
elderberry, thimbleberry (Rubus parviflorus), and Douglas maple (Acer douglasii). Groundcover
is predominantly lady fern, spiny wood fern, falsebox, and various moss species.
42

April 7, 2014
2.4.2.1 DSF1
DSF1 is generally bound by the PTA boundary to the east, OGF-East and OGF-Centre to the
south, WSF1 to the west and north (Figure 11). Proposed land use in this area includes
horseback riding and mountain biking.
Dominant tree species included including western redcedar, western hemlock, Douglas fir, and
occasional western yew. Shrub layer species included red-osier dogwood, red raspberry (Rubus
idaeus ssp. strigosus), thimbleberry, beaked hazelnut (Corylus cornuta), red elderberry, black
gooseberry (Ribes lacustre), snowberry (Symphoricarpos albus), and prickly rose (Rosa acicularis
ssp. sayi). Non-native shrubs found near old road margins included Canadian thistle (Cirsium
arvense), Canadian goldenrod (Solidago canadensis) and great burdock (Arctium lappa).
Groundcover species included spiny wood fern, bracken fern (Pteridum aquilinum), wild ginger
(Asarum caudatum), American vetch (Vicia americana), large leaved avens (Geum
macrophyllum), falsebox, bunchberry (Cornus canadensis), rattlesnake plantain, false-Salomons
seal (Mainanthemum caremosum ssp. amplexicaule), lungwort (Lobaria pulmonaria), false-hair
capmoss (Timmia austriaca), step moss (Hylocomium splendens), and common horsetail
(Equisetum arvense). Non-native groundcover species included red clover (Trifolium pretense),
creeping buttercup (Ranunculus repens) and orange hawkweed (Hieracium aurantiacum).
During the assessment, Crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos) and Stellars Jay (Cyanocitta stelleri) were
observed. Wildlife attributes observed during the field assessment included moose droppings,
evidence of bear foraging, burrow networks, animal tracks, and snags / wildlife trees.
2.4.2.2 DSF2
DSF2 is generally bound by WSF1 to the east, OGF-Centre and OGF-West to the south, cliffs to
the west and railway tracks to the north (Figure 11). Proposed land use in this area includes
mountain biking, hiking, treetop adventures and part of the access road into OGF-West.
Dominant tree species included including western red cedar, western hemlock, Douglas fir, and
occasional western yew. Shrub layer species included red-osier dogwood, red raspberry,
thimbleberry, beaked hazelnut, red elderberry, black gooseberry, snowberry, and wild
strawberry (Fragaria vigginiana). Non-native shrubs found near old road margins included
Canadian thistle, Canadian goldenrod and great burdock. Groundcover species included spiny
wood fern, wild ginger, American vetch, large leaved avens, falsebox, bunchberry, rattlesnake
plantain, false-Salomons seal, lungwort, false-hair capmoss, step moss and common horsetail.
Non-native groundcover species included red clover, creeping buttercup and orange hawkweed.
During the assessment, Black-capped chickadee (Poecile atricapillus), American crow and
common raven (Corvus corax) were observed. Wildlife observations during the field visit
included moose and coyote droppings, evidence of bear foraging, burrow networks, animal trails
and snags / wildlife trees.
43

April 7, 2014
2.4.3 Wet Seral Forest (WSF)
Figure 11. View South of Wet Seral Forest polygon within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure
West Seral Forests (WSF) is differentiated from DSF by the presence of perennial streams and
springs and the presence of plants that thrive in moist soils. The WSF is found at lower
elevations than DSF and conveys groundwater flow day-lighting (i.e., from upslope areas with
high porosity) through small channels into wetlands and road-side ditches downstream. The
shrub layer is significantly denser than in DSF and OGF found on the Property (Photographs 15
and 16). Proposed land use in WSF includes mountain biking, hiking and restricted vehicle use
on existing access roads.
Evidence of historical logging is apparent by large western red cedar stumps, many budding tree
saplings. Trees are younger than those found in the OGF and included western red cedar,
western hemlock and Douglas fir. Canopy closure ranges from closed to open (Photograph 15).
The shrub layer included red elderberry, beaked hazelnut, red-osier dogwood, and devils club.
Groundcover plants tolerant to moist soils included horsetail, skunk cabbage (Lysichiton
americanus), bracken fern, maidenhair fern, spicy conehead (Conocephalum salebrosum)
liverwort and various mosses (Photograph 16).
2.4.3.1 WSF1
WSF1 is generally bound by dry-land sites to the east (DSF1) and south (OGFC, DSF2), DSF2 and a
rock quarry to the west, and private agricultural land to the north (i.e., lands included in the
RAP). Proposed land use includes mountain biking, hiking and restricted vehicle use on existing
roads.
44

April 7, 2014
During the assessment, Ruffed grouse, Stellers jay and red squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris) were
observed. Wildlife observations during the field visit included moose and bear droppings,
inactive dens with openings smaller and larger than 0.5m, animal trails and snags / wildlife trees.
45

April 7, 2014
2.4.4 Marsh Wetland (MW)
Figure 12. View south of Marsh Wetland polygons (orange) within the proposed Revelstoke
Adventure Park. Red lines depict the proposed tenure area.
Marsh wetlands (MWs) were identified in 3 locations throughout the Property. All three
wetlands are considered marshes by formal classification (i.e., soil subsurface saturated due to
presence of standing or slowly moving water characterized by emerging vegetation
predominately reeds, rushes, cattails and sedges)29.
Wetlands in BC are regarded as critically important ecosystems for a wide range of wetland
dependent wildlife30. Locally, wetland habitat loss resulted from formation of the Columbia
River reservoirs and wetlands continue to face land-use pressures from development and
infrastructure projects.
2.4.4.1 MW1
MW1 is generally bound by Swamp Wetland (SW) 1 to the east, agricultural lands and WSF1 to
the south, agricultural lands to the west and CP railway tracks to the north (Photograph 17).
Proposed land use is unspecified at this time. There are no current plans for land development
in MW1.
29
Bond et al. 1992. Wetland Evaluation Guide: Final Report Of The Wetlands Are Not Wastelands
Project. Issues Paper No. 1992-1. North Americans Wetlands Conservation Council, Ottawa, ON.
Accessed online: http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/WEG_Oct2002_s.pdf
30 Ministry of Environment. 2013. Wetlands in B.C. Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/wetlands.html
46

April 7, 2014
Dominant wetland vegetation included common horsetail, scouring rush (E. hyemale ssp. affine)
and skunk cabbage. Common grasses include non-native species including common timothy
(Phleum pratsense) and orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata) among others.
Wildlife and wildlife attributes were not observed during field assessments.
2.4.4.2 MW2
MW2 is immediately bound by SW2. MW2 is generally bound by WSF1 to the east, south and
west and agricultural lands to the north. There are no current plans for land development in
MW2.
A field of unidentified rush over 5ft in height dominates wetland vegetation (Photographs 18
and 19). Other less dominant vegetation that proliferated the WM2 margins included common
horsetail, scouring rush and skunk cabbage, soft-stemmed bulrush (Schoenoplectus
tabernaemontani) and cattail (Typha latifolia).
Wildlife and wildlife attributes were not observed during field assessments.
2.4.4.3 MW3
MW3 is immediately bound by SW2. MW3 is generally bound by agricultural lands to the east,
WSF1 to the south and the CP railway tracks and Illecillewaet River to the north (Photograph
20). Proposed land use in MW3 may include mountain bike trails but is currently unspecified.
Dominant wetland vegetation included common horsetail, scouring rush and skunk cabbage.
Other dominant vegetation included paper birch, black hawthorne (Crataegus douglasii) pink
spirea (Spiraea douglasii ssp. menziesii), stinging nettle (Urtica dioica ssp. gracilis), red-osier
dogwood, and thimbleberry. Non-native plants included Canadian goldenrod, great burdock,
curled dock, common timothy and orchard grass.
Wildlife observations during the field assessment included moose droppings and snags / wildlife
trees.
47

April 7, 2014
2.4.5 Swamp Wetland (SW)
Figure 13. View south of Swamp Wetland polygons (white) within the proposed Revelstoke
Swamp wetlands (SW) were identified in 2 locations throughout the Property. Both SW are
considered swamps by formal classification (i.e., soil subsurface saturated due to presence of
standing or slowly moving water characterized by deciduous and coniferous forest or tall shrub
thickets; commonly found in temperate areas in Canada)31.
2.4.5.1 SW1
SW1 is generally bound by crown land and the Greely Watershed to the east, WSF1 to the south,
MW1 and agricultural land to the west, and the CP railway tracks and Illecillewaet River to the
north (Photographs 21 and 22). Proposed land use includes a constructed pond and RV park.
There is some flexibility with the final placement of amenities within SW1 (pers. comm. J. Roe,
Oct. 2013).
Dominant wetland vegetation included common horsetail, scouring rush, skunk cabbage, smallflowered bulrush (Scirpus microcarpus), cow parsnip (Heracleum maximum) and common
duckweed (Lemna minor). Other dominant vegetation included western redcedar, western
hemlock, interior Douglas fir, black cottonwood, mountain alder (Alnus incana ssp. tenuifolia),
trembling aspen (Populus tremuloides), pink spirea, stinging nettle, red-osier dogwood,
thimbleberry, beaked hazelnut, snowberry, wild strawberry, prickly rose, Douglas maple,
31
Bond et al. 1992. Wetland Evaluation Guide: Final Report Of The Wetlands Are Not Wastelands
Project. Issues Paper No. 1992-1. North Americans Wetlands Conservation Council, Ottawa, ON.
Accessed online: http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/WEG_Oct2002_s.pdf
48

April 7, 2014
baneberry, false-Salmons seal and large leaved avens. Non-native plant species included
meadow and creeping buttercup, orange hawkweed, common timothy, orchard grass, curled
dock, great burdock, and Canadian thistle.
Wildlife observations during the field assessment included moose dropping and tracks, animal
trails, and snags / wildlife trees. Ruffed grouse and American crow were also observed.
2.4.5.2 SW2
Swamp wetland 2 is generally bound by WSF1 and agricultural lands to the east, WSF1 to the
south and west and an access road (immediately north), the CP railway tracks and the
Illecillewaet River to the north (Photographs 23 and 24). MW2 and MW3 are found within SW2.
Proposed land use includes base operations for lift-access mountain biking at the eastern margin
of SW2 and mountain biking and hiking trails.
Dominant wetland vegetation included common horsetail, scouring rush, skunk cabbage and
small-flowered bulrush. Other dominant vegetation included western redcedar, western
hemlock, interior Douglas fir, black cottonwood, paper birch, mountain alder, trembling aspen,
pink spirea, stinging nettle, red-osier dogwood, thimbleberry, beaked hazelnut, snowberry, wild
strawberry, Douglas maple, baneberry, false-Salmons seal and large leaved avens. Non-native
plant species included creeping buttercup, orange hawkweed, common timothy, orchard grass,
curled dock, great burdock, and Canadian thistle.
Wildlife observations during the field assessment included moose dropping and tracks, animal
trails, and snags / wildlife trees. Song Sparrow (Melospiza melodia), crow and raven were also
observed.
49

April 7, 2014
2.4.6 Agricultural Lands
Figure 14. View south of Agricultural polygon (yellow) within the proposed Revelstoke
The agricultural lands (A1) are generally bound by MW1, SW1 and the Greely Watershed to the
east, WSF1 to the south, SW2 to the west and the CP railway tracks, additional agricultural and
the Illecillewaet River to the north. Proposed land use includes the majority of supporting
infrastructure for the RAP, including:
Office and caf
Repair & Rental Shop
Storage and Maintenance shed
Stocked Lake and picnic area
RV Park, including yurts (temporary/portable accommodation)
Upgraded existing access road
One ha gravel parking lot to accommodate 300 vehicles
Hiking, biking and horse riding trails
Driving Range
Beach Volley Ball
Horse stables
Adventure Park Rides including: Water Ogo, Fish Pipe.
Pump Park
Chair Lift Terminal
Mini put
Spa and hot pools
50

April 7, 2014
This land is currently within the Agricultural Land Reserve. An application for Non-farm use has
been submitted for review (pers. comm. C. Armstrong, Oct. 2013; Holtby, 201332).
The wildlife assessment did not include the majority of agricultural lands, except for the
conspicuous landscape feature that is MW1.
B. Holtby. 2013. An Opinion on an Application for Non-Farm Use. Prepared by Regency Consultants
Limited, Westbank, B.C. Prepared for Illecillewaet Development LP.
32
51

April 7, 2014
2.4.7 Quarry
Figure 15. View south of quarry polygon (purple) within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure
The quarry is bounded by WSF to the east, DSF and OGF to the north, DSF and the cliffs to the
west and DSF, the CP railway and the Illecillewaet River to the north. The quarry is show in
Photograph 25.
The rock quarry is currently active. Provincial Mines Act Permit for Sand and Gravel extraction
occurs under G-5-302, Approval No. 11-1630511-1214, dated January 9, 2012.
The quarry is believed to have limited wildlife value because of the high level of disturbance and
existing vehicle and equipment use.
52

April 7, 2014
2.4.8 Cliffs
Figure 16. View south of cliff polygon (blue) within the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park.
Red lines depict the proposed tenure area.
The cliffs are bounded by OGF and DSF to the east, OGF to the south, additional cliffs not within
the PTA to the west and the CP railway and the Illecillewaet River to the north. The cliffs are
shown in Photograph 26.
Field assessments did not include the cliffs due to the steepness of the terrain. Wildlife species
that may use these cliffs include bats, numerous breeding, and foraging bird species, and
amphibians.
53

April 7, 2014
2.5
Plant Species at Risk
Two (2) plant species designated at risk are known to occur in the Revelstoke area and may
occur on the Property, including Sutherlands larkspur (Delphinium sutherlandii) and late
goldenrod (Solidago gigantea) (pers. comm. K Stipec, CDC, Sept. 2013). These species were not
observed during the assessment; however, the Proponent should be aware of the possibility
these may occur on the Property and that measures to protect (i.e., avoid or in worst case,
transpant) these species would be required should they be found.
Figure 17. Sutherlands larkspur (Delphinium sutherlandii) (left) and late goldenrod (Solidago
gigantea) (right) are known to occur in Revelstoke area and may occur on the Revelstoke
Adventure Park lands. Photos from R-L: J. Bertoia & F. Lomer, E-Flora BC.
54

April 7, 2014
3.0 Impact Mitigation

The quality of the experience for the RAP visitor is likely related directly to the natural ascetic of
retained wildlife habitats. This is a sentiment shared by the Proponent (pers. comm. J. Roe, Oct.
2013). The Property is fortunate to sustain characteristic examples of many of the important
habitats found within the ICH. Careful planning and construction will ensure that the project
footprint is well integrated into the landscape and therefore avoids or reduces impacts to
wildlife and their habitats. This section presents impact mitigation strategies that describe the
Proponents legal obligations for wildlife protection and lists of recommended best management
practices taken directly or derived from existing protection standards. Implementation of these
strategies (legal requirements and best management practices) will significantly avoid and / or
reduce wildlife impacts.
The proceeding sections describe impact mitigation strategies for birds, mammals, herptiles and
for land development.
3.1
Impact Mitigation Strategies for Birds
The following sections summarize legislative requirements and best management practices for
the protection of birds on the Property. The Proponent is required to adhere to all provincial
and federal laws pertaining to bird protection during land development. The following is a
summary of applicable legislation for the protection of birds.
3.1.1 Legislation
Legislation, including the provincial Wildlife Act and the federal Migratory Birds Convention Act,
exist to protect birds. Bird species including Lewis's Woodpecker and Olive-sided Flycatcher
listed in Section 2.1 of this report are provided additional protection under the auspices of the
federal SARA.
3.1.1.1 Wildlife Act

Section 34 of the provincial Wildlife Act states:
A person commits an offence if the person, except as provided by regulation, possesses, takes,
injures, molests or destroys
(a) a bird or its egg,
(b) the nest of an eagle, peregrine falcon, gyrfalcon, osprey, heron or burrowing owl, or
(c) the nest of a bird not referred to in paragraph (b) when the nest is occupied by a bird or its
egg.
3.1.1.2 Migratory Birds Convention Act

The Migratory Birds Convention Act protects migratory birds and their eggs from hunting,
trafficking and commercialization and enacts a permitting scheme for these activities.
A list of all protected bird species can be found here:
http://ec.gc.ca/nature/default.asp?lang=En&n=9AAA86EC-1
3.1.1.3 Species at Risk Act

Bird species listed on Schedule 1 of the SARA, and their habitats are provided protection under
federal law.
55

April 7, 2014
Section 32 of the SARA states:

No person shall kill, harm, harass, capture or take an individual of a wildlife species that is listed
as an extirpated species, an endangered species or a threatened species.
No person shall damage or destroy the residence of one or more individuals of a wildlife
species that is listed as an endangered species or a threatened species, or that is listed as an
extirpated species if a recovery strategy has recommended the reintroduction of the species
into the wild in Canada.
3.1.2 Best Management Practices

Best management practices have been developed to ensure compliance with applicable laws
and to meet or exceed environmental regulator expectation regarding the protection of birds
and the habitat upon which they rely.
As a result of unconfirmed occurrences on the Property of bird species discussed in Section 2.1,
specific best management practices for protection of these species are not presented. Speciesspecific BMPs should be developed in the event that one or more of these species is confirmed
on the Property.
Regional bird breeding can commence as early as February for some species and occur
as late as early September for other species. The Proponent must therefore adhere to
land clearing activities outside of the least risk window (Table 4) or retain a biologist to
conduct breeding bird surveys of proposed clearing areas to confirm the
presence/absence of active nests before any clearing is undertaken. Should any be
identified measures shall be put in place to protect active nests and breeding birds until
birds have fledged (e.g., establish nest buffer zones).
Table 5. Least risk windows for land clearing activities that may be harmful to birds and/or their eggs
and nest.
Species
Raptors (eagles, hawks, falcons & owls)
Goshawk
Herons
Other Birds
Least Risk Window

Aug 15 Jan 30
Aug 30 Mar 15
Aug 15 Jan 30
Aug1 Mar 31
The following applicable BMPs are taken from the Guidelines for Raptor Conservation during
Urban and Rural Land Development in British Columbia33 and are applicable to both raptor and
non-raptor bird species. In the event that human conflicts with raptors or breeding birds are
Demarchi, M.W and M. D. Bently. 2013. Guidelines for Raptor Conservation during Urban and
Rural Land Development in British Columbia: A companion document to Develop with Care 2012.
Province of British Columbia, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/raptor_conservation_guidelines_2013.pdf
33
56

April 7, 2014
anticipated or exist, the aforementioned guidelines are to be consulted in conjunction with a

qualified environmental consultant.
Where possible, retain groups of trees rather than isolated single trees to provide an
interlocking canopy.
Maximize retention of woodlots, shelterbelts, hedgerows, brushy thickets, and old-field
habitat.
Preserve riparian areas including large trees (living and dead).
Maintain natural shoreline vegetation adjacent to the wetlands, streams and rivers.
Where possible, retain undisturbed grasslands, old fields, pastures, and natural forest
openings.
Where a species at risk has a Recovery Plan or if a qualified raptor professional provides
advice, use their recommended minimum buffer distances.
Maintain a minimum buffer of undisturbed vegetation around nest sites. An additional
quiet buffer should be provided before and during breeding seasons. See guidelines
for more information on appropriate buffers.
Protect both existing and potential nest sites, including veteran recruit trees and trees
with natural cavities.
Protect raptor roosting/perching sites and foraging areas
Protect any trees, cliffs, or other specific sites that raptors regularly use for roosting,
perching, or feeding.
Protect good foraging sites including shorelines, wetlands, shrubby areas, old fields,
hedgerows, and riparian areas.
Avoid disturbance of sensitive habitats during and after development
Locate new trails, buildings, and roads away from raptor nesting, roosting, and foraging
areas.
Keep machinery, people, and pets away from nesting, brood rearing, roosting, and
foraging areas.
Manage, restore, or enhance raptor habitat and features
Use selective pruning of mature trees (outside of the breeding season, under the
guidance of a raptor specialist) to make them more attractive to Bald Eagles, Red-tailed
Hawks, and other raptors.
Provide artificial perches such as poles and platforms if natural perches have been
damaged or lost.
Restore habitats where natural vegetation has been removed or altered, preferably by
using native plants.
57

April 7, 2014
3.2
Impact Mitigation Strategies for Mammals
the protection of mammals on the Property.
3.2.1 Legislation
Legislation exists to protect mammals and their habitat, including the provincial Wildlife Act.
Specifically, Northern myotis, little brown myotis listed in Section 2.2 of this report are provided
additional protection under the auspices of the federal SARA.

Section 33.1 of the Wildlife Act states:
A person must not
(a) intentionally feed or attempt to feed dangerous wildlife, or
(b) provide, leave or place an attractant in, on or about any land or premises with the intent of
attracting dangerous wildlife.
(2) A person must not leave or place an attractant in, on or about any land or premises where
there are or where there are likely to be people, in a manner in which the attractant could
(a) attract dangerous wildlife to the land or premises, and
(b) be accessible to dangerous wildlife.
(3) Subject to subsections (5) and (6), a person who contravenes subsection (1) or (2) commits
an offence.

Mammal species and their habitat listed on Schedule 1 are provided protection under the SARA.

and to meet or exceed environmental regulator expectation regarding the protection of
mammals and the habitat upon which they depend3435.
Ministry of Water, Land and Air Protection. 2004. Environmental Best Management Practices for
Urban and Rural Land Development: Section 6: Special Wildlife and Species at Risk. Ministry of Water,
Land and Air Protection, Ecosystems Standards and Planning Biodiversity Branch, Victoria, B.C.
Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/urban_ebmp/EBMP%20PDF%205.pdf
35 Ministry of Environment. 2012. Develop with Care 2012: Environmental Guidelines for Urban and
Rural Land Development in British Columbia. B.C. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed
online: http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/devwithcare2012/index.html
34
58

April 7, 2014
Retain important wetland habitat for foraging by bears, moose and other wildlife
species.
Retain all habitat components where possible.
Limit land clearing and development on steep slopes considered suitable hibernaculum
for bats.
Retain a qualified environmental consultant to prepare a human-wildlife conflict
avoidance plan for avoiding and reducing impacts to large mammals including grizzly
bear, including plans for eliminating wildlife attractants such as garbage.
A qualified environmental consultant should be retained to assist with reviewing the
proposed trail layout to minimize impacts to important wildlife habitat and attributes
(e.g. wildlife trees, burrows).
Identify and retain wildlife travel corridors
Design buffers around important habitat to reduce human-related impacts.
Schedule construction activities to reduce impacts to sensitive mammals periods such as
breeding, rutting and hibernation.
Require that visitors dogs be off leash or in designated areas to reduce abuse and harm
to mammals and other wildlife.
Maintain to the greatest degree possible the hydraulic integrity of the site to ensure
watercourses used by wildlife are retained.
Reduce premature land clearing that creates conditions for invasive species.
Report all observations of mammals of management concern to your local provincial
habitat biologist.
59

April 7, 2014
3.3
Impact Mitigation Strategies for Herptiles
the protection of herptiles on the Property.
3.3.1 Legislation
The federal SARA provides protection for species at risk including Western Toad and Coeur
dAlene Salamander and their critical habitats. The provincial Wildlife Act plays an important but
limited role in protection of herptiles.

Although the Wildlife Act does not include habitat protection for non-listed herptiles, it prevents
their collection and handling.

Herptile species and their habitat listed on Schedule 1 are provided protection under the SARA.

and to meet or exceed environmental regulator expectation regarding the protection of
herptiles and the habitat upon which they depend. The following applicable BMPs were derived
from the Best Management Practices for Amphibians and Reptiles in Urban and Rural
Environments in British Columbia36.
Identify all critical habitats within and adjacent to the development area by conducting
herptile surveys within lands scheduled for development.
Because most amphibians and reptiles use more than one habitat type during their life
cycle, it is necessary to conduct surveys during all seasonal periods when species
expected to be found in the area are active, and to conduct several site visits during
each season to ensure that all species are detected and their habitat use is fully
described. Surveys during the breeding and seasonal movement periods should be
emphasized.
36
Ministry of Water, Land and Air Protection. 2004. Environmental Best Management Practices
for Amphibians and Reptiles in British Columbia. Ministry of Water, Land and Air Protection,
Ecosystems Standards and Planning Biodiversity Branch, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/HerptileBMP_complete.pdf
60

April 7, 2014
Examples of critical habitats include talus slopes, hibernacula, nest sites, and foraging
areas for reptiles, aquatic breeding sites for amphibians, and movement corridors for
both reptiles and amphibians.
Special care must be taken to ensure that all species and habitat types important for
amphibians and reptiles are surveyed adequately. Several species of amphibians and
reptiles are secretive and require specialized inventory techniques. For example, Coeur
dAlene Salamander that is found in talus, seepage slopes and caves, and attention to
these special habitat features, however small in area, is crucial.
All surveys must comply with provincial Resource Inventory Standards Committee (RISC)
methods.
Where ponds, marshes or streams are present adjacent to the development,
documentation of hydroperiods (patterns of drying and filling), flow volumes and peak
flows are important as baseline information.
Try to locate developments and roads away from key habitats for amphibians and
reptiles, such as wetlands, streams, and nesting and denning sites (e.g., upland
coniferous forests).
Maintain buffers of undisturbed native vegetation around and adjacent to key
amphibian and reptile habitats and discourage high human access to these areas.
Provide suitable landscape linkages to allow movements of animals between important
seasonal habitats; riparian management areas, parks, and greenways can connect
habitats.
Minimize road kill of animals migrating between seasonal habitats by locating roads and
infrastructure away from these areas; consider special road-crossing structures where
this is unavoidable.
Encourage RAP visitors to take an interest in protecting these species by providing
interpretive materials such as signs and brochures.
Preserve wetlands, ponds, pools, and streams however small or ephemeral; these
small areas can be very important for amphibians.
Protect shallow water areas and their vegetation from trampling and other disturbance;
these areas serve as breeding habitat and cover for many amphibians.
Avoid altering natural patterns of flooding and drying of wetlands; temporary wetlands
often have few predators and are important for amphibians.
Maintain sufficient terrestrial habitat or access to terrestrial habitat for amphibians to
complete all life history phases.
Maintain moist forested habitat with abundant coarse woody debris along streams (at
minimum 30 m wide on both banks).
Take special care to avoid siltation of stream habitats during construction.
Avoid altering stream-flow patterns, and maintain small pools within streams (pocket or
step pools) and abundant in-stream cover.
Avoid removing downed logs and bark, especially large diameter pieces; downed wood
in various stages of decay provides shelter and egg-laying sites.
With habitat suitable for Coeur dAlene salamander, preserve seepages, riparian splash
zones, caves, talus, and other moist, rocky sites.
Route new roads away from nesting areas and migration routes to avoid disturbance
and road mortality; fencing can be used to direct turtles away from existing roads.
61

April 7, 2014
Diversity of habitats, including both temporary and permanent wetlands and adjacent
upland habitats. Temporary wetlands that have an annual pattern of drying and filling
provide a valuable and diminishing resource for amphibians and reptiles. Many species
of amphibians rely on temporary wetlands that are free of large aquatic predators and
contain abundant food.
Amphibians and reptiles need undisturbed natural vegetation adjacent to wetland areas
for foraging and to complete life-history stages.
Buffer zones serve to protect the water quality of wetlands by filtering out pollutants
and sediments. The recommended widths of buffer zones as determined by best
available science vary considerably according to the species present. A buffer zone of at
least 30 m is recommended.
Maintain natural hydrology of wetlands and streams, so that these habitats continue to
provide suitable conditions for semi-aquatic species over the long term.
Retain natural vegetation whenever possible; the maintenance of natural ecosystem
processes will promote high species diversity of amphibians and reptiles.
In upland habitats, avoid compaction and disturbance of the ground including soil, litter
layer, and coarse woody debris; avoid removing natural vegetation and mowing grassy
areas adjacent to wetlands.
Avoid fragmentation of habitats by roads and wide trails; where habitats are already
fragmented, provide habitat continuity that allows for movements of animals. If the
development area lies adjacent to green spaces or parks, ensure that connectivity is
maintained by setting aside undisturbed habitat for travel routes to these areas. If a
stream flows through the area, maintain a buffer zone of undisturbed vegetation, so
that a travel corridor is maintained.
Movement corridors must be of sufficient width and contain habitat attributes that are
attractive to amphibians and reptiles.
Permanent mitigation measures include tunnel systems, other crossing structures, and
relocations of breeding sites. Recommendations for effective amphibian and reptile
tunnel and fencing systems adjacent to roads include the following:
Consider tunnels / culverts in areas where roads fragment migratory corridors used by
herptiles (e.g., western toad)
Run-off from roads may contain surfactants, road salts, petrochemicals, metals, and
other compounds from automotive exhaust.
Insecticides or herbicides, which are often used on golf courses, parks, road-sides, rightof-ways, and residential lawns and gardens.
Faulty sewage systems and excessive use of fertilizers, both of which contribute to
nitrogen pollution of water bodies.
Locate roads, parking lots, bicycle paths and hiking trails away from sensitive amphibian
and reptile habitats, such as breeding ponds, nesting sites, basking areas, denning sites,
talus slopes, rock outcrops, and foraging areas.
Keep focal areas of human activity away from amphibian and reptile habitats to
minimize the risk of contact and harassment.
Keep hiking trails narrow to allow amphibians and reptiles and other wildlife to cross
them easily. Trails should be maintained to prevent erosion and widening by overuse.
62

April 7, 2014
Design trail systems so that people are encouraged to stay on the designated trails (e.g.,
via board walks, chiptrails, fencing, and plantings) and offer viewing positions from a
distance (e.g., platforms).
Keep bicycles, trail bikes, and ATVs away from sensitive areas.
Post signs near access points to educate the public about the consequences of damaging
habitats and disturbing amphibians and reptiles.
Limit access and density of free-roaming pets; educate RAP visitors about the need to
keep pets away from critical wildlife areas.
Avoid damage to habitats and accidental mortality of animals due to activities of
construction personnel and machinery.
Avoid pollution, contamination, erosion, unnecessary vegetation removal, and soil
compaction.
Have an emergency response plan in place to contain and clean up accidental spills
safely and quickly.
Use temporary fencing to limit access to sensitive habitats.
Avoid construction activities during periods when amphibians and reptiles are
congregated for breeding, nesting, or seasonal migrations; migrations could involve
movements of snakes near hibernacula and mating areas in the spring and autumn,
migrations of juvenile frogs, toads, and salamanders to foraging habitats in late summer,
or movements of turtles to terrestrial nesting sites.
63

April 7, 2014
3.4
Impact Mitigation Strategies for Land Development
The following section summarizes legislative requirements and best management practices for
the development of land and the protection of important habitat and habitat features on the
Property.
3.4.1 Legislation
The Proponent has the obligation to adhere to all legal requirements for land development,
including laws pertaining to the protection of wildlife and their habitat, including the provincial
Wildlife Act, the federal Migratory Birds Convention Act, and the federal SARA. The provincial
Riparian Areas Regulation, will also assist in the protection of wildlife and their habitats,
specifically streams and wetlands.

and to meet or exceed environmental regulator expectation regarding the protection of habitat
types upon which a myriad of wildlife species depend.
3.4.2.1 Wildlife Trees

Wildlife trees on the Property are a critical component of the various ecosystems that exist. Its
known that over 80 species of bird, mammals, reptiles and amphibians use wildlife trees (e.g.,
hallow trees (both living and dead), snags, fallen logs) for a component of their life-cycle37.
Wildlife trees are found in all forest stands on the Property although seemingly not in great
densities. This makes protection of these features important to the health of their respective
ecosystems.
The following best management practices were derived from the Best Management Practices
for Hazard Tree and Non-Hazard Tree Limbing, Topping or Removal38
Tree topping, limbing and removal may be required to facilitate zip-line installation and
mountain bike trail construction among other land clearing. In this case, provisions of
the provincial Best Management Practices for Tree Topping, Limbing and Removal in
Riparian Areas should be adhered to and monitored by a qualified environmental
consultant.
Limit vegetation clearing for access to and within the work area to the area required to
work safely.
Consider other options when contemplating the need to remove vegetation. It is very
often not the best choice for wildlife species and their habitat.
37
Bull, E. L., C. G. Parks, and T. T. Torgersen. 1997. Trees and logs important to wildlife in the Interior
Columbia River Basin. General technical report, PNW-GTR-391. Portland, Oregon: USDA Forest Service,
Pacific Northwest Research Station. Accessed online:
http://www.fs.fed.us/pnw/publications/pnw_gtr391/pnw_gtr391a.pdf
38 Ministry of Environment. 2006. Best Management Practices For Hazard Tree And Non-Hazard
Tree Limbing, Topping Or Removal. Ministry of Environment, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/BMPTreeRemoval_WorkingDraft.pdf
64

April 7, 2014
Wildlife trees are important for many wildlife, bird, and amphibian species. Avoid
vegetation removal or management activities that will affect trees used by all birds and
other wildlife while they are breeding, nesting, roosting or rearing young (e.g. owls nest
in winter/early spring, some species nest more than once a season so nests may be
occupied in late summer. Also some owls and other bird species may use nest cavities in
winter for thermal protection).
Section 34(b) of the Wildlife Act protects the nests of eagles, peregrine falcons,
gyrfalcons, ospreys, and herons year-round. This means that a tree or other structure
containing such a nest must not be felled, even outside of the breeding season for these
species.
If you are proposing to limb, top or remove trees, have the trees within the riparian area
assessed by an appropriately qualified professional biologist to determine the presence
and status of bird nests or other wildlife species. If trees are suspected of being
hazardous, then also have them assessed by a qualified professional arborist certified in
assessing danger trees.
These assessment results should be retained for your records.
Where topping the tree or removing the dead limb can remove the danger, opt for
doing this rather than removing the entire tree, leaving as much trunk height as is
reasonable to maintain safety. Stubs favored by cavity nesting birds may be created by
cutting trees at 3 to 5 meters above the ground. For further information on human
safety issues associated with stub wildlife trees, contact the Workers Compensation
Board of BC.
Where hazard tree(s) must be removed from a riparian area bordering a water body
that supports fish and/or wildlife habitat, then tree replacement criteria should be
applied. For information on replacement tree criteria required by Provincial and Federal
agencies see the following website:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/documents/bmp/treereplcrit.pdf
Plant native trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants ecologically suited to the site
conditions (i.e., suited to the biogeoclimatic subzone and site series) to revegetate the
site and replace impacted riparian vegetation.
Retain large woody debris and the stubs of large diameter trees onsite where it is safe
to do so. These are important for preserving wildlife populations.
Tree trunks may be left on the ground as wildlife habitat.
Where required, small branches and limbs may be removed offsite to reduce fire
hazard.
Trees should be limbed, topped or felled to avoid falling in a stream, lake or wetland
area where accumulations of fine materials and branches may block flows.
Trees may be felled across or into a waterbody only where no other method of tree
removal is possible because of safety reasons (e.g., to protect fallers, buildings etc.).
Removal of felled trees should be completed in a manner that does not damage riparian
vegetation or bank or bed areas of streams, lakes or wetlands. Alternatives to falling
whole trees include falling trees in sections and/or crane-assisted removals.
All equipment used for vegetation removal and management should comply with best
practices to prevent the discharge of deleterious substances into waterbodies.
Monitoring of riparian areas should be completed on a regular basis so that hazard trees
65

April 7, 2014
can be identified and managed during reduced risk timing windows for breeding birds
and least risk to fish habitat (instream least risk windows).
Complete removal of non-hazard tree(s) from riparian areas bordering waterbodies that
support fish habitat may result in a HADD of fish habitat. To avoid contravention of the
Fisheries Act, prior to removal, you should consider engaging the services of a qualified
professional to develop mitigation strategies to ensure a HADD of fish habitat will not
occur as a result of proposed non-hazard tree removals.
Wildlife features in addition to wildlife trees include the following:
Nests of a bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus), osprey (Pandion haliaetus), a great

blue heron (Ardea Herodias) or nest belonging to a species at risk bird
Mammal burrows and dens
A significant mineral lick or wallow
Animal movement corridors
Of these, burrow and inactive or potential dens sites as well as animal movement corridors were
observed. In the event that mineral licks and/or wallows and the nests of bird species listed are
found during land development, in addition to confirmed wildlife attributes, the following
mitigation strategies apply:
All wildlife features are to be retained to the greatest extent possible.

Where wildlife features cannot be retained (e.g., burrow within the alignment of a
proposed access road), impacts are to be assessed and documented by a qualified
environmental consultant in consultation with the local provincial habitat biologist.
Nests are protected in accordance with the provincial Wildlife Act. Additional BMPs for
protection of birds are found in Section 3.1.
3.4.2.2 Wildlife Management for Commercial Recreation

Recreational offerings on the Property include snow-free non-motorized recreation (i.e., hiking,
mountain-biking, horse-back riding, camping or other mechanized or non-mechanized
recreational activity in the backcountry that occurs during the snow-free season) as defined by
the Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism and Commercial Recreation in British
Columbia39. BMPs for this land use classification pertaining to land development and wildlife
include the following:
Province of B.C. 2006. Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism and Commercial Recreation in
British Columbia. Province of B.C., Victoria, B.C. Accessed online:
http://www.env.gov.bc.ca/wld/twg/documents/wildlife_guidelines_recreation_may06_v2.pdf
39
66

April 7, 2014
Table 6. Best management practices for Soil compaction and erosion, bank erosion and
siltation from the provincial Wildlife Guidelines for Backcountry Tourism/Commercial
Recreation Guidelines for British Columbia.
67

April 7, 2014
3.5
Future Studies
Additional wildlife assessments and inventories may be required once land development plans
are finalized. It is recommended that once the Proponent prepares a final plan and begins
surveying and layout that a qualified environmental consultant is retained to review wildlife
features within the land use footprint during planning and construction to assist in assess and
avoiding and mitigating potential wildlife conflicts.
68

April 7, 2014
ATTACHMENT A: LOCATION MAPS
Overview of Proposed Tenure Area of

Revelstoke Adventure Park (Inset map oriented South/North).
69

April 7, 2014
View Southeast at Revelstoke Mountain Resort Controlled Recreation Area near Revelstoke,
B.C. The Revelstoke Adventure Park additions to the current RMR CRA include only those
rectangular areas identified on the map.
70

April 7, 2014
ATTACHMENT B: PROPOSED REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK, GREELY, B.C.
71

April 7, 2014
ATTACHMENT C: PHOTOGRAPHS
Photograph 1. Looking north in OGF-East at barren understory (October 5, 2013).
Photograph 2. Looking east in OGF-West at vegetated understory (September 20, 2013).
72

April 7, 2014
Photograph 3. Looking east at wind-throw fallen trees in OGF-Centre (September 27, 2013).
Photograph 4. Looking north in OFG-Centre at wind-throw fallen trees (September 28, 2013).
73

April 7, 2014
Photograph 5. Looking northeast at wind-throw fallen trees in OFG-Centre near Unnamed Ravine
West (September 20, 2013).
Photograph 6. Looking south at Unnamed Ravine West (September 20, 2013).
74

April 7, 2014
Photograph 7. Looking at a burrow network in OGF-East (September 27, 2013).
Photograph 8. Looking west at wildlife tree in OGF-East (September 27, 2013)
75

April 7, 2014
Photograph 9. Looking southwest towards cliffs in OFG-Centre (September 27, 2013).
Photograph 10. Looking at deer dropping in OGF-Centre (September 27, 2013).
76

April 7, 2014
Photograph 11. Looking at evidence of bear foraging in OGF-West (September 20, 2013).
Photograph 12. Looking northeast at forest stand in OGF-West (in alignment of proposed access road
to the chair-lift top) (September 20, 2013).
77

April 7, 2014
Photograph 13. Looking west at previously cut saplings within DSF1 (September 27, 2013).
Photograph 14. Looking west towards transitional boundary between

OGF and DSF (September 27, 2013).
78

April 7, 2014
Photograph 15. Looking west in WSF1 (October 4, 2013).
Photograph 16. Looking northwest at skunk cabbage in WSF1 (October 5, 2013).
79

April 7, 2014
Photograph 17. Looking south towards MW1 (October 5, 2013).
Photograph 18. Looking northeast at unidentified rush in MW2 (October 4, 2013).
80

April 7, 2014
Photograph 19. Looking at seed head of unidentified rush from MW2 (October 4, 2013).
Photograph 20. Looking northeast at MW3 (October 4, 2013).
81

April 7, 2014
Photograph 21. Looking south at SW1 (October 5, 2013)
Photograph 22. Looking east at SW1 (October 5, 2013).
82

April 7, 2014
Photograph 23. Looking south at SW2 (September 20, 2013).
Photograph 24. Looking at skunk cabbage in SW2 (September 20, 2013).
83

April 7, 2014
Photograph 25. Looking northeast towards the Quarry (October 4, 2013).
Photograph 26. Looking at cliffs in proposed tenure area (September 20, 2013).
84

April 7, 2014
ATTACHMENT D: OBSERVED WILDLIFE SPECIES AND FEATURES

Table 7. Wildlife attributes and wildlife observed at the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park during field visits
September 20 to October 5, 2013.
Polygons
OGF.
OGF.
OGF.
DSF1 DSF2 WSF1 MW1 MW2 MW3 SW1
SW2
E
C
W
Wildlife Attributes Observed
Snags / Wildlife
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Trees
Moose droppings
X
X
X
X
X
Moose tracks
X
X
X
X
Moose laydown
X
X
Bear droppings
X
X
Bear tracks
Bear foraging
X
X
X
X
X
Coyote droppings
X
Deer track
X
Dens > 0.5m dia.
X
X
X
opening
Dens < 0.5m dia.
X
X
opening
Burrow network
X
X
X
X
Animal trail
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Wildlife Observed
Song Sparrow
X
Ruffed Grouse
X
X
X
Hairy Woodpecker
X
Black Capped
X
X
Chickadee
Crow
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Raven
X
X
X
Stellers Jay
X
X
Red Squirrel
X
X
X
Black Slug
X
85
A1

April 7, 2014
ATTACHMENT E: PLANT SURVEY TABLE

Table 8. List of plant species found on the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park property during field visits September 20 to October 5, 2013.
POLYGONS
Common Name
Species Name
BC
COSEWIC / OGF.
OGF.
OGF.
DSF1 DSF2 WSF1
MW1 MW2 MW3
Status
SARA
E
C
W
Status
TREES
Western Redcedar Thuja plicata
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
Western Hemlock
Tsuga
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
heterophylla
Interior Douglas Fir Pseudotsuga
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
menziesii var.
glauca
Western Yew
Taxus brevifolia
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
Black Spruce
Picea mariana
Yellow
X
X
X
Paper Birch
Betula papyrifera
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
var. commutata
Black Cottonwood
Populus
Yellow
X
X
trichocarpa
Mountain Alder
Alnus incana ssp.
Yellow
X
X
X
tenuifolia
Western Mountain Sorbus scopulina
Yellow
X
Ash
Trembling Aspen
Populus
Yellow
X
X
X
tremuloides
Willow spp.
Salix spp.
Yellow
SHRUBS
Pink Spirea
Spiraea douglasii
Yellow
X
X
X
X
ssp. menziesii
Stinging Nettle
Urtica dioica ssp.
Yellow
X
X
gracilis
Red-osier
Cornus stolonifera
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dogwood
Thimbleberry
Rubus parviflorus
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
var. parviflorus
SW1
SW2
X
X
X
X
86
A1

April 7, 2014
Common Name
Species Name
BC
Status
Red Raspberry
Rubus idaeus ssp.

strigosus
Corylus cornuta
Sambucus
racemosa
Ribes lacustre
Symphoricarpos
albus
Oplopanax
horridus
Fragaria
virginiana
Rosa acicularis
ssp. sayi
Crataegus
douglasii
Mahonia
aquifolium
Acer glabrum var.
douglasii
Vaccinium
parvifolium
Actaea rubra
Cirsium arvense
Solidago
canadensis
Arctium lappa
Rumex crispus
Gymnocarpium
dryopteris
Beaked Hazelnut
Red Elderberry
Black Gooseberry
Snowberry
Devils Club
Wild strawberry
Prickly Rose
Black Hawthorne
Tall Oregon Grape
Douglas Maple
Red Huckleberry
Baneberry
Canadian Thistle
Canadian
Goldenrod
Great burdock
Curled Dock
Oak Fern
POLYGONS
WSF1
MW1
OGF.
E
OGF.
C
OGF.
W
DSF1
DSF2
Yellow
COSEWIC /
SARA
Status
-
MW2
MW3
SW1
SW2
Yellow
Yellow
X
-
X
-
Yellow
Yellow
X
X
X
X
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
X
Yellow
Exotic
Exotic
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Exotic
Exotic
X
-
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
Yellow
FERNS
X
X
87
A1

April 7, 2014
Common Name
Species Name
BC
Status
Spiny Wood Fern
Dryopteris
expansa
Athyrium filixfemina spp.
cyclosorum
Polypodium
hersperium or P.
vulgare var.
columbianum
Adiantum
aleuticm var.
aleuticum
Pteridum
aquilinum
Witches Hair
Alecroria sp.
Wild Ginger
Spicy Conehead
Asarum caudatum
Conocephalum
salebrosum
Rubus pubescens
var. pubescens
Hylocomium
splendens
Vicia americana
Mainanthemum
racemosum ssp.
amplexicaule
Goodyera
oblongifolia
Lobaria
pulmonaria
Lady Fern
Western Licorice
Fern
Western
Maidenhair Fern
Bracken Fern
Dwarf Red
Raspberry
Step moss
American Vetch
False-Salomons
Seal
RattlesnakePlantain
Lungwort
POLYGONS
WSF1
MW1
OGF.
E
OGF.
C
OGF.
W
DSF1
DSF2
Yellow
COSEWIC /
SARA
Status
-
MW2
MW3
SW1
SW2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Blue/
Yellow
Yellow
-
X
-
X
-
X
-
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Yellow
Yellow
GROUNDCOVER, MOSES, LICHENS & GRASSES

X
X
X
X
-
88
A1

April 7, 2014
Common Name
Species Name
BC
Status
False-hair capmoss
Falsebox
Timmia austriaca
Paxistima
myrsinites
Peitgera aphthosa
Freckle or Silveredge Pelt

One-leaved Foam
Flower
Pink Wintergreen
Field Mint
Sweet-Scented
Bedstraw
Large-leaved Avens
Bunchberry
Stiff Clubmoss
Ground-cedar
Red Clover
Common timothy
Orchard Grass
Meadow Buttercup
Creeping
Buttercup
Orange Hawkweed
Common horsetail
Scouring rush
POLYGONS
WSF1
MW1
OGF.
E
OGF.
C
OGF.
W
DSF1
DSF2
Yellow
Yellow
COSEWIC /
SARA
Status
-
MW2
MW3
SW1
SW2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Yellow
Tiarella unifoliata
Yellow
Pyrola asarifolia
Mentha arvensis
Galium triflorum
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
X
X
Geum
macrophyllum
Cornus canadensis
Lycopodium
annotinum
Diphasiastrum
complanatum
Trifolium pratense
Phleum pratsense
Dactylis glomerata
Ranunculus acris
Ranunculus repens
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
X
X
Yellow
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Exotic
Hieracium
aurantiacum
Exotic
Equisetum arvense
Equisetum
hyemale ssp.
affine
Yellow
Yellow
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
WETLAND PLANTS
X
X
X
-
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
89
A1

April 7, 2014
Common Name
Species Name
BC
Status
Skunk Cabbage
Lysichiton
americanus
Scirpus
microcarpus
Schoenoplectus
tabernaemontani
Typha latifolia
Heracleum
maximum
Lemna minor
Small flowered
bulrush
Soft-stemmed
bulrush
Common Cattail
Cow Parsnip
Common
Duckweed
POLYGONS
WSF1
MW1
OGF.
E
OGF.
C
OGF.
W
DSF1
DSF2
Yellow
COSEWIC /
SARA
Status
-
MW2
MW3
SW1
SW2
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
X
-
90
A1
Appendix B:8
April 1, 2014

Mr. Jason Roe
PO Box 963
Revelstoke, B.C. V0E 2S0

Dear Sir,

RE: POTENTIAL KNOWN IMPACTS OF THE REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK ON THE GREELY CREEK
WATERSHED, B.C.
In fall 2013, two SEC staff spent 5 days traversing the Revelstoke Adventure (RAP) property (i.e., September 20,
27 and 28 and October 4 and 5, 2013). The fieldwork was in support of an overview assessment of wildlife
resources sustained within the RAP property. At the same time, observations of the proximity of the RAP to
the Greely Creek Watershed (watershed) were made. As such, the fall assessment included exploring the
eastern RAP boundary that is in proximity to the watershed boundary from which site-specific remarks in this
letter are founded.

I generally conclude that all recreation activates proposed for the RAP are to occur within encompassing lands
(i.e., private land and crown tenure land held by the proponent) and therefore do not pose an intrinsic risk to
the watershed. However, potential cross-boundary risks to the watershed (i.e., including but not limited to
wildfires and unintentional recreational access) from the RAP do exist and require the creation of RAP specific
watershed impact mitigation strategies. To ensure the RAP does not impact the watershed, further discussions
with the City of Revelstoke (City), the Columbia Shuswap Regional District (CSRD), the Interior Health Authority
(IHA), and the Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations (MFLNRO) are required to
determine a suite of watershed impact mitigation strategies that are agreeable to all parties.

This letter provides background information on the current risks to the watershed, potential risks to the
watershed from the RAP, a discussion on wildfire and controlled recreation access, and conclusions.

Background

In April 2013, Golder Associates (Golder) drafted a report to the City on the watershed, the main potable water
source for the City1. The report was required for the Citys Permit to Operate (permit). The permit is required
under the auspice of the provincial Drinking Water Protection Act. The permit allows the City to operate the
water treatment facility. The report was completed using the British Columbia (BC) Comprehensive Drinking
Water Source-to-Tap Assessment Guidelines1.

The Golder report identified numerous risks to the watershed. These risks are not inherent to potential
impacts from the RAP, rather they relate to activities within the watershed boundary. Risks are summarized in
Table 1.

Cahill, G., P. Amison, R. Atkins and J. Foley. 2013. Drinking Water Source-To-Tap Assessment: City of Revelstoke Greeley
Creek Watershed Source Protection Plan. Prepared by Golder Associated Ltd. Prepared for the City of Revelstoke. Report
No. 1214930116-001-R-RevC (draft).
Mr. Jason Roe, Illecillewaet Development LP.

Potential Known Impacts of the Revelstoke Adventure Park on the Greely Creek Watershed, B.C.
April 1, 2014

Table 1. Natural and anthropogenic risks to the Greely Creek Watershed (Watershed Code #360.003). Adapted from
Cahill et al. 2013.
Risk Rating
Risk
Very High Risk
Mass movements
High Risk
Stream channel instability, climate change
Other recreation (snowmobiling, hiking, mountain biking, ATVs, motorcycling and camping)
Moderate Risk
Wildfire, wildlife, and avalanches
Placer and mineral mining
Low Risk
Windthrow, forest insects and disease, forestry, ski recreation
Roads and infrastructure and hydroelectric power generation

Of the risks identified in Table 1, the most likely cross-boundary risks that could result from adjacent property
use and land development, including the RAP, includes wildfire and unintentional recreational access.

The Golder report states that the proposed RAP could result in increased access to the [Watershed
Assessment Area (WAA; the outer perimeter of which defines the watershed protection boundary)] and
bordering areas by the public and increased risk for human-initiated wildfires. The report also noted that the
RAP is downstream of the water intake and outside of the WAA. Maps depicting the location of the watershed
in proximity to the RAP are included as attachments in this letter.

Specifically, the eastern boundary of the proposed Crown Tenure area for the RAP (in application) is 291
meters (m) from the City water treatment plant, 516 m from the Greely Creek Intake and 323 m from the
nearest point to the watershed boundary. I understand that recreational offerings along eastern RAP boundary
will not extend right to the boundary. Further, a buffer along the eastern RAP boundary will used to prevent
cross-boundary impacts. The core recreational area for the RAP, including building amenities, parking areas
and chairlifts for mountain biking are approximately 1.5 to 2 kilometers away from and downslope of the
eastern watershed boundary.

Following the Golder report, the City is now responsible for completing additional modules required for
completion of the Source-to-Tap Assessment, including plans for treatment and distribution, operations and
maintenance, and finance and governance (i.e., modules 3 through 6); this work is ongoing2. It would be
advantageous for you as the proponent to engage the City concurrently with their completion of the Source-
to-Tap Assessment.

During the fall 2013 assessment, SEC observed water flowing from the Greely Creek Water Treatment Plant
access road onto the RAP property (Photograph 1). Water was flowing out from fill material placed to elevate
the paved section of the access road. SEC inspected upstream (up and down and across the road; Photograph
2) and found no water source. It is theorized that water may be coming from a leak in a municipal water
distribution pipe. Water flowing onto the RAP property has formed a stream that flows into and contributes to
a wetland located at the northeast corner of the RAP property. During discussions with the City, further
exploration of this occurrence is recommended.

Pers. comm. P. Brittin, City of Revelstoke March 17, 2014.


April 1, 2014

Photograph 1. View east towards water flowing out of the Greely Creek Water Treatment Plant Road (October 5, 2013).

Photograph 2. View southeast upstream of water flowing out of the Greely Creek Water Treatment Plant Road
(October 5, 2013).

April 1, 2014

Wildfire Protection

The Golder report states that various stakeholders (including the RAP proponents) should consider developing
a wildfire protection plan that includes fuel reduction. The report also states that a:

Fire Smart assessment indicated that the City of Revelstoke Water Treatment
facility is considered a low hazard area for wildfires and fuel hazards in the area
did not merit fuel management due to the amount of soil moisture, the young
open deciduous stand of trees adjacent to the water treatment plant and the
lack of ladder fuels in the older forests, which is of a self-pruning type.1
SEC previously recommended that an independent fire protection specialist skilled in wildfire assessment and
prevention be contracted to assess and assist with implementation of wildfire protection measures, including
the east RAP boundary and the remainder of the RAP lands. SEC understands that Mr. Simon Hunt of Spark
Solutions has been contracted. Fire prevention mitigation strategies should be developed in consultation with
the City and Columbia Shuswap Regional District (CSRD) staff. The Ministry of Forests could also be consulted
(e.g., potential fire smart demonstration area).

The following wildfire protection measures were taken from Section 11 of the Community Watershed
Guidebook (CWG) developed by the provincial Ministry of Forests3. This list is not exclusive and is included only
to assist with future planning discussions:

Personnel
Before beginning fire control actions, all suppression personnel should know they are operating within
a community watershed and be aware of the special fire control measures required.
Fire guards and fire breaks
To minimize the potential for sediment erosion into streams, locate excavated fireguards as much as
possible away from areas of known surface erosion or terrain stability hazards.
Heavy and motorized equipment
If possible, restrict heavy equipment in sensitive soil areas identified on the community watershed
map.
Locate stream crossings to minimize streambed disturbance and siltation. Where feasible, install
stream-crossing structures. Avoid repeated fording of heavy equipment through streams.
Chemicals
If circumstances permit, avoid using fire-fighting chemicals.
Avoid aerial application of fire fighting chemicals within 30 m and ground application within 15 m of
any streamside, riparian or lakeshore management area.
Locate all large-scale mixing operations in community watersheds at approved sites.
Locate large-scale mixing operations a minimum of 60 m from the nearest natural water source, and
use containment berms or structures capable of retaining 110 per cent of mixed fire fighting
chemicals.
Make a spill prevention and response plan for all large-scale mixing operations. Personnel operating
the mixing unit should be knowledgeable in procedures for preventing and responding to spills.
Make every reasonable effort to recover spilled chemicals and remove them from the site or use them
on the fire line.
Ministry of Forests. 2006. Community Watershed Guidebook. Ministry of Forests, Victoria, B.C. Accessed online
http://www.for.gov.bc.ca/TASB/LEGSREGS/FPC/FPCGUIDE/WATRSHED/Watertoc.htm


April 1, 2014

Collect residual quantities of mixed chemicals from the mix and dip tanks, wash water from pumps,
hoses, tanks and berms, and any spilled chemicals, and dispose of them safely.

Controlled Recreation Access

The Golder report states that existing and future recreational activities within the watershed pose a risk to
watershed protection, including snowmobiling, hiking, mountain biking, ATVs, motorcycling, camping, heli-
skiing, cat-skiing and downhill (backcountry) skiing. These activities have a high-risk rating for watershed
impacts (see Table 1).

All recreation activities proposed for the RAP are to occur within encompassing lands (i.e., private land and
crown tenure land held by the proponent) and therefore do not pose an intrinsic risk to the watershed. A
potential risk is that a recreationalist from the RAP may wander into the watershed due to the proximity of the
RAP to the watershed. Natural barriers are found along much of the RAP east boundary, including forested
wetland and steep terrain. Roads that previously connected the RAP and the water treatment facility access
road have undergone secondary succession. Here, seral vegetative assemblages provide a natural barrier to
vehicular and human traffic. A natural barrier maintained is an excellent way to prevent wandering RAP visitors
from entering the watershed.

The CWG recommends a 70 m stream setback (Riparian Management Area) and to exclude recreational
activities from within 1 km upstream of a source water intake; both of which are achieved by current
configuration of the RAP. Additionally, the CWG guidelines for reducing impacts caused by recreation in the
watershed should be considered during in-depth planning with regulators and stakeholders.

CWG these strategies are intended to provide guidance in developing land within a watershed and therefore
not all guidelines will directly apply to this project. However, these strategies will be useful for future regulator
and stakeholder discussions.

Conclusions

The RAP is a seasonal operation (May to October); therefore winter related impacts to the watershed
of any kind are not anticipated.
There are currently other ways for recreationalist to access the watershed. During proponent lead
negotiations with regulators and stakeholders, it should be discussed what other user groups,
including the City, are planning to do to limit recreation in the watershed.
Cross-boundary risks identified during the RAP operating season (May to October) include wildfire and
unintentional recreational access. The scope of SEC services did not include the identification of risks
to the watershed from the RAP; therefore it is possible others exist. Additional watershed risks not yet
identified will likely be recognized during discussions with regulators and stakeholders (i.e., in
development of the RAP watershed impact mitigation strategies).
All recreation activates proposed for the RAP are to occur within encompassing lands (i.e., private land
and crown tenure land held by the proponent) and therefore do not pose an intrinsic risk to the
watershed.
Logging activities have occurred within the watershed as close as 150 meters (m) from the water
intake. Heli-skiing has occurred in the upper part of the watershed. Both land use activities have not
impacted the watershed to date.


April 1, 2014

Have Spark Solutions (Mr. Simon Hunt) undertake a wildfire assessment and develop fire prevention
mitigation strategies for the RAP eastern boundary and to assist with implementation of wildfire
protection measures as required.
Discuss with the City the issue of treated water possibly being discharging onto the RAP property.
Without implementation of mitigation strategies, the RAP may pose an increased risk of wildfires and
human traffic within the vicinity of the watershed, including the watershed itself.
In conjunction with SEC, the City, CSRD, IHA and MFLNRO staff, develop a list of watershed protection
mitigation strategies aimed at reducing the risk of impacts from the RAP on the Greely Creek
Watershed.
Based on field observations, there are many suitable natural buffers along the RAP eastern boundary
that could significantly reduce human and vehicular access (e.g., dense forested wetlands, steep
slopes). In some instances, previously constructed trails and roadways are now characterized by seral
overburden, the maintenance of which may act as a natural barrier and preclude cross-boundary
watershed impacts.

Thank you for your attention. Please contact me if you have any questions or comments regarding this letter.

Sincerely,

Sent electronically

Giles Shearing, M.Sc. Candidate, B.Sc., AScT
Principal and Lead Consultant

Attachments

April 1, 2014

ATTACHMENTS

Figure 1. Revelstoke Adventure Park Map depicting proximity to the Greely Creek Watershed.


April 1, 2014

Figure 2. The Greely Creek Watershed Water Intake and Water Treatment Facility in proximity to the
Revelstoke Adventure Park Proposed Tenure Area (orange hatch). From Cahill et al. 2013.

April 1, 2014

Figure 3. Overview looking south towards the Greely Creek Watershed (red line), the Revelstoke Mountain
Resort Controlled Recreation Area (green line) and the Revelstoke Adventure Park (pink line).
Appendix B:9
2015

WILDFIRE PREVENTION AND RESPONSE SYSTM
Effective: March 1 to November 1
Prepared by: Spark Solutions Ltd.
Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION & PURPOSE ............................................................................................................. 3
2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................. 3
3. PREVENTION .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Company Regulations ................................................................................................................ 3
Company Closures ...................................................................................................................... 3
Fire Danger Class ......................................................................................................................... 4
4. PREPARATION ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Detection ......................................................................................................................................... 5
Communication ............................................................................................................................ 5
Duty Schedule ............................................................................................................................... 5
MFLNRO Key Personnel ........................................................................................................... 5
Initial Attack Crew ...................................................................................................................... 5
Fire Suppression Organization .............................................................................................. 6
Fire Suppression Backup ......................................................................................................... 6
Man Power/Incident Command System ............................................................ 6
Equipment / Water Source ...................................................................................... 6
Transportation .............................................................................................................. 7
Accommodation & Meals ........................................................................................... 7
5. FIRE SUPPRESSION ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7
Reporting of Fires ....................................................................................................................... 7
Initial Attack .................................................................................................................................. 7
Expanded Attack .......................................................................................................................... 7
Sustained Action Fires .............................................................................................................. 8
6. FIRE HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND ABATEMENT ............................................................................................. 8
7. TENURE AREA EVACUATION PLAN ................................................................................................................................ 8
Background .................................................................................................................................... 8
Evacuation Outline ..................................................................................................................... 8
8. REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
APPENDIX I: OPERATIONAL MAP ........................................................................................................ 10
APPENDIX II: EMERGENCY CONTACTS & RESOURCE LIST ............................................ 11/12
APPENDIX III: BC WILDFIRE ACT / BC WILDFIRE REGULATION ....................................... 13
2
1. INTRODUCTION and PURPOSE

Black Tie Properties LP has applied for an Adventure Tourism license of occupation for
Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP). RAP is to be located on 257 hectares of crown land on
Mt. Mackenzie; nine kilometers east of Revelstoke (Refer to Appendix I: Operational Map).
After receiving the appropriate approvals, a number of construction related activities will
be occurring throughout the 2015 fire season which includes: the clearing and construction
of a mountain road, activity staging areas and various hiking and biking trails. These
activities meet the definitions for both industrial and high risk activities as defined in Part
1-1 (1) of the British Columbia Wildfire Act and British Columbia Wildfire Regulation.

The 2015 Wildfire Prevention and Response System will provide an up-to-date fire
preparedness reference to all staff and contractors working in the tenure during the 2015
fire season. It also includes RAPs fire protection responsibilities pertaining to the
operating rules and occupational responsibilities as per the BC Wildfire Act, BC Wildfire
Regulation Ministry of Forests Lands and Natural Resource Operations (MFLNRO)
Interpretive Bulletin on the Application of the BC Wildfire Regulation for the Forest
Industry (June 2011).

As the primary land tenure holder, Black Tie Properties LP will be responsible to undertake
immediate fire suppression, report, and rehabilitate within their land tenure as per Part 1
sec 6(3) of the BC Wildfire Act.
2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

Prior to March 1 of each year, a person who, under the Forest Act, is the holder of a major
license must provide an official with a 24 hour a day contact telephone number if the
person wishes to carry out an industrial activity on or after March 1 and before November
1 of that year.
Jason Roe, Black Tie Properties LP: (c) 250-814-7264
Southeast Fire Centre, Castlegar: 250-365-4040

3. PREVENTION

Company Regulations - The Province of British Columbia Wildfire Act and Wildfire
Regulation effective March 31, 2004 and current as of January 14, 2015 have guided the
development of this plan and will be adhered to in the operations of the RAP. Refer to
Appendix IV.

Company Closures - Forest watch requirements and shut down will be calculated as
indicated in the DGR table below (also Schedule 3 of the BC Wildfire Regulation). The
Wildfire danger class rating for the tenure area will be derived from the following weather
site:
3
Primary Weather Station Site (8km west at valley bottom elevation):

MFLNRO Revelstoke Weather Station at Revelstoke Airport.
http://bcwildfire.ca/hprscripts/dgrcls/index.asp?Region=6
Alternate Weather Station Site(s):
Parks Canada maintains fire weather stations nearby for Mount Revelstoke and Glacier National
Parks and can serve as an alternate reference:

Mt Revelstoke National Park (low and high elevation):
http://www.pc.gc.ca/apps/tcond/cond_e.asp?oPark=100293

Glacier National Park (low and high elevation):
http://www.pc.gc.ca/apps/tcond/cond_e.asp?oPark=100205

Additional information may be collected when deemed necessary to reflect site specific
conditions in order that a localized fire danger rating is determined. Black Tie Properties
LP will abide by the forest watch, early shift and forest closure requirements as directed by
the BC Wildfire Regulation.

FIRE DANGER Fire Danger will be monitored daily when the fire hazard enters the HIGH
to EXTREME. This will be posted daily at the entry gate to RAP on the private land.

FIRE DANGER CLASS

The BC MFLNRO calculates the local Fire Danger Class (DGR) daily, using climate data
gathered throughout the region.

Throughout the 2015 Fire Season, the current daily Fire Danger Class governs the
use of a fire watch, commencement of early shifts, and cessation of activities.

The following provides a general action guide for High Risk Activities as the Fire Danger
Class changes:
Column 1
Fire Danger
Class (DGR)
I (very low)
Normal operations
Normal operations
II (low)
Normal operations
Normal operations
III (moderate)
After 3 consecutive days of DGR III or greater,

maintain a fire watcher after work for a minimum
of one hour
Maintain a fire watcher after work for a minimum
of 2 hours
After 3 consecutive days of DGR IV, cease activity
between 1 p.m. PDT (Pacific Daylight Saving
Time) and sunset each day
Cease activity between 1 p.m. PDT (Pacific
Daylight Saving Time) and sunset each day and
maintain a fire watcher after work for a minimum
of 2 hours
Until after the fire danger class falls below

DGR III
IV (high)
V (extreme)
Column 2
Restriction
Column 3
Duration

DGR III
Until after the fire danger class falls to DGR
III for 2 consecutive days, or falls below DGR
III
DGR IV for 2 or more consecutive days
After 3 consecutive days of DGR V, cease activity Until after the danger class falls below DGR
all day
V for 3 or more consecutive days, or falls
below DGR IV
A high risk activity includes: mechanical brushing; preparation or use of explosives; using
fire- or spark-producing tools, including cutting tools; grinding, including rail grinding;
mechanical land clearing; operating a power saw other than while doing so on a road or a
landing or in a log sort area; rock drilling; tree processing, including de-limbing; welding;
log forwarding other than by logging truck on a road; skidding logs; yarding logs using
cable systems; clearing and maintaining rights of way, including grass mowing (refer to BC
Wildfire Regulation Division 1, Section 6 in Appendix IV).
4.0 PREPARATION

DETECTION During times of heightened Fire Danger Class, a fire watcher will be
maintained as per the DGR table above (also Schedule 3 of the BC Wildfire Regulation in
Appendix IV).
The Illecillewaet River valley contains a major transportation corridor composed of the
Trans-Canada Highway and Canadian Pacific Railway. The high rates traffic provide an
increased likelihood for early detection by industry and the public. The valley is also a
major fly way. MFLNRO runs a Wildfire Branch Base, 8 km to the west at Revelstoke
Airport. Aircraft patrols by Ministry of Forest personnel will further provide opportunities
for early fire detection. Company personnel, contractors and the general public will also
provide a valuable service through reporting of fires.

COMMUNICATION - Company and contractor vehicles are equipped with industrial radios.
The radio frequency use in the tenure area is tbc. Phone numbers and company radio
frequencies will be provided to the Southeast Fire Centre.

Channel #--- Rx ---Tx ---Tone

DUTY SCHEDULE - Appendix II contains a list of contacts who may be contacted outside of
operational hours. During the week, fire reports should be forwarded to Jason Roe (c: 250-
814-7264).

MFLNRO KEY PERSONNEL - Report all fires to 1-800-663-5555.

The dispatch hub for the Revelstoke area is the Southeast Fire Center and is situated at the
Castlegar airport.
INITIAL ATTACK Black Tie Properties LP will adhere to the regulations prescribed in
Part 26 of the Workers Compensation Act for forestry operation fire fighting:
26.3.1 Forestry operation fire fighting
(1) Workers in a forestry operation who fight a forest fire must be
(a) trained in their fire fighting duties in accordance with a standard acceptable to
the Board, and
(b) physically capable of performing their duties safely and effectively.

(2) Training must be provided annually to every worker who is required to fight
forest fires and records must be kept of the training provided to each worker.
(3) Except under emergency conditions, a worker who is fighting a forest fire must
wear
(a) long pants and a long sleeved shirt made of cotton, wool, denim or flame
resistant material, or
(b) other protective clothing appropriate to the hazards to which the worker may be
exposed.
All Black Tie Properties LP employees and contractors will be briefed on the Wildfire
Hazard/ Danger through a tail-gate meeting before commencing work in the tenure area.
The Wildfire Danger will be posted daily on a sign at the Canadian Pacific Railway crossing
main entry gate.

FIRE SUPPRESSION ORGANIZATION - Throughout the week the Black Tie Properties LP
employees and contractors will be called first along with the required equipment. All
pickups will be equipped with at least one hand tool per person, and one backpack pump.
There will also be a fire tool cache. Further equipment and manpower is available in
Revelstoke (see Appendix II, pg10).

FIRE SUPPRESSION BACK-UP - is as follows:

MANPOWER - Appendix II contains a list of emergency contacts/ human resources for
potential fire suppression.

Incident Command System - An Incident Commander will immediately be assigned to the
wildfire response. Initially, this will likely be the site foreman. Management of any wildfire
response will be managed using the Incident Command System. The following incident
command facilities: Incident Command Post, Staging Area, & Helispot(s) are labeled on the
Operational Map in Appendix I (pg 9).

EQUIPMENT/WATER SOURCE - Appendix II contains a list of both onsite and nearby
equipment/resources available for fire suppression. Black Tie Properties LP will ensure
that all heavy equipment is insured for fire suppression and has appropriate fire
suppression systems installed before it goes to the fire-line1. Fire equipment in excess of
Black Tie Properties occupational responsibility may be available through the MFLNRO.

Two unnamed streams of significant volume for emergency forestry fire suppression flow
1/4 and 3/4s across the tenure area from south to north where gravity feeds could be
1
Refer to Guidelines for Fire Suppression Systems and Fire Fighting Hand Tools: A Fire Tool Matrix
https://www.bcforestsafe.org/files/files/Forms%20and%20Templates/Guidelines-fire-suppressionsystems-hand-tools-July-16.pdf
utilized as part of a water delivery system. In the event there is no gravity feed, a water
tender or portable reservoir (> 625 gallons/2,500 litres) will be kept on site with enough
fire hose and a 9.5mm nozzle @ 25psi, to access all industrial operations within the tenure
area.

TRANSPORTATION Employees and contractors on the mountain will have their own
transportation. If fire crews need to be called to the tenure area from off-site, crews will
meet at RAP entry gate and proceed in company vehicles up the staging area/parking lot
beside the incident command post/site office. Appendix II lists local heavy equipment
companies and suppression resources.

ACCOMMODATIONS AND MEALS - Due to the close proximity to Revelstoke, all

accommodation and meals will be available in community.

5. FIRE SUPPRESSION

REPORTING OF FIRES - When a person sees an uncontrolled fire, regardless of the cause,
he or she will first use their best efforts to control and extinguish the fire. If unsuccessful,
calling the on-site foreman (who will report the fire to the MFLNRO Wildfire Management
Branch). If the on-site foreman is unavailable, the fire will be reported to directly to the
MFLNRO Wildfire Management Branch, Southeast Fire Centre: 1-800-663-5555.

The land tenure is located 9 km east of the community of Revelstoke, in the Illecillewaet River
Valley adjacent the Canadian Pacific Railway line, near the mouth of the Greeley watershed.
Latitude: 51 degrees; 0 minutes; 45 seconds North
Longtiude: 118 degrees; 4 minutes; 45 seconds West

INITIAL ATTACK - Upon detection of a fire, all staff and contractors should be informed via
radio. Report the fire to MFLNRO (or direct someone else to call). Continue with fire
control of the fire until: the fire is extinguished; it becomes impractical to continue with fire
control; or an official relieves the person in writing from continuing.

Further initial attack by MFLNRO Wildfire Management Branch may involve the use of the
RAP attack, Heli-attack, unit crew or air tankers; this must be coordinated through the Fire
Control Officer (South East Fire Center, Castlegar, BC). In the event of a fire, determination
of responsibility will assume a low priority until control has been established. All
manpower and equipment shall be assumed to be hired at industrial rates. Guidelines for
determining responsibilities for fire costs shall be used to delegate lines of responsibility as
soon as time permits.

EXPANDED ATTACK - In the event that the initial attack efforts are unsuccessful, company
personnel will draw from the identified resources to mount an expanded attack to affect
control. The incident commander will keep the MFLNRO updated on the situation and
should consider requesting a transition of command and control to the MFLNRO. Where
7
resources above our occupational responsibility are required, (helicopters, air tanker, etc.)
the MFLNRO will be consulted prior to utilizing this resource. Full documentation of the
fire history, manpower, equipment and costs must be maintained in order to establish
either an insurance claim or a claim on the MFLNRO.

SUSTAINED ACTION FIRE In the event of a sustained action fire, a discussion will be held
with the MFLNRO regarding their assuming command and control of the fire. Their
infrastructure, staffing and resources are better suited to handling project fires than Black
Tie Properties LP. If, after this discussion, Black Tie Properties LP are left with the
responsibility for the project fire, Black Tie Properties LP will proceed as per the expanded
attack with full consultation with the Ministry.

6. FIRE HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND ABATAEMENT

A person is required to abate the fire hazard created by the carrying out of an industrial or
prescribed activity on forest land if the hazard has been created or increased by the
activity. Black Tie Properties LP will address fire hazard assessment and abatement in a
separate plan to be developed by a forest professional and will consider the factors set out
in Section 2 of this Guide:

MFLNRO: Wildfire Management Branch
- A Guide to Fuel Hazard Assessment & Abatement in British Columbia, 2012.
http://bcwildfire.ca/Industry_Stakeholders/industry/Assessment_Abatement.htm
or other factors identified by a forest professional.

Should burning be determined to be the optimum method of reducing the fuel hazard after
an industrial activity or prescribed activity has taken place, Black Tie Properties LP will
comply with the BC Wildfire Act and Regulation as well the Open Burning Smoke Control
Regulation.

7. TENURE AREA EVACUATION PLAN
BACKGROUND - The road will rise along a shoulder adjacent a ridge and a draw on the
north-facing slopes of Mt. Mackenzie for 2.8 kilometers. The location of the road, and its
vulnerability to being cut off by wildfires, and stranding staff, require that consideration be
given to evacuation procedures.

EVACUATION OUTLINE

In the event that a wildfire is observed or is perceived to compromise safety, all staff and
contractors on the property must be notified of the threat via phone or radio.

All staff and contractors are then to proceed to the base parking lot (identified lower
safety zone Operations Map, Appendix I, pg10) beside the site office which is located in
the field on the private lands, where the foreman/incident commander will account for all
personnel.

In the unlikely event that a wildfire has cut off the escape route to the base parking lot
safety zone via the upper access road escape route from the Bungee Centre, all personnel
above the wildfire will be directed to proceed to the upper safety zone located at the
Bungee Centre helicopter spot.

8. REFERENCES

Ministry of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations: Wildfire Management Branch
Interpretive Bulletin on the Application of the BC Wildfire Regulation for the Forest
Industry, June 2011.
- A Guide to Fuel Hazard Assessment & Abatement in British Columbia, 2012.
http://bcwildfire.ca/Industry_Stakeholders/industry/Assessment_Abatement.htm

Ministry of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations: Wildfire Guidelines
Committtee - Guidelines for Fire Suppression Systems and Fire Fighting Hand Tools: A Fire
Tool Matrix, 2008 Draft.
https://www.bcforestsafe.org/files/files/Forms%20and%20Templates/Guidelines-fire-
suppression-systems-hand-tools-July-16.pdf

APPENDIX I: OPERATIONAL MAP ( Extensive Area Map)
10
APPENDIX II: EMERGENCY CONTACTS AND RESOURCE LIST

NAME
To Report a Wildfire
CONTACT
1-800-663-5555

Project/Site Manager
Black Tie Office
#TBC
Jason Roe
(c) 250-814-7264
Simon Hunt
(c) 250-837-8146
BC Wildfire Mgt Branch

Revelstoke
Selkirk Mountain (Jaime
Ryga)
Arrow (Mathew Callaghan)
Glacier (Paul Tigchelaar)
Alpine (Golden)
Nakimu (Deb Longe)
(o) 250-814-0213
RESOURCE
BC Wildfire Mgt Branch Call
Centre
Black Tie Primary
Emergency Contact
Black Tie Secondary
Emergency Contact
Black Tie Tertiary
Emergency Contact
Wildfire Mgt Specialist
Consultant
Provincial Wildfire Agency
250-837-2455
Helicopter Company
250-837-6288

250-344-7444
250-837-5711 / (c) 250-
837-1140
(c)250-837-7519
Helicopter Company
Helicopter Company
Helicopter Company
Wildfire Contractor
(Revelstoke)
Neighboring Wildfire
Agency
Revelstoke Fire Department
Parks Canada Fire Duty

Officer
Revelstoke Fire (Chief Rob
Girard)
Canadian Pacific Railway
Emergency Mgt. BC (PEP)

250-837-7442
(o)250-837-2884 / (c)250-
814-8366
1-800-716-9132
1-800-663-3456

11
24 hour Track Emergency

24 hour emergency
reporting
Truck Rentals
Heavy Equipment

ON SITE RESOURCE LIST (personnel = bold / equipment = italics)

NAME / EQUIPMENT
2015: CERTIFICATION /
FIRE SUPPRESSION INSURED
12
CONTACT / LOCATION
License
Disclaimer
Copyright (c) Queen's Printer,

Victoria, British Columbia, Canada
B.C. Reg. 38/2005
Deposited February 11, 2005
O.C. 94/2005
effective March 31, 2005
Wildfire Act
BC WILDFIRE REGULATION
Note: Check the Cumulative Regulation Bulletin 2014
for any non-consolidated amendments to this regulation that may be in effect.
[includes amendments up to B.C. Reg. 137/2014, June 30, 2014]
Point in Time
Contents
Part 1 Interpretation
1 Definitions
2 Workers Compensation Act
2.1 Prescribed municipalities
2.2 Prescribed criteria for bylaw
2.3 Prescribed circumstances respecting private managed forest land
3 Application of this regulation
Part 2 Fire Prevention

Division 1 Precautions
4 Requirement to provide contact details
13
5 Sufficient fire fighting hand tools for an industrial activity

6 High risk activities
7 Precautions to prevent escape of fire
8 Engines
9 Railway operations
10 Utility transmission operations
Division 2 Fire Hazard Assessment and Abatement
11 Hazard assessment
12 Hazard abatement: general
12.1 Hazard abatement: qualified holders
12.2 Hazard abatement: fibre recovery tenure holders
Part 3 Fire Control

13 Resources required for fire control activities
14 Rates of compensation
15 Compensation
16 Rehabilitation if a person carries out fire control
17 Rehabilitation if government carries out fire control
Part 4 Permissible Open Fires

18 Right of government to use fire
19 Open fires in outdoor stoves
14
20 Campfire
21 Category 2 open fire
22 Category 3 open fire
23 Resource management open fire
24 Burn registration number
Part 5 Exemptions
25 Exemptions from certain regulations
26 Exemptions from certain provisions of the Act
27 Process respecting exemptions
Part 6 Cost Recovery and Remedies

Division 1 Determinations
28 Definitions
29 Circumstances for not seeking cost recovery
30 Determination of damages
31 Determination of government fire control costs
32 Prescribed categories of leases
Division 2 Administrative Penalties and Offences
33 Administrative penalties
34 Offences
Schedule 1
15
Schedule 2
Schedule 3
Schedule 4
Part 1 Interpretation
Definitions
1 (1) In this regulation:

"Act" means the Wildfire Act;
"Buildup Index" has the same meaning as under the Canadian Forest
Service's publication, the Canadian Forest Fire Weather Index System, as
amended from time to time;
"campfire" means an open fire that meets both of the following
requirements:
(a) the open fire burns material in one pile no larger than 0.5 m in
height and 0.5 m in width;
(b) the open fire is lit, fuelled or used
(i) by any person for a recreational purpose, or
(ii) by a first nation for a ceremonial purpose;
"category 2 open fire" means an open fire, other than a campfire, that
(a) burns material in one pile not exceeding 2 m in height and 3 m
in width,
16
(b) burns material concurrently in 2 piles each not exceeding 2 m

in height and 3 m in width, or
(c) burns stubble or grass over an area that does not exceed 0.2
ha;
"category 3 open fire" means an open fire that burns
(a) material concurrently in 3 or more piles each not exceeding 2 m
in height and 3 m in width,
(b) material in one or more piles each exceeding 2 m in height or 3
m in width,
(c) one or more windrows, or
(d) stubble or grass over an area exceeding 0.2 ha;
"direct fire control cost" means a cost of the government for fire control
activities that is recoverable under section 25 (1) (a) or 27 (1) (b) of the
Act;
"drought code value" means the value of the drought code determined in
accordance with the Canadian Forest Service's publication, the Canadian
Forest Fire Weather Index System, as amended from time to time;
"duff moisture code value" means the value of the duff moisture code
determined in accordance with the Canadian Forest Service's publication, the
Canadian Forest Fire Weather Index System, as amended from time to time;
"engine" means an internal combustion engine but does not include
(a) an engine on or in a watercraft that is in the water,
(b) an engine in or on a vehicle primarily used for the
transportation of people, or
(c) an engine in an aircraft;
"fibre recovery tenure holder" means a person that holds
(a) a forestry licence to cut entered into under section 47.6 (2.11)
of the Forest Act, or
17
(b) a fibre supply licence to cut entered into under section 47.3 (1)
or 47.71 (6) of the Forest Act;
"fine fuel moisture code value" means the value of the fine fuel moisture
code determined in accordance with the Canadian Forest Service's
publication, the Canadian Forest Fire Weather Index System, as amended
from time to time;
"Fire Danger Class" means the Fire Danger Class as determined under
section 6 (2);
"fire fighting hand tools" includes shovels, axes, pulaskis, hand tank
pumps and fire extinguishers;
"fire suppression system" means a system for suppressing fire by
delivering
(a) water,
(b) a suppressant,
(c) a surfactant, or
(d) any combination of the substances listed in paragraphs (a) to
(c)
and may include a water delivery system;
"Fire Weather Index" has the same meaning as under the Canadian Forest
Service's publication, the Canadian Forest Fire Weather Index System, as
amended from time to time;
"fuel break" means
(a) a barrier or a change in fuel type or condition, or
(b) a strip of land that has been modified or cleared
to prevent fire spread;
"fuel hazard" means the potential fire behaviour, without regard to the state
of weather or topography, based on the physical fuel characteristics,
including fuel arrangement, fuel load, condition of herbaceous vegetation
and the presence of ladder fuel;
18
"heavy equipment" means crawler tractors, skidders, excavators or other

suitable mechanized fire fighting equipment;
"high risk activity" means
(a) mechanical brushing;
(b) disk trenching;
(c) preparation or use of explosives;
(d) using fire- or spark-producing tools, including cutting tools;
(e) using or preparing fireworks or pyrotechnics;
(f) grinding, including rail grinding;
(g) mechanical land clearing;
(h) clearing and maintaining rights of way, including grass mowing;
(i) any of the following activities carried out in a cutblock excluding
a road, landing, roadside work area or log sort area in the cutblock:
(i) operating a power saw;
(ii) mechanical tree felling, woody debris piling or tree
processing, including de-limbing;
(iii) welding;
(iv) portable wood chipping, milling, processing or
manufacturing;
(v) skidding logs or log forwarding unless it is improbable
that the skidding or forwarding will result in the equipment
contacting rock;
(vi) yarding logs using cable systems.
(j) to (q) Repealed. [B.C. Reg. 213/2008, s. 1 (b).]
"mining operation" means the operation and maintenance of a mine and
includes any land clearing or construction of a mine;
"protected area" means
(a) a
(i) park,
19
(ii) recreation area, or

(iii) conservancy
as defined in section 1 of the Park Act,
(b) an area established under the Environment and Land Use Act as
a park or protected area, or
(c) an area established or continued as an ecological reserve under
the Ecological Reserve Act or by the Protected Areas of British
Columbia Act;
"qualified holder" means a person, other than the government,
(a) who is a party to a cost sharing agreement or service
agreement, as defined in section 28 of this regulation, or
(b) who
(i) is the holder of an agreement or licence referred to in
section 12 (1) (a), (c), (d), (e) and (g) and (2) (a) of the
Forest Act, and
(ii) is not in arrears under the Annual Rent Regulation for
the annual rent payable respecting the agreement or
licence;
"railway operation" means
(a) the operation and maintenance of the engines, locomotives and
rolling stock of a railway, and
(b) the repair, construction, reconstruction and maintenance of the
railway track and the railway right of way;
"resource management open fire" means an open fire that
(a) burns unpiled slash over an area of any size, or
(b) is not a campfire or a category 2 or 3 open fire and is lit, fuelled
or used for silviculture treatment, forest health management,
wildlife habitat enhancement, fire hazard abatement, ecological
restoration or range improvement;
20
"utility transmission operation" means the operation, transmission,

construction, establishment, maintenance and repair of electrical, oil, gas,
radio, microwave, and telephone service;
"water delivery system" means a system that can
(a) deliver a sufficient volume of water to effectively fight a fire of a
reasonably foreseeable size, taking all factors into consideration,
including the conditions of any area where the water delivery
system may need to be used, and
(b) deliver water to any place
(i) at the site of an industrial activity,
(ii) on the burn area or site of the high risk activity, or
(iii) reasonably adjacent to the burn area or the site of a
high risk activity;
"workers" does not include individuals working
(a) at a non-portable timber processing facility,
(b) on a tug or barge, or
(c) in a clerical or administrative capacity.
(2) In the Act:
"fire control" means an action to contain, extinguish or limit the spread of a
fire;
"open fire" does not include a fire vented through a structure that has a flue
and is incorporated in a building.
(3) Each of the following activities is included in the definition of "industrial activity"
in section 1 of the Act:
(a) high risk activities;
(b) operating equipment or machinery in relation to forest
management during
(i) road construction, road maintenance and road
deactivation,
21
(ii) timber harvesting, including sorting logs,

(iii) mechanical modification of forest debris and debris
piling,
(iv) silviculture treatments, or
(v) portable wood chipping, milling, processing or
manufacturing;
(c) operating equipment or machinery in relation to activities other
than forest management during
(i) debris piling,
(ii) road construction, road maintenance or road
deactivation,
(iii) rock drilling,
(iv) mining operations,
(v) railway operations,
(vi) utility transmission operations, or
(vii) portable wood chipping, milling, processing or
manufacturing.
(d) to (m) Repealed. [B.C. Reg. 213/2008, s. 1 (c).]
(4) A lawful recreational activity of a person is excluded from the definition of
"industrial activity" if it takes place in a protected area.
(5) For the purposes of sections 5, 6 and 8, there is a risk of a fire starting or
spreading on an area only when the area is snow free and the daily
(a) fine fuel moisture code value exceeds 75,
(b) duff moisture code value exceeds 6, or
(c) drought code value exceeds 15.
[am. B.C. Regs. 206/2005, s. 1; 75/2006, s. 1;
215/2006, s. 14; 213/2008, s. 1; 206/2010, s. 1;
96/2011, s. 1; 157/2012, Sch. 5, s.1.]
22
Workers Compensation Act
2 A person is exempt from the requirements of the Act and this regulation as necessary
to conform to the Workers Compensation Act and the regulations under that Act.
Prescribed municipalities
2.1 For the purposes of section 4 (2) of the Act, a prescribed municipality is one of the
following municipalities:
(a) District of Hudson's Hope;
(b) Resort Municipality of Whistler;
(c) District of Tumbler Ridge;
(d) District of Stewart;
(e) City of Revelstoke;
(f) District of Wells;
(g) District of Mackenzie;
(h) Town of Fort Nelson.
[en. B.C. Reg. 70/2009, s. 1.]
Prescribed criteria for bylaw
2.2 For the purposes of section 4 (2) of the Act, the prescribed criteria for a bylaw that
relates to the lighting, fueling or use of open fires are as follows:
(a) the bylaw provides for fire prevention and forest protection;
(b) the bylaw applies to an area that is
(i) serviced by a fire department or other type of organized
fire response, and
(ii) subject to a system for the public to report fires.
[en. B.C. Reg. 70/2009, s. 1.]
Prescribed circumstances respecting private managed forest land
23
2.3 For the purposes of section 4 (3) of the Act, the prescribed circumstances in respect
of which sections 5 and 6 of the Act do not apply to an area that is private managed
forest land are as follows:
(a) if the area is within the boundaries of a municipality that is not
a prescribed municipality referred to in section 4 (2) of the Act and
there is a bylaw applicable to the area that
(i) relates to the lighting, fueling or use of open fire, and
(ii) provides for fire prevention and forest protection;
(b) if the area is within the boundaries of a prescribed municipality
referred to in section 4 (2) of the Act, or a local government that is
a local government under paragraphs (c) to (f) of the definition of
"local government" in section 1 of the Act, and
(i) there is a bylaw applicable to the area that
(A) relates to the lighting, fueling or use of open
fires, and
(B) provides for fire prevention and forest
protection, and
(ii) the area to which the bylaw applies is
(A) serviced by a fire department or other type of
organized fire response, and
(B) subject to a system for the public to report
fires.
[en. B.C. Reg. 70/2009, s. 1.]
Application of this regulation
3 If sections 5 and 6 of the Act do not apply to an area, sections 4 to 13, 16 and 18 to
27 of this regulation do not apply to the area.
[en. B.C. Reg. 70/2009, s. 2.]
Part 2 Fire Prevention

Division 1 Precautions
24
Requirement to provide contact details
4 Before March 1 of each year, a person who, under the Forest Act, is the holder of
(a) a major licence,
(b) a timber sale licence that is not a major licence,
(c) a community forest agreement,
(d) a woodlot licence, or
(e) a first nations woodland licence
must provide an official with a 24 hour a day contact telephone number if the person
proposes to carry out an industrial activity on or after March 1 and before
November 1 of that year.
[am. B.C. Regs. 206/2005, s. 3; 213/2008, s. 2;
104/2011, Sch. 7.]
Sufficient fire fighting hand tools for an industrial activity
5 If there is a risk of a fire starting or spreading on an area that is

(a) forest land or grass land, or
(b) within 300 m of forest land or grass land,
a person who carries out an industrial activity at a site in that area must ensure that
fire fighting hand tools are available at that site in a combination and type to
properly equip each person who works at the site with a minimum of one fire
fighting hand tool.
[en. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 2.]
High risk activities
6 (1) Repealed. [B.C. Reg. 213/2008, s. 3 (a).]

(2) A person who carries out a high risk activity on or within 300 m of forest land or
grass land on or after March 1 and before November 1, unless the area is snow
covered, must determine the Fire Danger Class for the location of the activity
(a) by reference to representative weather data for the area,
25
(b) by reference to
(i) the Danger Region from Schedule 1,
(ii) the applicable numerical rating under the Buildup Index,
and
(iii) the applicable numerical rating under the Fire Weather
Index, and
(c) by cross-referencing the Buildup Index with the Fire Weather
Index, for the applicable Danger Region, under Schedule 2.
(3) If there is a risk of a fire starting or spreading, a person carrying out a high risk
activity on or within 300 m of forest land or grass land must
(a) do so in accordance with the applicable restriction and duration
set out in Schedule 3 for the Fire Danger Class, and
(b) keep at the activity site
(i) fire fighting hand tools, in a combination and type to
properly equip each person who works at the site with a
minimum of one fire fighting hand tool, and
(ii) an adequate fire suppression system.
(4) A person who, in accordance with subsection (3) (a) and Schedule 3, is required
to maintain a fire watcher, must ensure that the fire watcher
(a) can reasonably see the site of the high risk activity during the
time the fire watcher is required,
(b) has at least one fire fighting hand tool,
(c) actively watches and patrols for sparks and fires on the site of
the high risk activity,
(d) immediately carries out fire control and extinguishes the fire, if
practicable, and
(e) has the means on site to report the fire.
[en. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 2; am. B.C. Reg.
213/2008, s. 3.]
26
Precautions to prevent escape of fire
7 A person
(a) carrying out an industrial activity that is wood waste disposal,
wood sorting, wood milling, wood processing or wood
manufacturing, or
(b) operating a camp associated with that activity or any other
industrial activity
on a site that is on or within 300 m of forest land or grass land must maintain a
sufficient fuel break at or near the site to ensure that a fire originating at the
site does not escape the site.
[am. B.C. Reg. 213/2008, s. 4.]
Engines
8 A person must not operate an engine, other than an engine used in a railway
operation,
(a) on forest land or grass land or within 300 m of forest land or
grass land, and
(b) at a time when there is a risk of a fire starting or spreading,
unless
(c) the necessary precautions are taken to ensure that the
operation of the engine does not cause a fire,
(d) the engine is equipped with a safe and effective device for
arresting sparks that is an integral part of the exhaust system and
in good repair,
(e) the engine is equipped with an exhaust system and muffler that
are within the manufacturer's specifications, and
(f) if the engine is over 7.5 kw (10 hp) and is stationary or semipermanent, the engine is surrounded by a fuel break.
[am. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 3.]
27
Railway operations
9 A person carrying out a railway operation, on or within 300 m of forest land or grass
land, must
(a) maintain locomotives and engines, equipment and rolling stock
in a manner that does not produce an ignition source capable of
starting a fire on or adjacent to the railway operation,
(b) maintain the railway right of way so that it is substantially free
from dead or dry grass, weeds and other combustible materials,
(c) having regard to the Fire Danger Class, ensure that there are
sufficient patrols of the railway right of way to provide for early and
effective detection and suppression of fires on and adjacent to the
right of way, and
(d) on or before March 1 of each year, provide to an official an
annual schedule identifying the locations, dates and times of
proposed rail grinding work.
[am. B.C. Regs. 75/2006, s. 4; 213/2008, s. 5.]
Utility transmission operations
10 A person carrying out an industrial activity that is a utility transmission operation, on or

within 300 m of forest land or grass land, must
(a) maintain utility transmission equipment, apparatus and
materials in a manner that reduces the likelihood of producing an
ignition source capable of starting a fire on or adjacent to the site
of the utility transmission operation, and
(b) maintain the site in a manner that prevents any fire from
spreading from the site.
28
Division 2 Fire Hazard Assessment and Abatement

Hazard assessment
11 (1) For the purposes of section 7 of the Act,

(a) each of the following is a prescribed activity under subsections
(1) and (2) of that section:
(i) operating a waste disposal site;
(ii) operating a dry land sort;
(iii) operating a camp associated with an industrial activity,
and
(b) each of the following is a prescribed circumstance under
subsection (1) of that section:
(i) an industrial activity or an activity prescribed under
paragraph (a) of subsection (1) creates or increases a fire
hazard or is likely to do so;
(ii) an official notifies a person carrying out an industrial
activity or an activity prescribed under paragraph (a) of
subsection (1) that a fire hazard exists at the site of the
activity or operation.
(2) Subject to subsection (3.1) of this section, the prescribed intervals, at which
persons described in section 7 (1) of the Act must conduct fire hazard
assessments, are
(a) 3 month intervals during the period in which the persons are
carrying on the industrial activity or the prescribed activity in an
area inside, or within 2 km of, the boundaries of
(i) a local government under paragraphs (d) to (f) of the
definition of "local government" in section 1 of the Act, or
(ii) a fire protection district in a regional district, and
(b) the shorter interval between the most recent 3 month interval
and the date on which the activity ceases for an expected period of
3 months or more.
29
(3) Subject to subsection (3.1) of this section, the prescribed intervals, at which
persons described in section 7 (1) of the Act must conduct fire hazard
assessments, are
(a) 6 month intervals during the period during which the persons,
in any area other than the area described in subsection (2), are
carrying on the industrial activity or the prescribed activity, and
(b) the shorter interval between the most recent 6 month interval
and the date on which the activity ceases for an expected period of
6 months or more.
(3.1) The prescribed intervals, at which a person described in section 7 (1) of the Act
who is a qualified holder must conduct fire hazard assessments, are the
intervals
(a) set out in subsection (2) or (3) of this section, as applicable, or
(b) specified by a professional forester or a registered forest
technologist.
(4) A person required to conduct a fire hazard assessment under section 7 (1) of the
Act must
(a) ensure that the fire hazard assessment includes an assessment
of the fuel hazard and its associated risk of a fire starting or
spreading, and
(b) provide a copy of the fire hazard assessment when requested to
do so by an official.
(5) A person referred to in section 7 (1) of the Act is exempt from section 7 (1) of
the Act in respect of an area if a person referred to in section 7 (2.1) of the Act
is required to abate fire hazards in respect of that area.
[am. B.C. Regs. 206/2005, s. 4; 96/2011, s. 2;
157/2012, Sch. 5, s. 2.]
Hazard abatement: general
12 (1) The following periods are prescribed as the periods in which persons described in
section 7 (2) of the Act must abate fire hazards of which the persons are aware or
ought reasonably to be aware:
30
(a) for an area described in section 11 (2) (a) of this regulation,

each of the 6 month periods beginning on the dates on which the
persons are required under section 7 (1) of the Act to conduct fire
hazard assessments;
(b) for an area other than an area described in section 11 (2) (a) of
this regulation, each of the 12 month periods beginning on the
dates on which the persons are required under section 7 (1) of the
Act to conduct fire hazard assessments.
(2) A person required to abate a fire hazard under section 7 (2) of the Act must
reduce the fuel hazard on the site of the industrial activity or prescribed activity
as necessary to ensure that carrying out the activity
(a) does not increase the risk of a fire starting on the site, and
(b) if a fire were to start, would not increase the fire behaviour or
fire suppression associated with the fire.
(3) This section does not apply to a person who is a qualified holder.
[am. B.C. Regs. 206/2005, s. 5; 96/2011, s. 3.]
Hazard abatement: qualified holders
12.1 (1) In this section, "abatement area" means each area within which the industrial
activity or prescribed activity takes place in each consecutive 12 month period that
occurs after the date the activity begins.
(2) The following periods are prescribed as the periods in which a person described in
section 7 (2) of the Act who is a qualified holder must abate fire hazards of
which the person is aware or ought reasonably to be aware:
(a) for each abatement area within an area described in section 11
(2) (a) of this regulation, a period of 24 months, beginning on the
date the industrial activity or prescribed activity begins in the
abatement area,
(b) for each abatement area within an area other than an area
described in section 11 (2) (a) of this regulation,
31
(i) a period of 30 months, beginning on the date the

industrial activity or prescribed activity begins in the
abatement area, or
(ii) the period specified by a professional forester or
registered forest technologist under the Foresters Act.
(3) A person required to abate a fire hazard under section 7 (2) of the Act who is a
qualified holder must reduce the fuel hazard on the site of the industrial activity
or prescribed activity
(a) as necessary to ensure that carrying out the activity
(i) does not increase the risk of a fire starting on the site,
and
(ii) if a fire were to start, would not increase the fire
behaviour or fire suppression associated with the fire, or
(b) as specified by a professional forester or registered forest
technologist under the Foresters Act.
[en. B.C. Reg. 96/2011, s. 4.]
Hazard abatement: fibre recovery tenure holders
12.2 (1) Fibre recovery tenure holders are prescribed for the purposes of section 7 (2.1) of
the Act.
(2) The following periods are prescribed for the purposes of section 7 (2.1) of the
Act:
(a) 6 months after the date the fibre recovery tenure holder is
issued with the forestry licence to cut or fibre recovery permit, as
applicable, in respect of an area, if the area is located inside, or
within 2 km of, the boundaries of
(i) a local government referred to in paragraph (d), (e) or
(f) of the definition of "local government" in section 1 of the
Act, or
(ii) a fire protection district in a regional district;
(b) 12 months after the date the fibre recovery tenure holder is
issued with the forestry licence to cut or fibre recovery permit, as
32
applicable, in respect of an area, other than an area described by

paragraph (a).
(3) The prescribed extent for the purposes of section 7 (2.1) of the Act is the extent
necessary to ensure that, at the conclusion of the abatement operations, there
are not more than 2 piles, each not exceeding 5 m3 in volume, of Crown timber
on any hectare within the forestry licence to cut area or fibre recovery permit
area, as applicable.
[en. B.C. Reg. 157/2012, Sch. 5, s. 3.]
Part 3 Fire Control

Resources required for fire control activities
13 (1) A person carrying out an industrial activity who is required by section 6 (3) of the
Act to carry out fire control for a fire started other than in the prescribed
circumstances referred to in section 6 (1) of the Act, to which fire that provision
applies, must make available to fight the fire
(a) if it started on Crown land, all of the person's
(i) workers who are working within 30 km by road of the
site of the industrial activity,
(ii) fire suppression systems located within 30 km by road
of the site of the industrial activity, and
(iii) heavy equipment located within 30 km by road of the
site of the industrial activity,
(b) if it started on land other than Crown land, all of the person's
(i) workers who are working on the land on which the fire
started,
(ii) fire suppression systems located on that land, and
(iii) heavy equipment located on that land, and
(c) fire fighting hand tools, in a combination and type to equip all of
the workers referred to in paragraph (a) (i) or (b) (i) with a
minimum of one fire fighting hand tool.
33
(2) The person who, under subsection (1), is required to make workers, fire
suppression systems, heavy equipment and fire fighting hand tools available
must deploy them as appropriate, given the circumstances and conditions
applicable to the fire.
(3) A person carrying out an industrial activity is exempt from section 6 (3) of the
Act in respect of a fire that starts at or within 1 km of the site of the industrial
activity if the site is
(a) in a protected area, or
(b) on private land that is not owned by the person or another who
acts on the person's behalf or under the person's direction.
[en. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 5.]
Rates of compensation
14 The amount of the compensation that the government, under section 17 of the Act,
(a) must pay to a person described in subsection (1) of that
section, or
(b) may pay to a person described in subsection (2) of that section,
is
(c) for wages,
(i) at the rates set out in Schedule 4 of this regulation,
(ii) if the minister is satisfied that the person to be paid is
(A) an individual who, immediately before carrying
out the compensable fire control on behalf of a
person carrying on the applicable industrial activity,
was paid at a greater rate of remuneration than
that set out in Schedule 4, or
(B) a person who, immediately before carrying out
the compensable fire control, was carrying on the
applicable industrial activity and who carried out
the compensable fire control through employees or
others acting at the person's direction and was
34
paying the employees or others at a greater rate

than that set out in Schedule 4,
at rates agreed to between the minister and the person, or
(iii) in the absence of rates as described in subparagraph (i)
or (ii), reasonable rates to be approved by the minister,
and
(d) for use of equipment,
(i) at the rates, if any, for that type of equipment that are
set out in the Province of British Columbia B.C. Road
Builders and Heavy Construction Association Equipment
Rental Rate Guide, as amended from time to time,
(ii) if the minister is satisfied that the equipment supplier's
costs for the equipment used in carrying out the
compensable fire control are at rates greater than those
referred to in subparagraph (i), at rates agreed to between
the minister and the supplier, or
or (ii), at reasonable rates to be approved by the minister.
75/2006, s. 6.]
Compensation
15 (1) In sections 9 (4) and (5) of the Act, "damage caused to the private land" means
damage that is caused to private land as established by proof of loss by the owner or
the tenant but does not include damage associated with
(a) indirect or consequential damage to property,
(b) reforestation costs,
(c) lost opportunities,
(d) aesthetics, or
(e) foreseeable losses.
(2) For the purpose of section 9 (5) of the Act, the prescribed circumstances are that
35
(a) if the fire was on the private land, the damage was avoidable
damage caused by fire control carried out by the government, or
(b) if the fire was not on the private land, the damage was caused
by fire control carried out by the government.
Rehabilitation if a person carries out fire control
16 For the purposes of section 6 (3) (d) of the Act, on Crown land the prescribed
requirements are that the person carrying out the industrial activity, as soon as
practicable, must
(a) conduct a fire hazard assessment, ensuring that the fire hazard
assessment includes an assessment of the fuel hazard and its
associated risk of a fire starting or spreading,
(b) prepare and submit to an official for approval a site
rehabilitation plan that specifies measures for
(i) minimizing any fuel hazard created as a result of fire
control operations, and
(ii) maintaining natural drainage patterns for all of the fire
control works to minimize surface soil erosion by
(A) stabilizing and re-vegetating soil disturbed or
exposed by heavy equipment,
(B) stabilizing the stream channel and stream bed
at stream crossings, and
(C) stabilizing sump and dam locations that were
created for the purpose of carrying out fire control,
and
(c) implement the measures specified in the approved site
rehabilitation plan.
Rehabilitation if government carries out fire control
17 For the purposes of section 9 (6) of the Act, the prescribed requirements, applicable if
the government exercises the discretion under that subsection to rehabilitate land,
are that, as soon as practicable,
36
(a) a fire hazard assessment must be carried out,

(b) a site rehabilitation plan must be prepared that specifies
measures for
(i) minimizing any fuel hazard created as a result of fire
control operations, and
(ii) maintaining natural drainage patterns for all of the fire
control works to minimize surface soil erosion by
(A) stabilizing and re-vegetating soil disturbed or
exposed by heavy equipment,
(B) stabilizing the stream channel and stream bed
at stream crossings, and
(C) stabilizing sump and dam locations that were
created for the purpose of carrying out fire control,
and
(c) the measures specified in the site rehabilitation plan must be
implemented.
[am. B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 8.]
Part 4 Permissible Open Fires

Right of government to use fire
18 This Part does not apply to or in respect of a fire to which section 18 of the Act applies.
Open fires in outdoor stoves
19 (1) The circumstances in which a person described in section 5 (1) or 6 (1) of the Act
may light, fuel or use an open fire that is in an outdoor stove, and is in or within 1
km of forest land or grass land, are as follows:
(a) the person is not prohibited from doing so under another
enactment;
(b) to do so is safe and is likely to continue to be safe;
(c) the person takes reasonable precautions to ensure the fire is
contained in the stove;
37
(d) before leaving the area, the person ensures that the fire is
extinguished.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a person who lights, fuels or uses an open fire
referred to in that subsection must ensure that the fire does not escape.
(3) If an open fire referred to in subsection (1) becomes out of control, the person
who lit, fueled or used the open fire
(a) immediately must carry out fire control and extinguish the open
fire if practicable, and
(b) as soon as practicable must report the open fire as described in
section 2 of the Act.
(4) A person to whom subsection (3) applies may discontinue carrying out fire
control if relieved from doing so by an official.
Campfire
may light, fuel or use a campfire in or within 1 km of forest land or grass land are as
follows:
enactment;
(c) the person establishes a fuel break around the burn area;
(d) while the fire is burning, the person ensures that
(i) the fuel break is maintained, and
(ii) the fire is watched and patrolled by a person to prevent
the escape of fire and the person is equipped with at least
(A) one fire fighting hand tool, or
(B) 8 litres of water in one or more containers;
(e) before leaving the area, the person ensures that the fire is
extinguished.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a person who lights, fuels or uses a campfire
must ensure that the fire does not escape.
38
(3) If a campfire spreads beyond the burn area or otherwise becomes out of control,
the person who lit, fueled or used the campfire
(a) immediately must carry out fire control and extinguish the fire if
practicable, and
(b) as soon as practicable must report the fire as described in
[am. B.C. Regs. 75/2006, s. 7; 206/2010, s. 2.]
Category 2 open fire
may light, fuel or use a category 2 open fire in or within 1 km of forest land or grass
land are as follows:
enactment;
(c) the person establishes a fuel break around the burn area;
(d) while the fire is burning and there is a risk of the fire escaping
the person ensures that
(i) the fuel break is maintained,
(ii) a fire suppression system is available at the burn area,
of a type and with a capacity adequate for fire control if the
fire escapes, and
(iii) the fire is watched and patrolled by a person to prevent
one fire fighting hand tool;
(iv) Repealed. [B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 9.]
(e) before leaving the burn area, the person ensures that the fire is
extinguished.
39
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), a person who lights, fuels or uses a category 2
open fire in the circumstances set out in subsection (1) must ensure that the
fire does not escape.
(3) If a category 2 open fire, lit, fueled or used in the circumstances set out in
subsection (1), spreads beyond the burn area or otherwise becomes out of
control, the person who lit, fueled or used the open fire must
(a) carry out fire control immediately,
(b) extinguish the fire if practicable, and
(c) as soon as practicable, report the fire as described in section 2
of the Act.
(5) A person carrying on an industrial activity who is required under subsection (3) to
carry out fire control in respect of a category 2 open fire must make available
to fight the fire at least the greater of
(a) one piece of heavy equipment, one fire suppression system and
6 workers who are each equipped with at least one fire fighting
hand tool, and
(b) the workers, fire suppression systems, heavy equipment and
fire fighting hand tools as described in section 13 (1) in relation to
whichever is applicable, Crown land or land other than Crown land.
[am. B.C. Regs. 206/2005, s. 9; 75/2006, s. 8.]
Category 3 open fire
may light, fuel or use a category 3 open fire in or within 1 km of forest land or grass
land are as follows:
40

enactment;
(c) the person obtains a burn registration number for the fire
(i) by
(A) calling the telephone number made known by
the government for that purpose, or
(B) contacting an official by other means, and
(ii) by providing the information referred to in section 24 of
this regulation;
(d) the person takes all necessary precautions to ensure the fire is
contained in the burn area;
(e) the person establishes a fuel break around
(i) the burn area, or
(ii) each debris pile or windrow;
(f) while the fire is burning and there is a risk of the fire escaping
the person ensures that
(i) the fuel break is maintained,
(ii) a fire suppression system is available at the burn area,
of a type and with a capacity adequate for fire control if the
fire escapes,
(iii) the fire is watched and patrolled by a person to prevent
one fire fighting hand tool, and
(iv) the fire does not exceed the capacity of the persons,
fire fighting tools and heavy equipment on site for timely
action to prevent any fire from escaping.
(2) A person who, in the circumstances set out in subsection (1), lights, fuels or uses
a category 3 open fire on a burn area must ensure that
(a) no windrow on the burn area exceeds 200 m in length or 15 m
in width, and
41
(b) the category 3 open fire is extinguished by the date specified by

the official or person who issued the burn registration number.
(3) Without limiting subsection (1) or (2), a person who lights, fuels or uses a
category 3 open fire must ensure that the fire does not escape.
(4) If a category 3 open fire lit, fuelled or used in the circumstances set out in
subsection (1) spreads beyond the burn area or otherwise becomes out of
control, the person who lit, fueled or used the open fire must
(a) carry out fire control immediately,
(b) extinguish the fire if practicable, and
(c) as soon as practicable, report the fire as described in section 2
of the Act.
(6) A person carrying on an industrial activity who is required under subsection (4) to
carry out fire control in respect of a category 3 open fire must make available
to fight the fire at least the greater of
(a) 2 pieces of heavy equipment, 2 fire suppression systems and 11
workers who are each equipped with at least one fire fighting hand
tool, and
(b) the workers, fire suppression systems, heavy equipment and
fire fighting hand tools as described in section 13 (1) in relation to
whichever is applicable, Crown land or land other than Crown land.
[am. B.C. Regs. 206/2005, s. 10; 75/2006, s. 9.]
Resource management open fire
42
may light, fuel or use a resource management open fire in or within 1 km of forest
land or grass land are as follows:
enactment;
(c) the person submits a burn plan to an official and receives the
official's approval to it in writing;
(d) the person obtains a burn registration number for the fire
(i) by
(A) calling the telephone number made known by
the government for that purpose, or
(B) contacting an official by other means, and
(ii) by providing the information referred to in section 24;
(e) the person takes all necessary precautions to ensure the fire is
contained in the burn area.
(2) A person who lights, fuels or uses a resource management open fire on a burn
area must ensure that the fire is extinguished by the date specified by the
official or person who issued the burn registration number.
(3) Without limiting subsection (1) or (2), a person who lights, fuels or uses a
resource management open fire must
(a) do so in accordance with the applicable approved burn plan,
and
(b) ensure that the fire does not escape.
(4) If a resource management open fire spreads beyond the burn area or otherwise
becomes out of control, the person who lit, fueled or used the fire
(a) immediately must carry out fire control and extinguish the fire if
practicable, and
(b) as soon as practicable must report the fire as described in
43
Burn registration number
24 (1) The following is the information to be provided under section 22 (1) (c) (ii) and 23
(1) (d) (ii):
(a) the name, address and telephone or facsimile number, or other
means of immediate contact, of the person who proposes to light,
fuel or use the open fire;
(b) the whereabouts of the parcel of land that contains the
proposed burn area, including a legal description of the parcel if
available;
(c) the category of the proposed open fire;
(d) other information relating to the proposed open fire that the
official or the person answering the telephone number requires.
(2) A person answering the burn registration telephone number or an official who
receives an application from a person in accordance with subsection (1) may
(a) assign a burn registration number to the person unless the
proposed open fire has been prohibited or restricted under section
10 of the Act, and
(b) specify a date on or before which the open fire must be
extinguished.
(3) A person who has been assigned a burn registration number must provide it to
an official immediately on request.
[am. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 10.]
Part 5 Exemptions
Exemptions from certain regulations
25 (1) An official's authority under section 72 (3) of the Act to exempt a person from a
provision of a regulation made under section 72 (2) of the Act is restricted as follows:
44
(a) the official must not grant the exemption unless satisfied that
compliance by the person with that provision is not practicable in
the applicable circumstances;
(b) the official must be satisfied that any
(i) conditions, or
(ii) alternative requirements
specified under section 72 (3) of the Act are appropriate
having regard to the subject matter of that provision and
the applicable circumstances.
(2) A person exempted under this section by an exemption made subject to
conditions or to alternative requirements must comply with the conditions or
alternative requirements.
[en. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 11.]
Exemptions from certain provisions of the Act
26 (1) An official is authorized to exempt a person from section 5, 6 or 7 of the Act if

satisfied that the exemption is necessary or desirable because the provision that will
be the subject of the exemption is inappropriate, given the circumstances or
conditions applicable to an area or to the operations of the person to be exempted.
(2) In making an exemption under this section the official may make the exemption
subject to conditions.
(3) A person exempted under this section by an exemption made subject to
conditions must comply with the conditions.
[am. B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 12.]
Process respecting exemptions
27 An exemption referred to in section 25 or 26 must

(a) be in writing,
(b) specify the matter to which it relates,
(c) specify when the exemption comes into effect, and
45
(d) be delivered to the exempted person.

[am. B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 13.]
Part 6 Cost Recovery and Remedies

Division 1 Determinations
Definitions
28 In section 29:
"cost sharing agreement" means an agreement between the government
and a person in which
(a) the person agrees to pay to the government an amount of
money, and
(b) the government agrees to either reduce or eliminate the costs it
incurs in carrying out fire control in respect of a fire that is the
responsibility of the person;
"service agreement" means an agreement between the government and a
person in which
(a) the person agrees to pay to the government an amount of
money, and
(b) subject to section 8 of the Act, the government agrees to
(i) carry out fire control services in respect of a fire that is
the responsibility of the person, and
(ii) either reduce or not recover the government's costs
determined under section 25 (1) (a) or 27 (1) (b) of the Act
incurred in carrying out fire control for a fire that is the
responsibility of the person.
Circumstances for not seeking cost recovery
29 The circumstances in which the minister, under section 25 (2) or 27 (1) (d) of the Act,
may not by order require a person to pay to the government the government's fire
control costs determined under section 25 (1) (a) or 27 (1) (b) of the Act are that
46
the person, through their acts or omissions, did not willfully cause or contribute to
the start or spread of the fire, and
(a) before the government has carried out fire control for the fire
that gives rise to the government's costs,
(i) the person has entered into a cost sharing agreement or
a service agreement with the government,
(ii) the agreement is in effect at the time of the fire, and
(iii) any failure of the person to act in accordance with the
agreement did not directly or indirectly cause or contribute
to the start or spread of the fire, or
(b) the fire that gives rise to the government's costs results from
timber harvesting, silviculture treatments, road construction, road
maintenance or road deactivation by a person who
(i) is the holder of an agreement or licence under the
Forest Act, and
(ii) as of the date of the fire, is not in arrears for the annual
rent payable for the agreement or licence under the Annual
Rent Regulation, B.C. Reg. 122/2003.
[en. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 12.]
Determination of damages
30 For the purposes of section 25 (1) (b) and 27 (1) (c) of the Act, the manner in which the
dollar value of
(a) Crown timber, if it is mature timber, is to be calculated is by
ascertaining the amount of stumpage applicable to that timber
under the Forest Act and assigning that amount as the dollar value
for that timber,
(b) Crown timber, if it is not mature timber, is to be calculated is
by determining
(i) Repealed. [B.C. Reg. 137/2014, s. (k).]
(ii) the average age of the timber when damaged or
destroyed,
47
(iii) the area over which the damage and destruction

occurred,
(iv) the extent of the damage and destruction, and
(v) either of
(A) the species composition of the stand of the
timber when the fire occurred, or
(B) the biogeoclimatic zone, subzone and variant of
the area over which the damage and destruction
occurred
and assigning the amount that the minister considers
reasonable as the dollar value of the timber after taking
into account the matters set out in subparagraphs (i) to
(v),
(c) other forest land resources is to be calculated is by multiplying
the number of hectares of other forest land resources damaged or
destroyed,
(i) if in a protected area or an area that is the subject of an
order under section 7, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 15 of the
Government Actions Regulation, by $5 000, or
(ii) if in any other area, by $1 000
and then assigning the product obtained as the dollar value
for those other forest land resources,
(d) grass land resources is to be calculated is by multiplying by
$500 the number of hectares of grass land damaged or destroyed
and then assigning the product obtained as the dollar value for
those grass land resources, and
(e) other property is to be calculated is by ascertaining the amount
of the replacement value of that property and then assigning that
amount as the dollar value for that property.
[am. B.C. Reg. 137/2014, s. (k).]
Determination of government fire control costs
48
31 (1) For the purposes of section 25 (1) (a) and 27 (1) (b) of the Act, the manner in which
the amount of the government's fire control costs in respect of a particular fire is to
be calculated is
(a) by ascertaining the sum of the following costs, expenditures
and charges that are attributable to the fire:
(i) hourly wages and overtime wages of responding
employees, including payroll loading costs;
(ii) distance charges for use of government and private
vehicles;
(iii) food, transportation and accommodation expenditures;
(iv) costs for expendable supplies and materials consumed;
(v) air tanker fuel costs and flight costs;
(vi) helicopter fuel costs and flight costs;
(vii) aircraft basing charges (preparedness) for contracted
aircraft;
(viii) retardant and other suppressant costs;
(ix) rent on use of equipment;
(x) replacement, repair or cleaning of damaged or used
vehicles or equipment, directly resulting from the fire
control;
(xi) private goods and services contracted, hired, rented or
purchased;
(xii) investigation, research and analysis services related to
(A) post-incident evaluation,
(B) contingency plan reviews, and
(C) other incident follow-up activities;
(xiii) consulting and other professional charges;
(xiv) rehabilitation and/or slope stabilization costs, and
(b) by adding to the sum ascertained under paragraph (a) for
overhead an amount equal to the greater of
(i) $200, and
49
(ii) 20% of the amount determined under paragraph (a)

to arrive at the total dollar amount of the government's fire control costs for the fire.
(2) The rates to be charged for the purposes of subsection (1) (a) are,
(a) for wages,
(i) the rates, if any, that
(A) are applicable and in effect in the part of British
Columbia in which the particular fire occurs, and
(B) have been established as terms and conditions
of employment by collective agreement or by
another method,
(ii) if the minister is satisfied that the person to be paid is
(A) an employee who immediately before carrying
out the compensable fire control was paid at
greater rates of remuneration than the rates under
subparagraph (i), or
(B) an employer who carried out the compensable
fire control through employees and was paying
employees at greater rates of remuneration than
the rates under subparagraph (i),
the rates agreed to between the minister and the person,
or
or (ii), the rates set out in Schedule 4, and
(b) for use of equipment,
(i) the rates, if any, for that type of equipment that are set
out in the Equipment Rental Rate Guide authorized by the
government, as amended or reissued from time to time,
(ii) if the minister is satisfied that the equipment supplier's
costs for the equipment used in carrying out the fire control
are at rates greater than those referred to in subparagraph
(i), at rates agreed to between the minister and the
supplier, or
50

or (ii), reasonable rates to be approved by the minister.
[am. B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 14.]
Prescribed categories of leases
32 Leases from the government under the Land Act of Crown land for purposes other than
for grazing, aquaculture, float homes or private moorage are the prescribed
categories of leases for the purposes of section 25 (2) (a) of the Act.
Division 2 Administrative Penalties and Offences

Administrative penalties
33 (1) The maximum amount of an administrative penalty that may be levied under section
27 (1) (a) of the Act for contraventions of this regulation is
(a) $100 000 for the contravention of section 6 (2), (3) or (4), 9,
13 (1), 19 (2) or (3), 20 (2) or (3), 21 (2), (3), (5) or (6), 22 (3),
(4), (6) or (7), 23 (3) or (4), 25 (2) or 26 (3), and
(b) $10 000 for the contravention of section 4, 5, 7, 8, 11 (4), 16,
22 (2) or 23 (2).
(2) The maximum amount of an administrative penalty that may be levied under
section 27 (1) (a) of the Act for contraventions of the Act is
(a) $100 000 for the contravention of section 6 (1), (2) (a) or (b)
or (3), 7 (2), (2.1) or (4), 22 (1) or 56 (2), and
(b) $10 000 for the contravention of section 2, 3 (1) or (2) (a) or
(b), 5 (1) or (2) (a) or (b), 10 (3) or (4), 11 (2), 12 (2) (a) or (b),
13 (2) or 16 (2).
157/2012, Sch. 5, s. 4.]
Offences
34 (1) A person who contravenes section 6 (2), (3) or (4), 9, 10, 12 (2), 13 (1), 19 (2) or
(3), 20 (2) or (3), 21 (2), (3), (5) or (6), 22 (3), (4), (6) or (7), 23 (3) or (4), 25 (2)
51
or 26 (3) commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $100
000 or to imprisonment for not more than one year or to both.
(2) A person who contravenes section 4, 5, 7, 11 (4), 16, 22 (2), 23 (2) or 24 (3)
commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding $10 000.
[en. B.C. Reg. 75/2006, s. 13.]
Schedule 1
Danger Regions
(Section 6)
52
Schedule 2
[am. B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 15.]
Fire Danger Class
(Section 6)
53
Danger Region 1
Buildup
Fire Weather Index
Index
0 1 - 7 8 - 16 17 - 30 31 +
0 19
II
II
III
III
20 42
II
II
III
III
IV
43 69
II
III
III
IV
IV
70 118 II
III
IV
IV
119 +
III
IV
III
Danger Region 2
Buildup
Fire Weather Index
Index
0 - 4 5 - 16 17 - 26 27 - 37 38 +
0 48
II
II
III
III
49 85
II
II
III
III
IV
86 118
II
III
III
IV
IV
119 158
II
III
IV
IV
159 +
III
III
IV
Danger Region 3
Buildup
Fire Weather Index
Index
0 - 4 5 - 16 17 - 27 28 - 46 47 +
0 50
II
II
III
III
51 90
II
II
III
III
IV
91 140
II
III
III
IV
141 200
II
III
IV
IV
201 +
III
III
IV
IV
Schedule 3
[am. B.C. Reg. 206/2005, s. 16.]
54
Restrictions on High Risk Activities

(Section 6 (3))
Column 1
Fire
Column 2
Column 3
Restriction
Duration
Danger
Class
(DGR)
III
After 3 consecutive days of DGR III or
(moderate) greater, maintain a fire watcher after work
Until after the fire danger class

falls below DGR III
for a minimum of one hour

IV (high)
Maintain a fire watcher after work for a
minimum of 2 hours
falls below DGR III
After 3 consecutive days of DGR IV, cease
activity between 1 p.m. PDT (Pacific Daylight falls to DGR III for 2
Saving Time) and sunset each day
consecutive days, or falls below

DGR III
Cease activity between 1 p.m. PDT (Pacific
(extreme)
Daylight Saving Time) and sunset each day
falls below DGR IV for 2 or more
and maintain a fire watcher after work for a
consecutive days
minimum of 2 hours
After 3 consecutive days of DGR V, cease
Until after the danger class falls
activity all day
below DGR V for 3 or more

consecutive days, or falls below
DGR IV
Schedule 4
Rates Of Compensation
(Sections 14 and 31)
Category
1
Type of Assistance
Emergency assistance non-fire line positions (warehouse, clerical,
Rate
$13/hr
administration, heli-base, camp, and kitchen staff).

2
Emergency Fire Fighter including Pump Operator, Cook, Equipment
55
$15/hr
Swamper, Falling Spotter, Security Person, Radio Operator, and

Class 5 Driver.
3
Crew Leader, Power Saw Operator (bucker), Time Recorder, Fire
$17/hr
Patrol Person, Planning, Logistics, or Finance Assistant with computer

skills, and Resource Tracking System Dispatcher.
4
Fire Warden, Field and Weather Observer, Unit Leader, Level 3 First
$19/hr
Aid Attendant, Head Cook, Air Assistant, Infra-red Equipment

Operator, and Class 1, 2, 3 or 4 Driver.
5
Incident Commander Type 4, Task Force Leader, Heli-base Manager,
$20/hr
Warehouse Manager, Security Manager, Strike Team Leader, Line

Scout (locator), Heavy Equipment Operator, and Technical Specialists
(mapping, computer systems, fire behaviour, training, etc.).
6
Division Supervisor, Group Supervisor, Staging Area Manager, Camp
$21/hr
Manager, Helicopter Coordinator (Rotary Wing Air Attack Officer),

Safety Assistant, Liaison Assistant, and Information Assistant.
7
Incident Commander Type 3, Section Chief Type 2, Branch Director,
$22/hr
Danger Tree Assessor, Safety Officer, Liaison Officer, Information

Officer, Agency Representative, Risk Management Officer, and
Rehabilitation Coordinator.
8
Incident Commander Type 2 (and Deputy), Section Chief Type 1
$23/hr
(and Deputy), Trade person with tools, and Danger Tree Assessment
Coordinator.
9
10
Danger Tree Faller with personal protective equipment
$32/hr
Deputy Incident Commander Type 1, Coach/Mentor Type 1, and
$35/hr
Faller Coordinator.
[Provisions relevant to the enactment of this regulation: Wildfire Act, S.B.C. 2004, c. 31, Part 7]
Copyright (c) Queen's Printer, Victoria, British Columbia, Canada
56
Appendix B:10
WILDFIRE THREAT
ANALYSIS AND
MITIGATION
REPORT
Revelstoke Adventure Park:
Greely, B.C.
Project No. 162-001
April 1st, 2015

SUBMITTED TO:
Ms. Cara Armstrong,
Project Coordinator
PO Box - 963
t. 250 837 7442
SUBMITTED BY:
Mr. Simon Hunt, WFBS.
Box -933
t. 250-837-8146
AND
Mr. Kelly Johnston, RPF
501 Papineau St.

Penticton, B.C., V2A 4X6
t. 250-319-0494
This page intentionally blank
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................................... 5
Site Description ...................................................................................................................................... 5
ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ................................................................................................................ 7
Research and Consultation .................................................................................................................. 8
ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................................... 8
THREAT ASSESSMENT RESULTS ............................................................................................................... 8
Individual Threat Plot Representative Conditions .......................................................................... 10
THREAT ASSESSMENT DISCUSSION ...................................................................................................... 26
GENERAL WILDFIRE THREAT MITIGATION STRATAGIES .................................................................... 29
FireSmart Priority Zones ..................................................................................................................... 29
Forest Fuel Wildfire Threat Mitigation ............................................................................................. 30
OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................................................ 30
REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................. 31
Table of Figures and Tables

Figure 1: Revelstoke Adventure Park Extensive Area Map .................................................................. 6
Figure 2: Study Area: Private and Proposed Tenured Lands ................................................................ 7
Table 1: Wildfire Behaviour Threat Class Definitions ............................................................................ 9
Figure 3: Photos of Fire Scars and Unnamed Creek ............................................................................ 31
Figure 4: Threat Assessment Map.......................................................................................................... 31
APPENDIX 1: Burn Probability Map for the Columbia Fire Zone ...................................................... 32
APPENDIX 2: Wildfire Behaviour Threat Analysis Plot and Polygon Information ........................... 33
This Page Intentionally Blank
INTRODUCTION
In March 2014, Jason Roe of Black Tie Properties LP (the Proponent) acquired the services of Simon Hunt
of Spark Solutions Ltd. and Kelly Johnston of Wildland Professional Solutions to perform a Wildfire Threat
Assessment with an accompanying Wildfire Mitigation Strategy for the area identified as the proposed
Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP), a summer recreation and activity center in Greely, B.C. 9km east of
the community of Revelstoke. The footprint of RAP includes private land and crown land (hereafter
referred to as the Property). An application seeking tenure rights to a 257.4-hectare parcel of Crown land
adjacent to the private land is in progress (hereafter referred to as the Proposed Tenure Area (PTA)). The
center of operations and the area of greatest development for RAP would be on private land between the
PTA and the Illecillewaet River, land owned by the Proponent. Lands within the PTA would be used for
recreational activities (e.g., mountain biking, zip-lining, hiking, tree-top walking, wildlife viewing, etc - RAP
Management Plan, 2013). Onsite field assessments were performed on July 6 and November 16, 2014 and
this report, along with the associated maps and data outlines the findings of the field visits, combined
with a number of recommendations, which if implemented, have the ability to reduce the negative
impacts associated with wildfire both on the RAP property and neighboring lands.
Site Description
Wildfire is a natural process within the forested landscapes of British Columbia. The Columbia Mountain
region has been prone to considerable, yet highly irregular fire activity as evidenced in the local fire
history (Heathcott, 1985 & Parisien et al, 2012). Fire history maps indicate the most recent, large, forest
stand-replacing, wildfire on the property occurred in 1896 (Heathcott 1985).
The study area, located approximately nine kilometers east of the community of Revelstoke, is composed
of lands surrounding a proposed tenure area (257 hectares) and private lands (63 hectares) on the lower
north-facing slopes of Mount Mackenzie, near the confluence of Greeley Creek and the Illecillewaet River
(Figure 1). The Canadian Pacific Railway (CPR) runs east-west near the northern boundary of the property.
From the Trans-Canada Highway, a road crosses both the Illecillewaet River and CPR tracks to access the
property. The upper/south side of the property would become a shared tenure area with Revelstoke
Mountain Resort, whose tenured lands are above on upper Mount Mackenzie (Ripper chairlift ~1
kilometer south). Approximately 0.5 kilometers to the southeast lies the edge of the Greeley watershed
whose waters serve as the primary water source for the community of Revelstoke and area. The City of
Revelstoke water treatment plant (and associated access road) is found approximately 0.5km east of the
property. The community of Greeley is about 1 kilometer northeast of the property comprised of about a
dozen homes. Extending from the propertys western boundary lies a number of steep/large cliff and
bluffs, where a ~75 hectare lightning caused wildfire burned in 2003.
The Propertys diverse topography ranges from 514 to 1000 meters above sea level and is found within
the interior-cedar hemlock (ICH) biogeoclimatic zone (SEC, 2013). The private land component, where the
majority of future infrastructure will be located, has simple-sloped terrain (<5%), open agricultural land
and marsh. The PTA portion contains old growth forest, wet and dry seral forests, swamp and marsh
wetlands (SEC, 2013). The southern portion, or bike trails/zip-line area, of the PTA is steeply sloped
(>100%) with occasional rocky outcrops and bluffs. There are two creeks which transect the property. The
first runs through the eastern sloped portion of the PTA. The second, larger creek, lies within a large ravine
feature which flows through the southwest portion of the PTA (future zip-line area), past a gravel pit.
Figure 1: Revelstoke Adventure Park Extensive Area Map.
Site Description continued

To the west of the second creek/ravine, rises a shouldered ridgeline that leads up to a small bench in the
southwest corner of the PTA. A road is proposed for construction in 2015 to access this bench. This area,
known as the Bungee Centre, is where the terminus of the road and future chairlift will occur. There will
also be a helicopter pad located nearby to the southwest of the Bungee Centre.
Figure 2: The study area is composed of a developmental property (~ 320 hectares of both private and
proposed tenured lands) and surrounding lands.
ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
The Wildland Urban Interface (WUI) Wildfire Threat Assessment in British Columbia (2013) standards
were utilized to assess wildfire threat for the Revelstoke Adventure Park property and surrounding lands.
This system is recognized by the Ministry of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations Wildfire
Management Branch, as the recognized standard for WUI wildfire threat assessments in British Columbia.
The system is divided into four components. The first three components address fire behaviour, being:
fuels, weather, and topography. The fourth component assesses the WUI interface and structures. As
facility construction is yet to begin, a development guide utilizing National Fire Protection Association and
FireSmart standards is provided in a separate report (Wildland Professional Solutions, 2014).
The completion of the wildfire hazard (threat) assessment involved:
1. Pre-site overview, office planning and preparation using available spatial data and orthographic
photos (Google Earth).
2. Two site field visits to collect onsite wildfire threat data (~16 hours) using the standards and
process outlined in the Wildland Urban Interface Wildfire Threat Assessments in B.C. (2013)
publication. In this process, 16 threat assessment plots were established to collect field data based
on the proposed location of the development cells and the forest fuel types in the immediate
vicinity of the proposed development.
3. Using orthographic photos (Google Earth), the collected field data and supplied spatial data
to spatially illustrate the threat through the appropriate delineation and threat class assignment
7
of wildfire behaviour threat polygons based on the standards and process outlined in the Wildland
Urban Interface Wildfire Threat Assessments in B.C. (2013).
4. The completion of this report providing the background, assumptions and limitations of this
project, a summary of the threat assessment results and general recommendations.
Research & Consultation

A representative of Black Tie Properties LP has been auditing the City of Revelstoke and Area Community
Wildland Fire Protection meetings since 2014. The Revelstoke and Area Community Wildland Fire
Protection Plan identifies the Greeley Watershed as a key value at risk for the community and area serves
as it serves as the primary water source. The City of Revelstoke Greeley Watershed Source Protection Plan
also identifies wildfire (and the activities associated with wildfire suppression) as a threat to the
watershed. Wildfire risk mapping was completed for the community of Revelstoke and surrounding area
in 2011. Wildfire risk mapping is currently underway for the Greeley watershed.
A model depicting burn probability in complex terrain was published in 2012 for the Columbia Mountain
region which also includes the study area (Parisien et al, 2012). The publication was authored by both the
Canadian Forest Service and BC MFLNRO1-Wildfire Management Branch. Their burn probability map is
illustrated in Appendix 1. Shearing Environmental Consultants (SEC) performed the wildlife survey for the
Property where Biogeoclimatic Ecosystem Classifications (BEC) were cross referenced with this report.
ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

The wildfire threat assessment was performed based on the site information collected during the July 6
and November 16, 2014 field visits, analysis of the spatial information obtained from the Proponent
obtained on March 26, 2014, and the RAP management plan provided by Black Tie Properties LP.
Only the vegetative fuels on site and adjacent to the development property were assessed. Existing
adjacent developments or industrial sites were beyond the scope of this assessment and were not
assessed. Ground traverses and orthographic (Google Earth) photo interpretation of site conditions
were used to match the plot conditions with conditions beyond the development properties. This provides
an appropriate assessment area to develop effective risk-reducing mitigation strategies.
For the purpose of this project, the wildfire behaviour threat class was used to delineate polygons. Due
to the dynamic nature of vegetation and the site conditions, this threat assessment is valid for the fuel
conditions found during the field visit on July 6 and November 16, 2014 only.
THREAT ASSESSMENT RESULTS

Using the wildfire threat class definitions as defined in the Wildland Urban Interface Wildfire Threat
Assessments in B.C. (2013) document, the following wildfire behaviour threat classes2 were identified on
this project:
1
MFLNRO (B.C.) Ministry of Forests, Lands, and Natural Resource Operations.
2 A wildfire behaviour threat class is an estimate of the potential wildfire behaviour on a unique area of forested lands, or polygon,
based on the forest fuels, topography and fire weather (rainfall and past fire starts by BC Fire Zone) within the polygon. The
wildfire threat classes are taken from the FireSmart Manual (2003).
WILDFIRE BEHAVIOUR THREAT CLASS

VERY LOW (Blue)
DESCRIPTION
Lakes and water bodies that do not have any forest or grassland
fuels. These areas cannot pose a wildfire threat and are not
assessed.
Developed and undeveloped land that will not support wildfire
LOW (Green)
spread.
Examples: Irrigated and managed fields, heavily grazed fields,
orchards, watered and mowed grass, gravel pits, severely disturbed
land, fully developed residential and commercial areas not directly
adjacent to forested or undeveloped land
Developed and undeveloped land that will support surface fire
MODERATE (Yellow)
spread only.
Examples: Unmanaged fields with more than one year of matted
grass. Open grassland ecosystems without significant forest cover.
Grass fields with shrubs and a deciduous tree overstorey. Grass
fields with coniferous shrubs and tree overstorey below 20%
canopy coverage. Small patches, less than 0.5 hectares, of isolated
coniferous stands. Forested land with over 60% deciduous forest
cover and minimal coniferous understorey. Fuel management
treatment areas previously completed and assessed using the
wildfire threat behaviour worksheet (spaced, pruned or otherwise).
Landscapes or stands that:
HIGH (Orange)
are forested with continuous surface fuels that will
support regular candling and/or continuous crown fires;
often include steeper slopes, rough or broken terrain with
generally southerly and/or westerly aspects;
can include a high incidence of dead and downed conifers;
are areas where fuel modification does not meet an
established standard.
Examples: Forested land with coniferous coverage exceeding 40%
canopy closure; steep, gullied slopes with a continuous conifer
cover; Continuous multi-aged conifer dominated stands. Areas with
excessive surface fuel loads of dead and down or partly down
conifer trees.
Consists of forested land with continuous surface fuels that will
EXTREME (Red)
support intermittent or continuous crown fires. Polygons may also
consist of continuous surface and coniferous crown fuels. The area
is often one of steep slopes, difficult terrain and usually a southerly
or westerly aspect.
Examples: Forested land with relatively continuous conifer canopy
closure, in excess of 40%, continuous dead conifer; steep gullied,
forest slopes with a continuous coniferous forest cover.
Table 1: Wildfire Behaviour Threat Class Definitions, describes the wildfire behavior threat class definitions
developed for Revelstoke Adventure Park and surrounding area. The four (4) threat classes are adapted from Fire
Smart standards. The specific definitions for each threat class have been developed to clarify the wildfire threat
definition and to provide a locally relevant written description of each threat class that is not available in the Fire
Smart publication.
Individual Threat Plot Representative Conditions

Plot locations, wildfire behaviour threat scores and polygons are summarized in Table 2, Appendix 2.
Threat Plot 1 (rap01)
Location: Greeley Field
Slope: < 5%
Wildfire Behaviour Threat Class: Low
10

Location: Seral wet forest/marsh, northeast corner of study area
Slope: < 5%
Wildfire Behaviour Threat Class: Low
11

Location: East wet seral forest, northeast corner of study area
Slope: < 5%
Wildfire Behaviour Threat Class: Moderate
12

Location: East wet seral forest, northeast corner of study area
Slope: < 5%
13

Location: East dry seral forest / RV park & trails area, east side of study area
Slope: < 5%
14

Location: East dry seral forest/ RV park & trails area, east side of study area
Slope: 45-54%
15

Location: East regeneration forest, east side of study area
Slope: 45-54%
Wildfire Behaviour Threat Class: High
16

Location: Main mountain bike/zip-line area, southeast corner of study area
Slope: 45-54%
17

Location: Lower lift line and drop off area, northwest corner of study area
Slope: 16-29%
18

Location: Lift line and main zip line area, mid-west side of study area
Slope: >55%
19

Location: Lift line 2 and cliffs / Tree top adventure area, west side of study area
Slope: >55%
20

Location: Upper west shoulder, southwest corner of study area
Slope: >30-44%
21

Location: Bungee centre area, southwest corner of study area
Slope: <16%
22

Location: Main mountain bike/zip-line area, middle of study area
Slope: >55%
23

Location: West regeneration forest, north central of study area
Slope: 16-29%
24

Location: Wet seral forest, north central of study area
Slope: 16-29%
25
Figure 3: Fire scar near plot 5.
Fire scar near drop off area near plot 9.
Lower west unnamed creek.
THREAT ASSESSMENT DISCUSSION

The area identified for the location of the proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park has an infrequent history
of wildfires. For ICH forests, historical fire-return intervals are between 150 and 250 years (Parminter
1995; Rogeau 2003). Fire history maps indicate the most recent large, forest stand-replacing wildfire on
the property occurred in 1896 (Heathcott 1985). Evidence of this fire was documented in several locations
throughout the property (refer to Figure 3 above).
The results from the Parisien et al publication (2012) suggest that burn probability is significantly higher
within the Engelmann spruce-subalpine fir forest (ESSF) slopes above and in the Greeley watershed and
the Revelstoke Mountain Resort land tenure than among the Interior Cedar Hemlock (ICH) forests within
the study area. Parisien (Powell 1970; Rogeau 2003) suggests this is most likely due to the higher incidence
of lightning-caused fires, the presence of strong mid-slope thermal belts (nocturnal temperature
inversions leading to cooler and wetter valley bottoms), and more flammable fuel characteristics among
the ESSF above.
The majority of the property has a north-facing component. These aspects tend to retain more moisture
than solar aspects (south and west). All threat plots were characteristic of a zonal or wet Interior Cedar
Hemlock (ICH) biogeoclimatic zone. The fire occurrence subcomponent by Wildfire Management Branch
Fire Zone is represented as the Columbia Fire Zone (N4).
Threat Assessment Map Polygons: # 1, 2A, 2B

Slopes and fuel accumulations were observed to be low at the threat plot sites on the lower/north side of
the property. Infrastructure development within these areas has the potential to be susceptible to
medium range ember transport from the surrounding coniferous forests in the remainder of the property.
Threat Assessment Map Polygons: # 3A, 3B

The wet and dry seral forests located on the northeast portion of the property, and near the lower west
unnamed creek, had low to moderate slopes with moderate amounts of deciduous herbs/shrubs and fine
woody debris for ground cover. Large woody debris was mainly scattered. The dominant stands were
coniferous (red cedar and western hemlock) with a small component of deciduous (paper birch). Crown
closure was mostly complete. The standing dead and partly downed component of the dominant forest
was low. For ladder fuels, the dominant coniferous crown base heights averaged near five meters and
26
live/dead suppressed coniferous understorey were predominantly in the 0-500 stems per hectare range.
There were patches in the wet sites where live/dead suppressed coniferous understorey reached 20014000 stem per hectare. As the coniferous forest in this vicinity is continuous, structures developed in this
area may be exposed to radiant heat and short/medium distant ember transport from a wildfire.
Threat Assessment Map Polygons: # 4, 7A, 7B, 6

The middle band of the property, running east to west is moderately sloped and has several conifer
plantations composed of western hemlock with some paper birch. The young stands were dense, often
with >4,000 stems per hectare with crowns that extend 1-2 meters from ground. As natural thinning is
occurring, standing dead and partly downed composes about 25% of the dominant stems. Surface fuel
continuity was variable (20-40%); primarily of moss, (paper birch) leaves, and fine woody debris. Duff
layers averaged 5-10 centimeters in depth. Polygon 6, south from Greeley Field is a continuous mixedaged coniferous stand of western hemlock and red cedar. Surface fuel continuity was high (>80%) with a
moderately deep duff layer. Both fine and course woody debris each contributed >25% coverage. Ladder
fuels were present as distance to live crown was 3-5 meters and there was a coniferous understorey of
about 2000 stems per hectare. Standing dead and partly downed composed 25-50% of the dominant
stems.
Threat Assessment Map Polygons: # 5, 8, 9, 11, 12

The upper east, south side, and western components of the property - proposed to become the mountain
bike park, zip line area, lift lines and bungee centre - is highly sloped with the majority of the slope
exceeding 55%. This area is a continuously treed coniferous forest of western hemlock, red cedar, and
douglas fir, with mostly complete crown closure. Duff depths averaged 10-20 centimeters deep. Surface
fuel vegetation was mainly continuous, with rock outcrops, and was generally composed of moss. Fine
woody debris often exceeded 25% coverage and 10 centimeters depth. Large woody debris often
exceeded 25% coverage and was, at times, elevated. The composition of standing dead and partly downed
coniferous was mostly low. Ladder fuels were minimal within this area as distance to live crown base
height often exceeded 5 meters and the coniferous understorey was <500 stems per hectare.
Infrastructure development in this portion of the property would be exposed to both radiant and
convective heat transfer (due to the steep slopes) as well as short and medium range ember transport
from a wildfire. The lightning-caused wildfire that occurred 2 kilometers west of the property in 2003
proved to be very difficult to suppress. This was primarily due to the challenging terrain (steep slopes and
cliffs). Fire suppression within polygon #12 would likely prove to be challenging (i.e. safety and
effectiveness) as the terrain is very similar.
27
THREAT ASSESSMENT MAP
Figure 4: Threat Assessment Map. The following map shows the spatial distribution of the wildfire
threat assessed for the Revelstoke Adventure Park property. In addition, the location of the wildfire
behaviour threat plots and polygons are also indicated on the map.
28
GENERAL WILDFIRE THREAT MITIGATION STRATEGIES

The primary goal of any wildfire mitigation strategy is to prevent injury and the loss of human life and
reduce the losses of built values (structures and infrastructure). To accomplish this, the forest vegetation
must be modified to a state in which the resulting fire behaviour allows for safe and effective fire
suppression. In addition, the structure design and immediate surroundings must be in a state in which
they are not receptive to ignition by an approaching wildfire or burning embers (firebrands) landing on
them. Forest fuels are typically modified to reduce the potential of crown fire, slow the spread of fire and
reduce the overall intensity. Concurrently, appropriate structure location (set-backs and spacing)
landscaping materials and building materials are combined to reduce the structure ignition potential.
Finally, access and egress vulnerabilities are eliminated to allow for effective fire suppression and
expedited evacuation for park visitors and staff.
FireSmart Priority Zones

In order to determine appropriate treatments to the structure and surrounding land at appropriate
distances, the FireSmart priority zones outlined in the FireSmart: Protecting Your Community from
Wildfire (2003) document provides the industry standard. There are three FireSmart priority zones to
consider:
29
Forest Fuel Wildfire Threat Mitigation

Specific prescriptions must be developed to effectively treat and mitigate the wildfire threat presented
by forest fuel vegetation in priority zones 2 and 3 surrounding and within the proposed development,
taking into consideration the wildlife and ecosystem values, slope stability, forest health concerns,
aesthetic and recreation values and park design.
Generally, the prescriptions will address reducing the current crown fire, ember transport and overall
intensity potential in the standing unburned coniferous forest. In addition, the prescriptions will address
the current and future fine surface fuel loading as well as the current and near future downed wood heavy
fuel component. This may involve spacing of trees, limbing of live trees and general surface fuel reduction
through mechanical and non-mechanical means.
OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Implement the recommendations listed within the Revelstoke Adventure Park Wildfire
Development Report as a guide during the planning and development of new infrastructure
within the wildland urban interface. The report summarizes the National Fire Protection
Association and FireSmart standards.
2. For the construction phase(s) slated to begin during the summer of 2015, implement a
Revelstoke Adventure Park Wildfire Prevention and Response Plan, following the guidelines
prescribed by the BC Ministry of Forests Lands and Natural Resource Operations - Wildfire
Management Branch Interpretive Bulletin. This plan provides guidance for compliance with the
provisions of the BC Wildfire Act and Wildfire Regulation for prevention and suppression response
associated with forestry-related industrial activities.
3. Continue to participate at City of Revelstoke and Area Community Wildland Fire Protection
Committee meetings (committee review RAP plan?).
4. Considering the value of the Greeley watershed, Revelstoke Mountain Resort and RAP land
tenures, and also due to the propensity for natural fire spread to occur (both up and down) on
slopes, a fire break is recommended to be constructed along the length of the southern vicinity
of the RAP property in a collaborative effort beneficial to all. This fire break could be integrated
into the bike trail system to provide safe and effective access for fire fighters. The trail, itself,
would act as a fire guard to break up surface fuel continuity. The fuel treatment prescription
requires the approval of a registered professional forester and should consider ecosystem values,
slope stability, forest health concerns, aesthetic and recreation values and park design.
-
As development proceeds in each High threat class fire behavior polygon, develop an
appropriate (footnote/expand pg28 WUI) fuel hazard treatment prescription endorsed by a
registered professional forester. Following fuel hazard treatments, each polygon can be
reassessed to determine the degree of threat reduction, with the goal of obtaining a
moderate threat class surrounding RAP facilities and values.
For the summer of 2015, develop and implement a fuel hazard reduction prescription for the
road construction (Lift Line & Main Zip Line Area Wildfire Behaviour Polygon).
Establish an Upper Safety Zone at the Bungee Centre helipad (Upper West Shoulder
Polygon).
30
Plan to assess and abate fuel hazards (i.e. logging slash) associated with development.
5. Upgrade the Wildfire Prevention and Response Plan to a Wildfire Prevention and Suppression
Plan in advance of RAP opening as a commercial operation.
6. The grassy fine fuels of Greeley Field can be managed by periodic mowing and removing dead
clippings, especially by summer when grass often cures.
REFERENCES
City of Revelstoke, 2013. City of Revelstoke Greeley Creek Watershed Source Protection Plan.
https://revelstoke.civicweb.net/document/17871/CoR%20Greeley%20Creek%20Watershed%20Source
%20Protection%20Plan.pdf?handle=29B5C1D64759405B98C61B6BC0C51292
Heathcott, 1985. Fire History Map of Mount Revelstoke Park. Parks Canada.
Parisien et al, 2012. Considerations for modeling burn probability across landscapes with steep
environmental gradients: an example from the Columbia Mountains, Canada. Natural Hazards.
https://www.ualberta.ca/~wcwfs/Documents/Parisien_etal_2012_NatHazards.pdf
Partners in Protection. 2003. FireSmart: protecting your community from wildfire. Second Edition.
https://www.firesmartcanada.ca/resources-library/protecting-your-community-from-wildfire
- A Guide to Fuel Hazard Assessment & Abatement in British Columbia,
2012.http://bcwildfire.ca/Industry_Stakeholders/industry/Assessment_Abatement.htm
Interpretive Bulletin on the Application of the BC Wildfire Regulation for the Forest Industry, June 2011.
Morrow, B, K. Johnston and J. Davies. 2013. Wildland urban interface wildfire threat assessments in B.C.
Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations, Wildfire Management Branch.
http://www.ubcm.ca/assets/Funding~Programs/LGPS/Current~LGPS~Programs/SWPI/Resources/swpiWUI-WTA-Guide-(2012-Update).pdf
Parminter J, 1995. Biodiversity guidebookforest practices code of British Columbia. BC Min. For. and
BC Environ, Victoria.
Powell JM, 1970. Summer climate of the upper Columbia River valley near Invermere, British Columbia.
For. Res. Lab Calgary, AB. Bull. Information report A-X-35.
Rogeau M-P, 2003. Fire analysis of environmentally sensitive sites, Mount Revelstoke and Glacier
National Parks BC, Part 1: fire regime analysis of greater MRGNP. Parks Can. Agency, Revelstoke, BC.
SEC Shearing Environmental Consultants, 2013. Wildlife Overview Assessment Revelstoke Adventure
Park Project No. 007-02.
Spark Solutions Ltd., 2015. Revelstoke Adventure Park 2015 Wildfire Prevention and Response System.
Wildland Professional Solutions, 2014. Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended Wildfire Development
Guidelines.
31
APPENDIX 1: Burn Probability estimates, from Parisien et al (2012), of their entire study area
and a magnified portion of the area around Revelstoke, BC. The magenta dashed oval represents
the wildfire threat analysis study area associated with the proposed tenure area and
development for Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP). Note their results illustrate a low burn
probability within the RAP study area.
= RAP Wildfire Threat Analysis Study Area
32
E 425196.00 / N 5651910.82
E 425170.00 / N 5651647.96
E 424892.00 / N 5651205.87
E 424927.00 / N 5651063.86
E 425147.00 / N 5650967.98
E 423434.00 / N 5651299.85
E 423360.00 / N 5651149.87
E 423161.00 / N 5651230.06
E 422929.91 / N 5650627.94
E 422847.00 / N 5650636.90
E 423653.00 / N 5650954.91
E 423610.00 / N 5651114.04
E 423748.00 / N 5651247.94
RAP 04
RAP 05
RAP 06
RAP 07
RAP 08
RAP 09
RAP 10
RAP 11
RAP 12
RAP13
RAP 14
RAP 15
RAP 16
130
105
96
103
109
108
104
107
121
128
90
88
94
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
MODERATE
MODERATE
MODERATE
WILDFIRE BEHAVIOUR THREAT SCORE */240 WILDFIRE BEHAVIOUR THREAT CLASS

26
LOW
27
LOW
81
MODERATE
WILDFIRE BEAHVIOUR THREAT POLYGON

GREELEY FIELD / GRAVEL PIT
SERAL WET 1 / SERAL WET 2
EAST WET & DRY SERAL (RV PARK & TRAILS) /
LOWER WEST UN-NAMED CREEK & SERAL FOREST
EAST REGENERATION
MAIN MOUNTAIN BIKE AND ZIPLINE AREA
LOWER LIFT LINE AND DROP OFF AREA
LIFT LINE & MAIN ZIP LINE AREA
LIFT LINE 2 & CLIFFS POLYGON
UPPER WEST SHOULDER
BUNGEE CENTRE
MAIN MOUNTAIN BIKE AND ZIPLINE AREA
WEST REGENERATION 1 / WEST REGENERATION 2
WET SERAL FOREST
* WILDFIRE BEHAVIOUR THREAT CLASS INTERVALS: LOW = 0-40 ; MODERATE = 41-95; HIGH = 96-149; EXTREME = >149
PLOT LOCATION (UTM 11U)

E 424392.00 / N 5651714.89
E 424903.00 / N 5652003.97
E 425158.00 / N 5652013.01
PLOT #
RAP 01
RAP 02
RAP 03
APPENDIX 2: Wildfire Behaviour Threat Analysis Plot and Polygon Information
Appendix B:11

Recommended Wildfire Development
Guidelines
Developed By:
Kelly Johnston, RPF
www.widland professional.ca
501 Papineau St
Penticton, BC
V2A 4X6
p. 250-319-0494
e. Kelly@wildlandprofessional.ca
Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended Wildfire Development Guidelines
Table of Contents
Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. 5
General Facility Features and Design ........................................................................................................ 5
Topography ........................................................................................................................................... 5
Vegetation............................................................................................................................................. 6
Layout.................................................................................................................................................... 6
Water Sources and Trails ...................................................................................................................... 6
Utilities and Chairlifts ............................................................................................................................ 7
Roads, Bridges, & Access and Egress .................................................................................................... 7
Structures & FireSmart Priority Zones ...................................................................................................... 8
Extending Priority Zones on Slopes....................................................................................................... 8
Structures (Including buildings, platforms, decks, porches and outbuildings) ......................................... 9
Roof Assembly....................................................................................................................................... 9
Dormers and Walls Above Lower Roofs................................................................................................ 9
Roof and Soffit Vents ............................................................................................................................ 9
Gutter and Downspout Assembly ......................................................................................................... 9
Structure/ Building Walls .................................................................................................................... 10
Windows ............................................................................................................................................. 10
Platforms, Attachments and Outbuildings.............................................................................................. 10
Priority Zone 1A (within 1 meter of structure exterior walls and attachments) .................................... 10
Wood Fences........................................................................................................................................... 11
Structure Slope Set-back ......................................................................................................................... 11
FireSmart Priority Zone 1 (within 10 meters of structure exterior walls and attachment perimeters) . 11
FireSmart Priority Zone 2 (Between 10 meters and 30 meters from structure) .................................... 12
FireSmart Priority Zone 3 (30 meters to 100 meters from structure) .................................................... 12
Bibliography ............................................................................................................................................ 13
Introduction
The wildland/urban interface is a set of conditions in which there is a potential for a fire (wildfire) to
ignite and spread either from flammable vegetation to built structures; or to ignite and spread from
built structures to flammable vegetation. In the case of the Revelstoke Adventure Park, the buildings,
tree-top adventure platforms, zip line platforms, bungee platform and chairlift, along with other
ancillary structures are considered built structures. Typically, loss of human life, threats to public and
first responder safety and loss of, or damage to values at risk (structures, infrastructure or other park
features) are the major concerns in a wildland/urban interface fire. Wildland/urban interface fires can
quickly overwhelm fire suppression resources, resulting in significant and disastrous losses.
This report describes the preliminary recommended wildland/urban interface fire development
guidelines that should be considered in planning the development of the Revelstoke Adventure Park.
The guidelines are specifically focused on mitigating the general wildfire threat to the facilities and the
individual values at risk or values within the development. Each guideline topic below is addressed by
providing an overview of the wildfire risk and is followed by appropriate recommendations to reduce
the adventure parks wildfire risk and increase public and first responder safety.
The report assumes that the development will meet the municipal fire requirements addressed (i.e.
engine access and turn around, water supply, structure fire code requirements) through existing code
and recommendations provided in separate reports by other project team members.
General Facility Features and Design

There are many potential facility features (e.g., topography, vegetation, roads, utilities, bridges, open
spaces, trails, zip line and chairlift right-of ways and water features) that can positively or negatively
influence the level of facility wildfire risk. Many of these features, if planned with wildfire in mind, can
work in conjunction with reducing the facilitys overall risk to wildfire.
Topography
The general topography and vegetation surrounding and within the park can influence the intensity,
spread rates and spread direction of wildfire and the impacts the fire will have on values.
In general, fire will spread with wind direction on flat ground, uphill during the day and downhill during
the night. Slope and wind can positively and negatively influence each other and modify the direction of
fire spread and rate of spread, dependent upon the steepness and aspect of the slope and speed and
direction of the wind. Generally, as wind increases the fire spread rate will increase in the direction the
wind is blowing to; and as slope increases, so will the uphill spread of the fire. Slope below a value also
increases the exposure of the value to convective heat, airborne embers and direct flame impingement.
Slope above a value can expose the value to increased downhill radiant heat and downhill fire spread
from rolling debris.
Terrain features that create a narrowing effect, such as ravines and saddles, directly adjacent to, below,
above or within the park can expose facilities, individual values and responders to sudden and significant
increases in spread rate and fire intensity.
5
Dependent upon size and location, these features can influence fire behaviour on a macro scale
(landscape level) or micro scale (individual value level). Generally speaking, topography cannot be easily
altered.
Recommendation: Avoid the placement of buildings on slopes without adequate setback (minimum of
10 meters) from edge of slope, and the ability to reduce hazardous vegetation for the extent of the
slope out to the slope corrected perimeters of FireSmart priority zones 1, 2 and 3 (see section below on
Structures & FireSmart Priority Zones).
Avoid locating values adjacent to, above or below ravines and saddles wherever possible. Engage in
extensive and aggressive vegetation modification in areas where these features cannot be avoided.
Vegetation
It is assumed that vegetation will remain a desirable feature in the park. The vegetation in the park will
likely be a combination of natural or cultured vegetation present as part of the surrounding and
internal landscape. Vegetation can ignite and provide fuel to a wildfire. The type, size, amount (loading),
density, and arrangement of the vegetation will influence how the fire burns in relation to the intensity
(heat production) and rate of spread (how fast the fire moves). If managed inappropriately, vegetation
can create a significant wildfire threat to values.
Recommendation: Manage vegetation based on FireSmart Priority Zones 1, 2, and 3 (see section
below on Structures & FireSmart Priority Zones) including the development of prescriptions by a
registered professional forester for priority zones 2 and 3
Layout
In a typical wildland/ urban interface fire event, values can be threatened by burning vegetation or
burning structures.
A layout with vegetated green spaces between and surrounding structures (wildland/urban intermix)
can result in a significant potential threat to values through fire spread from vegetation to structures, or
vice versa, without the appropriate implementation of FireSmart guidelines in priority zones 1, 2 and 3
as required.
Water Sources and Trails
Natural water sources to be incorporated into the park design have been identified, and trail network is
planned for within the park boundaries. Strategic placement of these features in relation to one another
in conjunction with the appropriate application of FireSmart guidelines can:
(a) help fire suppression resources create effective fire control lines between the fire and the
facilities;
(b) provide fire access for suppression resources to critical areas;
(c) provide water sources for fire suppression;
(d) provide staging areas and heli-spots for fire suppression resources and helicopters and create
safety zones (areas of wildfire and smoke refuge).
Recommendation: Strategically incorporate structures, water features, and trails into the overall
layout to provide for effective fire control lines between the fire and the facilities; provide fire access
for suppression resources to critical areas; provide water sources for fire suppression; provide staging
areas and heli-spots for fire suppression resources and helicopters and create safety zones (areas of
wildfire and smoke refuge). When considering recreational trail development, plan for emergency
vehicle use of key trails ensuring the minimum width of these trails is 3.7 meters with 4.1 vertical
clearance and the trail is built with an all-weather surface capable of supporting heavy fire apparatus
Utilities and Chairlifts
Above ground utilities (electrical and telephone) and chair lift lines present a significant hazard to
ground based and aerial fire suppression resources; electrical utility lines can also pose a wildfire threat
as an ignition source to nearby vegetation. Wood utility poles are susceptible to fire damage and
subsequent failure. Utility lines, lift lines and comm. lines are also susceptible to fire damage from fires
burning in adjacent vegetation. Unmarked underground gas and electrical utilities present a significant
hazard to firefighters and heavy equipment constructing fire control lines
Recommendation: Consider the use of underground electrical lines throughout the development.
Require that underground electrical and natural gas lines are marked with signage visible in low
visibility conditions. Require a minimum of 1.5 metres of combustible free zone around wood utility
poles and 5 meters horizontal distance between above ground power lines and the nearest tree
crowns.
Roads, Bridges, & Access and Egress
Roads and bridges provide access to, and within the park to individual values. Inadequate road and
driveway widths, roads with steep grades, bridges and driveways can limit or prevent access to the
facility by fire apparatus and heavy equipment. Fire suppression equipment will not only require access
to the roads, but may also require access to the open spaces between, behind and surrounding the
facilities.
Typically, a wildland/urban interface wildfire situation involves a simultaneous emergency response and
evacuation. This increased traffic load, combined with the stress of the situation and likely poor visibility
conditions from smoke, can create dangerous travel conditions. Roads leading through dense
vegetation, directly adjacent to steep slopes, or narrow gullies and saddles can put evacuees and fire
suppression resources in dangerous wildfire entrapment situations.
Recommendation: At a minimum, ensure roads and bridges providing access to the park and within
the park to individual values are constructed to a minimum 6.1 meters plus 2.75 meters addition if
roadside parking is allowed. Require a minimum 3.7 meter width and 4.1 meter vertical clearance and
turnarounds for access lanes greater than 45 m in length. Require turnarounds to be no less than 18
meter radius. Require all gates to be located no closer than 9 metres from the travel right- of- way and
swing inwards, providing a clear opening of .6 metres wider than the travelled way; ensure bridge
load capacity can accommodate the heaviest equipment expected to be used in the park; ensure the
minimum curve radius to be 30 meters; require road and driveway signage to buildings to be
constructed of non-combustible material and clearly visible, even in low visibility conditions.
Require a minimum of two access/egress routes to the park capable of supporting two-way traffic
including fire engines and heavy equipment. These access and egress routes should be separated
geographically and in areas unlikely to be simultaneously affected by a single wildfire event (i.e. on
opposite slope aspects, upwind vs down-wind of prevailing winds).
Consider road layout in regards to ensuring safe access and egress during aggressive wildfire
conditions and providing strategically useful ready-built fire control lines between wildland fuels and
the facility.
Structures & FireSmart Priority Zones

For clarity and natural progression, the preliminary wildland/urban interface recommended guidelines
in this document are presented using the three FireSmart Priority Zones (Partners in Protection, 2003).
In describing the wildfire threat to a structure, this model delineates the area surrounding the structure
into the following priority zones:
Priority Zone 1 (including Zone 1A): exterior structure walls to 10 meters

Priority Zone 2: 10 meters to 30 meters
Priority Zone 3: 30 meters to 100 meters
Figure 1 FireSmart Interface Priority Zones
Extending Priority Zones on Slopes

As slope increases, the three FireSmart Priority Zones must be extended to maintain their effectiveness.
For example:
Flat Terrain: Zone 1, 10 meter circumference of structure; Zone 2, 30 meter circumference of

structure; Zone 3, 100 meter circumference of structure
8
30% slope: multiply side slope distances by 1.5; upslope distance by 1.5 and downslope distance
by 2.
In discussing the recommended priority zone guidelines, the recommendations in this report begins with
the structure at the roof, and moves to the exterior walls and through priority zones, 1(and 1a), 2 and 3.
In many communities the individual priority zones extending from each structure typically overlap those
of neighbouring structures (which may be multiple); therefore the conditions present within the
overlapping priority zones, including the individual structures themselves become factors influencing the
wildfire threat to all structures within the overlapping zones.
Structures (Including buildings, platforms, decks, porches and outbuildings)

Roof Assembly
During a wildfire event, the roofs of adjacent structures can collect airborne burning embers and
combustible debris. If the roof is constructed of flammable material it is highly susceptible to ignition
from these embers. A large percentage of homes that burned in wildfires are a result of these roof
ignitions.
Recommendation: Require class A rated fire resistant roof assemblies for all structures within the
development area.
Dormers and Walls Above Lower Roofs
Airborne embers and combustible debris can collect in the wall/roof junctions at the base of walls
extending above roofs. The piling up of these embers in this junction can ignite combustible siding, or
ignite the combustible wall assembly behind non-combustible siding on any exposure of the building,
thereby igniting the walls, or combustible material behind the walls of a structure.
Recommendation: Require non-combustible siding with a minimum 5 cm non-combustible space (i.e.
flashing) between roof surface and upper wall assembly at roof/wall junctions.
Roof and Soffit Vents
Roof and soffit vents required to vent attics can provide openings for airborne embers to enter the attic
spaces of homes and ignite combustible material in the attic space.
Recommendation: Require all roof and soffit vents installed on structures within the development to
include a minimum 3 millimeter wire mesh screening.
Gutter and Downspout Assembly
Airborne embers and combustible debris can collect in gutters and downspouts. Burning embers and
debris can melt the gutters and downspouts and drop burning material to the base of the structure walls
and combustible surface vegetation and materials below the gutter assembly.
Recommendation: Require non-combustible gutter/downspout assemblies to be installed on all
structures within the development area.
9
Structure/ Building Walls

Radiant heat from adjacent burning wildland fuels or structures can ignite combustible exterior
structure walls. In addition, airborne embers piling against the base of structure walls at the junction of
structure walls and the surrounding finished grade can ignite exterior combustible siding, or the
combustible wall assembly behind non-combustible siding.
Recommendation: All exterior walls on structures within the development area require noncombustible siding and a minimum of 5 millimeters non-combustible above finished grade.
Windows
Windows can crack and become displaced from window frames when exposed to the radiant heat
generated from adjacent burning vegetation or adjacent structures; or the convective heat generated
from fires burning downslope of a building. This can create an opening for airborne embers to enter the
building and ignite interior combustible materials. Although all windows are susceptible to failing, single
pain windows have been documented to fail sooner than thermal pain windows.
Recommendation: Where windows are to be installed, require thermal pain windows to be used on all
structures within the development area.
Platforms, Attachments and Outbuildings

Bungy platforms, tree top adventure platforms, zipline platforms, attached and detached decks,
porches, garages and outbuildings. Deck and porch surface junctions with combustible siding walls can
collect embers and combustible debris, igniting the structure walls. The area under decks with
combustible surfaces, vegetation or other combustible materials can ignite the deck structure from
below which in turn can spread to the main structure. Attached or detached out buildings are
susceptible to the same wildfire exposures as the main structure. Radiant heat generated from
structures within 10 meters of each other can generate enough radiant heat to ignite adjacent structure
combustible materials and ignite combustible siding and break windows (allowing ember interior ember
entry) on adjacent buildings.
Recommendation: Require non-combustible surface under decks extending out to 1 meter beyond the
perimeter of the deck or platform including around any supporting posts or piers. Where the area
under the deck cannot be accessed for regular maintenance and cleaning of debris, require a
continuous cover deck surface and continuous cover skirting surrounding the deck (with appropriately
3mm screened vents) to prevent debris and ember entry. Require all outbuildings to be constructed to
the same requirements as the main buildings. Require all decks and platforms to be constructed of
heavy timber or fire rated non-combustible material.
Priority Zone 1A (within 1 meter of structure exterior walls and attachments)

Vegetation, combustible ground cover and other combustible material in this zone can allow fire to
spread from adjacent vegetation to structures. Combustibles in this zone are also susceptible to
airborne ember and combustible debris accumulation and ignition, leading to structure ignition. Finally,
10
combustibles in this zone may generate enough radiant heat to ignite siding and crack and displace
windows creating an opening for airborne embers to enter buildings and ignite interior combustible
materials.
Recommendation: Require a 1 metre wide non- combustible surface and free of combustibles,
surrounding the perimeter of each structure, including attachments (decks and porches), within the
development area.
Wood Fences
Wood fences attached to structures can act as a wick allowing fire to spread along the fence to the
structure and ignite the structure.
Recommendation: Where wood fences are attached to structures, require the first 1.5 meters of fence
between the structure and remaining wood fence to be of non-combustible material.
Structure Slope Set-back

Structures situated mid-slope or at the crest of a slope can be impacted by both the convective heat and
embers generated by fires burning below the structure. This will increase the risk of the structure
igniting.
Recommendation: Require a minimum 10 meter set-back distance for single story structures, Increase
set-back distance with each additional story.
FireSmart Priority Zone 1 (within 10 meters of structure exterior walls and

attachment perimeters)
Combustible vegetation and other combustibles in this zone can lead to fire spread and radiant heat
impacts on the main structure.
Recommendation: Require landscaping with fire resistant plants. Require that no conifers or highly
flammable plants be planted in this zone. Deciduous trees planted in this zone are acceptable. Low
growing and well-spaced plantings should be encouraged.
Characteristics of Fire Resistant Plants (Partners in Protection, 2012):
Moist, supple leaves

Little dead wood and tendency not to accumulate dead material
Water-like sap with little or no odour
Low amount of sap or resin material
Characteristics of Highly Flammable Plants (Partners in Protection, 2012):
Contain fine, dry, dead material within the plant

Plant stem, branches and leaves contain volatile waxes, terpenes or oils
Leaves are aromatic
Gummy, resinous sap with a strong odour
11
Loose papery bark
Refer to the FireSmart Guide to Landscaping (Partners in Protection, 2012) at

https://www.firesmartcanada.ca/resources-library/firesmart-guide-to-landscaping for more
information on Priority Zone 1 FireSmart landscaping and specific plant recommendations
FireSmart Priority Zone 2 (Between 10 meters and 30 meters from structure)

Wildland fire burning in the untreated forest vegetation of this zone can result in aggressive crown fires
(fast moving fire burning from the forest floor to above the top of the forest canopy) producing
significant ember production and intense radiant and convective heat as well as potential significant
direct flame impingement challenges for structures within 30 metres on flat ground. Slope and wind will
typically increase the influence of fire threat from this zone on structures. This type of fire behaviour is
beyond the fire suppression capabilities of ground-based resources (fire engines, fire fighters, heavy
equipment) and is often beyond the fire suppression capabilities of aerial resources (helicopters, fixed
wing air tankers).
Recommendation: Assess and determine the wildfire behaviour threat of these zones (based on
vegetation, topography and historical fire weather) and the wildland urban interface threat1 (based
on the position of the structure/facility on the slope, the type of development and the position of the
assessment area relative to the values). Require site-specific forest fuel hazard reduction prescriptions
(plans) to be developed and implemented in order to reduce the threat from this zone. The works
undertaken will likely include a combination of surface vegetation removal; removal of significant
dead or downed woody debris (select dead standing trees, logs and branches); selected understory
conifer tree removal; selected overstory (large conifer tree) removal; removal of the first 3 meters of
lower limbs on larger conifer trees. Prescriptions should be developed by a qualified registered
professional forester (knowledge in wildland fire behaviour, forest fuel management and conditions
required for structure ignition) in consultation with other professionals to ensure the best possible
balance is achieved in addressing wildfire risk, slope stability, recreation, aesthetics, critical habitat
and other ecological values.
FireSmart Priority Zone 3 (30 meters to 100 meters from structure)

Wildland fire burning in the untreated forest vegetation of this zone can result in aggressive crown fires
(fast moving fire burning from the forest floor to above the top of the forest canopy) producing
significant ember production and intense radiant and convective heat challenges for structures within
100 metres in areas influenced by slope. Increasing slope and wind will typically increase the influence
of fire threat from this zone on structures. This type of fire behaviour is beyond the fire suppression
capabilities of ground-based resources (fire engines, fire fighters, heavy equipment) and is often beyond
the fire suppression capabilities of aerial resources (helicopters, fixed wing air tankers).
To determine the wildland/urban interface threat, a known facility layout including structure location and
building density is required
12
Recommendation: Assess and determine the wildfire behaviour threat of these zones (based on
vegetation, topography and historical fire weather) and the wildland urban interface threat (based on
the position of the structure/facility on the slope, the type of development and the position of the
assessment area relative to the values). Require site-specific forest fuel hazard reduction prescriptions
(plans) to be developed and implemented in order to reduce the threat from this zone. The works
undertaken will likely include a combination of surface vegetation removal; removal of significant
dead or downed woody debris (select dead standing trees, logs and branches); selected understory
conifer tree removal; selected overstory (large conifer tree) removal; removal of the first 3 meters of
lower limbs on larger conifer trees. Prescriptions should be developed by a qualified registered
professional forester (knowledge in wildland fire behaviour, forest fuel management and conditions
required for structure ignition) in consultation with other professionals to ensure the best possible
balance is achieved in addressing wildfire risk, slope stability, recreation, aesthetics, critical habitat
and other ecological values.
Bibliography
Morrow, B, K. Johnston and J.Davies. 2013. Wildland urban interface wildfire threat assessments in B.C.
Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations, Wildfire Management Branch.
http://www.ubcm.ca/assets/Funding~Programs/LGPS/Current~LGPS~Programs/SWPI/Resources/swpiWUI-WTA-Guide-(2012-Update).pdf
Partners in Protection. 2003. FireSmart: protecting your facility from wildfire. Second Edition.
https://www.firesmartcanada.ca/resources-library/protecting-your-facility-from-wildfire
Partners in Protection. 2012. FireSmart guide to landscaping
https://www.firesmartcanada.ca/resources-library/firesmart-guide-to-landscaping
13
Appendix B:12
April 16, 2015
Jason Roe
Box 963
Revelstoke, BC
V0E 2S0
Sent by email to: jroe@blktie.ca
Re: Road Maintenance Plan for proposed road to proposed Revelstoke Adventure Park
Introduction
The purpose of this letter is to outline a general road maintenance plan for the proposed road to the
Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP) located approximately 10km northeast of Revelstoke, BC. The
road is proposed to be approximately 3km in length, and commences from private land owned by
Black Tie Properties LP adjacent to the Greely Road, before continuing onto crown land as it climbs
towards a proposed lodge site about 500m above the valley floor.
The maintenance plan is intended to meet the requirements of the BC Forest and Range Practices
Act, including Section 79 of the Forest Planning ad Practices Regulation. This document outlines a
maintenance plan that will be implented after construction is completed. The road maintenance
should be considered an initial plan based on the assumed finished road parameters (listed below)
and the requirements of the Forest and Range Practices Act. The general intent of the road
maintenance plan is to provide guidelines to maintain the road in a usable manner adeqaute for the
desired use that will be safe for road users and will not have significant detremental enviromental
impact.
General Road Description
The alignment includes multiple switchbacks as well as relatively steep road grades (10-17%) as it
climbs a broad dry ridge between an unamed creek to the east and steep rocky terrain that lead down
to the Illicielweat River to the west. See Figure 1 for a map.
The projected road location has been flagged in the field and both a GPS traverse and a Level 2
hand traverse has been completed on the alignment, but no clearing or earthworks have taken place.
A geometric road design has been completed by Azimuth Forestry and Mapping Solutions in 2012
based on the hand traverse and a Terrain Stability Report was completed by OEL in April 2015
titled: Terrain Stability Assessment for Road to Revelstoke Adventure Park, Revelstoke, BC,
Revision #2. These documents outline the proposed construction parameters for a stable road
prism and the TSA further provides recommendations for road maintenance that are intended to
reduce the likelihood of a road related landslide.
BC Northern Operations
1A 1750 Quinn St.
Prince George, BC V2N 1X3
Tel: (250) 562-2252
Fax: 1-866-235-6943
BC Interior Operations
PO Box 2012
Salmon Arm, BC V1E 4R1
Tel. 250-832-3366
Fax: 1-866-236-6943
BC Coastal Operations
1 1170 Shoppers Row
Campbell River, BC V9W 2C8
Tel: 250-287-9174
Fax: 1-866-236-6943
North Vancouver
2 252 1st Street East
North Vancouver, BC V7L 1B3
Tel: 778-802-1263
Fax: 1-866-236-6943
Road construction will adhere to guidelines indicated in the 2013 Forest Road Engineering Manuel
issued by the Ministry of Forests Lands and Natural Resource Operations. Road construction is
expected to include mainly conventional cut and fill techniques with occaisional areas of full bench
or bench. Further, at least 3 of the switchbacks are expected to require engineered fill. Road
construction is addressed in the design and the TSA.
Construction and Use Assumptions
The following parameters are assumed for road construction and use:
1. The road will be constructed with typical standards for forest mainline road construction.
The guidelines indicated in the TSA report and geometric road design indicated above will
be followed during construction.
2. An Operations Manager (or similar position) employed by the RAP will oversee and control
road use.
3. General maintenance will be by the RAP personnel and equipment; however, outside
professional consultants and/or contractors will be utilized when specific issues related to
the road structure, stability or user safety arise.
4. The road will be a permanent access structure that will be in use as long as the Revelestoke
Adventure Park (RAP) is operating. Should operations at the RAP cease, the road will be
deactivated. Comments on deactivation are provided below.
5. The road is planned as a private use road to only be used by personnel associated with the
construction, maintenance and operation of the (RAP). The road will be gated at its
commencement point on private land owned by the RAP and access will be controlled by
RAP personnel.
6. Regular traffic will mainly be limited to pick-ups, vans and 5 ton trucks. During operation of
the lodge, this traffic will take place multiple times daily. Gravel trucks, transport trucks and
low bed trucks will also use the road during lodge construction and at isolated times during
certain construction projects and operation of the lodge.
7. Any road users who are not employees of the RAP will either be approved by the
Operations manager or accompanied by RAP personnel.
8. The road will be radio controlled. Kilometer signs will be posted to allow for the road to be
radio controlled. Black Tie will obtain permission to use a designated road frequency for the
road.
9. Road width is intended to be 5m with widening at switchbacks and pullouts
10. Road will have multiple switchbacks and grades will average 10 to 12% with some pitches
that reach 17%
11. Surfacing will be high fines aggregate, the source of which will be determined during the
construction phase.
12. No fish streams or other major crossings are crossed by the road
13. A speed limit will be posted based on the winding nature of the road and will be strictly
adhered to. Due to the current grades and road width, a speed limit of 20 to 30km/hr is
anticipated; however, this will be determined during road permit application.
Page 2 of 6
Risk Analysis
A partial risk analysis for the road is provided in the OEL TSA report indicated above. Known
elements potentially at risk from a landslide initiating from within or downslope of the proposed
development include:
1) Timber and soil resources downslope of the development. These resources are typically
affected by any landslide event with the area impacted directly related to the magnitude of
the slide. For this reason, timber and soil resources are often not used in the risk analysis.
2) Access along road infrastructure associated with the development. This would likely take the
form of a road prism failure were either the cut or the fill slope underwent failure.
3) Water quality in the un-named creek to the east. The areas where the road is adjacent to this
creek are indicated in the TSA. The creek is a tributary to the Illecillewaet River with the
confluence located approximately 200m downstream from the start of the road. The creek is
located in a deep, steep sided draw on the upper slopes that moderate downslope to a broad,
moderately sloped draw. The road is located about 50m from the creek on the lower slopes
and 100 to 150m from the creek on the upper slopes. No signs of existing instability were
noted on the draw sidewalls. A slide with a magnitude exceeding 1000m3 would be required
to impact the creek.
4) CP Rail tracks located 500 to 600m downslope to the west of parts of the road. These areas
are indicated in the TSA. The terrain between the proposed road location and the tracks is
steep and rocky. No signs of any existing instability, other than small scale rockfall from
existing bluffs, were noted on the hillside downslope of the road. In order for a landslide to
runout as far as the tracks, it would require an event with a magnitude exceeding 8000m 3.
Landslide events of this magnitude typically require either a large scale, deep seated
instability or substantial volumes of water to initiate, and runout the required distance.
The TSA provides recommendations that are intended to minimize the risk that the road will impact
any of these elements. Successful implementation of the recommendations are expected to result in
a low likelihood that road construction and use will impact these elements.
Road Inspection and Maintenance Frequency
The road will see daily use by pick-up and passenger van traffic as well as infrequent industrial use.
Road users will be predominantly employees of the RAP, and these employees will be instructed and
trained to review the road on an ongoing basis, reporting any deficiencies to the RAP Operations
Manager (or equivalent) so that mitigation measures can be implemented quickly.
Regular maintenance will be scheduled performed as needed. Typical issues that will be identified
include:
Road surface conditions (i.e. presence of potholes, washboard, rutting etc.) and subsequent
grading requirements
Dust control requirements
Page 3 of 6
Signage condition
Ditchline function
Snow removal
Winter road surface snow and ice conditions (i.e. is sand or salt required at slippery sections)
Any other major issues with the road, including failures and ongoing deterioration that can
be noticed by regular road users
Regular scheduled maintenance inspections will also take place at a frequency determined once the
road is in use (likely monthly). These inspections will be documented in an inspection report and
kept on record. The purpose of these inspections will be to identify any ongoing issues or major
deficiencies with the road and establish measures for repair or upgrade. In addition to the factors
indicated above, the following issues will be monitored:
Stability of the road prism including, but not limited to: presence of tension cracks and/or
fill settlement, cut sloughing and ditch and culvert function
Inspection of major structures along the road. Construction of this road is expected to
require the construction of fill retaining structures at three of the switchbacks as well as
some possible cutslope buttressing. These structures will be monitored for their structural
integrity. Specific monitoring of these structures may be required by the design engineer and
this monitoring would be incorporated into road construction plans as well as ongoing
maintenance inspections.
Inspection of all drainage structures (culverts) to ensure adequate function.
Inspection of general drainage conditions. A small unnamed creek is located to the east of
the road, and measures to ensure runoff from the road is not causing sedimentation in this
creek will need to be implemented and maintained.
Requirements for extra surfacing
Note that where stability issues or structural issues with the road prism, or on the downslope terrain
are identified during any inspection, a professional engineer or geoscientist will be employed to
review the identified issues and prepare mitigation prescriptions.
An inspection report template/checklist will be prepared and utilized for these inspections. This
document will be based on the sample forest service road maintenance inspection schedule provided
in the MFLRO Road Engineering Manual.
RAP will assign the responsibility of reviewing and implementing the inspection reports to the
Operations Manager (or similar position) in a timely manner. All reports will be kept on file in order
to track maintenance works and provide reference for planning future works.
Deactivation
As indicated above, the road is expected to be a permanent access structure to be in place as long as
the RAP lodge is operating. Should this operation cease, the road will be deactivated and the hillside
rehabilitated. A professional engineer or geoscientist will be consulted to aid in determining the
required level of deactivation (i.e. temporary, semi-permanent or permanent), prepare the
Page 4 of 6
Start of road from private

land. Road will be gated
at its entrance point
CP Railway Tracks
Illecillewaet River
Unnamed Creek
End of road at
proposed lodge site
Figure 1: Plan view of Road to RAP.

Reproduced from map provided by
Black Tie Properties LP.
Approximate Scale: 1:5,000
Page 6 of 6
Appendix B:13
Geotechnical Investigation
Greely Adventure Park Proposed Lodge
Site/Bungee Centre
Revelstoke, BC
Prepared for:
Box 963
Revelstoke, BC
V0E 2S0
August 7, 2015
File: 1145-2

Geotechnical Investigation Greely Adventure Park Lodge Site
File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Table of Contents
1.0
1.1
1.2
Introduction .............................................................................................................. 3
Scope of Assessment ..........................................................................................................................3
Limitations ............................................................................................................................................3
2.0
Office and Field Review ........................................................................................... 3
3.0
General Site Information .......................................................................................... 4
4.0
Geotechnical Site Assessment ............................................................................... 4
5.0
Construction Recommendations ............................................................................ 6
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Site Preparation for Building Foundations ...........................................................................................6

Foundation Drainage ............................................................................................................................7
Structural Fill ........................................................................................................................................7
Building Foundations ............................................................................................................................7
6.0
Proposed Bungee Platform ..................................................................................... 7
7.0
Slope Stability Discussion ....................................................................................... 7
8.0
Closure ...................................................................................................................... 8
List of Figures
Figure 1 Location Key Map.................................................................................................................9
Figure 2 Intensive use Map........................................................10
Figure 3 Oblique view of site..........................................................11
ii

1.0
File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Introduction
At the request of Mr. Jason Roe of Black Tie Properties LP (Black Tie), Onsite Engineering Ltd. (OEL) was
retained to carry out a geotechnical assessment of the proposed day lodge and bungee centre site of the Greely
Adventure Park. It is our understanding that the proposed structure is to be an approximately 5000sqft wood
frame building with conventional strip and pad type footings; however, further structures may be constructed in
the future, including a bungee jump platform and viewing deck. The site is located in the Greely Creek area on
the south side of the Illecillewaet River approximately 7km east of Revelstoke, BC.
The purpose of this assessment is to describe general geotechnical conditions at the site, provide guidance for
foundation construction, and to provide a preliminary estimate of no build setback lines from the bedrock bluff
downslope of the lodge site.
1.1
Scope of Assessment
This report provides a description of the soil, rock and groundwater conditions present at the time of the field
inspection and general guidelines for foundation construction at the site.
1.2
Limitations
This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical practises. No other warranty,
expressed or implied, is made. General observations are made on the existing slope gradients, shape, morphology
and the general stability. Information on the subsurface soil, groundwater and bedrock conditions was initially
gathered from hand excavated test pits at the proposed lodge site. No deep machine excavated test pitting or
drilling was conducted.
The classification and identification of the type and condition of the geological units present are judgemental in
nature. Variations (even over short distances) are inherent and are a function of natural processes. OEL does not
represent or warrant that the conditions listed in the report are exact and the user should recognise that variations
may exist. Sub-surface conditions other than those identified may be encountered, requiring a review of the
recommendations contained in this report, with amendments made as needed. It is the responsibility of Black Tie
to contact OEL when conditions differ.
2.0
Office and Field Review
Prior to and following the field assessment the following materials were reviewed:
Orthophoto Imagery Province of B.C, retrieved from www.earth.google.com. The date of this imagery is
estimated 2004 photography.
BC Digital Geology mapping retrieved from http://maps.gov.bc.ca/ess/sv/imapbc/
Extensive Area Map at a scale of 1:5000 provided by Black Tie.
Intensive Use Map Site Layout #2 at a scale of 1:1000 provided by Black Tie.
Report titled Terrain Stability Assessment for Greely Road. Report prepared by Onsite Engineering
Ltd. for Black Tie Properties LP and dated June 7, 2012.
Fieldwork was completed by Adam Muddiman, P.Geo. and Ryan Williams, GIT of OEL. Fieldwork involved a
foot traverse of the proposed lodge site and the base of the bedrock bluffs downslope of the lodge site.
Observations of local geomorphology, drainage, and soil conditions were collected with respect to the proposed
development. Information was also gleaned from hand dug test pits at the site.
Page 3

3.0
File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
General Site Information
The proposed development area is located in the Illecillewaet River valley in the Selkirk Mountains physiographic
region of BC. The region is characterized by rugged terrain with high relief, sharp glaciated peaks and deeply
incised glacial valleys (Holland 1976)1. The local relief in the area ranges from 510m asl at the valley bottom to a
maximum elevation of 2459m asl at the peak of Mount Mackenzie to the south.
The proposed day lodge site is situated at approximately 925m asl on the north flank of Mount MacKenzie at the
crest of a broad, bedrock controlled ridge which runs from the valley bottom to the mid slopes of the
mountainside. Terrain on the east side of the ridge slopes away at 40 to 60% into a broad, deep valley of an
unnamed drainage, while terrain to the west breaks over into very steep bedrock bluffs for 20 to 30m followed by
70 to 90% planar colluvial . The proposed lodge site is situated 30 to 50m back from the break to the very steep,
bedrock bluffs to the west. Terrain upslope of the lodge site moving south up the ridge consists of irregular,
benchy slopes with gradients of 20-45%.
Bedrock in the area is mapped as Devonian orthogneiss of an unnamed group. Bedrock observed in the bluffs
downslope of the lodge site consists of massive, extremely strong orthogneiss with widely spaced fractures on the
order of 2-5m spacing. The fracture orientation appears to be random and does not follow a specific bedding
plane or jointing pattern. The observed lithology matches bedrock mapping of the area and numerous boulders
scattered throughout the study area also consist of similar orthogneiss.
The proposed day lodge is part of the larger Greely Adventure Park development. This adventure park
development, while still in its planning phase, is understood to consist of numerous different components
including a 2.9km proposed road accessing the lodge site. A TSA report concerning the proposed road has been
authored by OEL and the reader is referred to this previous report for further detail.
It is also our understanding that a bungee jump platform and viewing deck may be constructed in the general
vicinity of the lodge site and will consist of a structure protruding out over top of the bedrock bluffs. No detailed
building plans concerning the bungee jump platform were supplied to OEL and it appears that these works are in
the initial planning stage. This bungee jump platform is discussed below.
This report addresses geotechnical conditions at the proposed lodge site and along the bedrock bluff immediately
downslope of the lodge site. This report does not address geotechnical conditions or terrain stability of any of the
other components of the Greely Adventure Park.
At the time of the field assessment an access road to the site had been laid out and was in preliminary design
stage, but had not been constructed, and the exact day lodge design had not been finalized. As a result excavator
access was not possible to the proposed lodge site and the determination of geotechnical conditions utilized
observations of landforms in the area and excavation of shallow hand dug test pits.
4.0
Geotechnical Site Assessment
The following is a general assessment based on hand dug test pits and visual inspection of landforms, surficial
material and bedrock outcrops. Foundation construction and drainage recommendations are general geotechnical
requirements typically required for construction. Detailed construction plans were not available at the time of the
assessment and it is our understanding that final lodge plans have not yet been formulated. A more detailed
geotechnical assessment will be required once the final building plans are completed, and of the exact location of
the structure is established. The recommendations contained in this report may be amended at this time.
Holland, S.S., Landforms of British Columbia, A physiographic outline, Bulletin, 1976; BC Department of Mines and Resources. Victoria,
B.C.
Page 4

File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Terrain at the proposed lodge site features irregular, benchy slopes with gradients of 10-15% on benches and up
to 55% on the short escarpments separating benches. The proposed lodge site is situated on one of these bench
features and is backed by a 15m long slope with 45 to 55% gradients. Slopes below the lodge site break over
abruptly into a vertical to slightly overhung 20-30m tall bedrock bluff. Hand dug test pits were excavated at the
top of the short slope backing the lodge site, at the centre of the bench where the lodge is proposed to be
situated, and at the edge of the bench. The location of these test pits was recorded with a handheld GPS unit. The
accurate of these measurements is estimated on the order of 5m.
The surficial materials encountered in the hand dug test pits consisted of the following:
Test Pit 1 (WP 831-UTM 422608mE, 5650548mN):
0 0.05m Organics.
0.05 0.8m Brown loose to compact silty sand with some gravel, numerous subangular cobble to boulder sized
clasts (40-50% of the material).
0.8 1.1m Grey compact to dense sand with some silt and some gravel, numerous cobble to boulder sized
clasts (30-50% of the material).
0 0.2m Silty sand with some gravel, numerous cobble to boulder sized clasts. Well drained with abundant root
penetration.
0.2 0.8m Compact to dense gravelly sand with trace to some silt. Numerous cobble to boulder sized clasts
(20-30% of the material).
0 0.2m Silty sand with some gravel, numerous cobble to boulder sized clasts. Well drained with abundant root
penetration.
0.2 0.8m Compact to dense gravelly sand with trace to some silt. Numerous cobble to boulder sized clasts
(20-30% of the material).
All three pits exhibit generally similar soil conditions with weathered till bordering on colluvium overlying
unweathered till bordering on colluvium. No subsurface water, mottling or other signs of previous subsurface
water flows were noted in any of the pits. In general the soils are well drained and are compact, transitioning to
dense at depth. Bedrock was not encountered in any of the test pits; however, it was apparent at the break to the
bluffs approximately 30m downslope from Test Pit 3 that bedrock could be encountered in deeper excavations.
By observing the general morphology of the site and by projecting the elevation of the bedrock observed at the
start of the bluffs upslope, it is estimated that the depth to bedrock is on the order of 2-3m at Test Pit 3, and
more than3m at Tests Pit 1 and 2. Note that these are estimates only and if depth to rock is considered to be a
determining factor for lodge construction than deep test pitting using an excavator should be performed.
At first glance the sedimentary profile described above is consistent with a colluvium type material deposited by
mass wasting associated with large bedrock failures. These types of events tend to produce deep deposits of
unstratified, coarse grained, unsorted, angular materials which is broadly consistent with what was observed in the
field. However, a review of orthophoto imagery of the site reveals that there are not any bedrock outcrops of
sufficient size upslope to produce such a deposit. As a result, the most probable deposition mechanism is
considered to be glacial action.
It is possible that a small mountain glacier was present originating in the north bowl of Mount Mackenzie and
flowing down through the large draw to the east of the study site during the last glacial maximum. The study site
could have been located at the distal edge of this glacier resulting in deposition of deep marginal moraine
deposits. The relatively short transport distance from the north bowl of Mount Mackenzie to the deposition site
could explain the coarse, angular nature of the sediments present.
Page 5

File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
As was mentioned above, no groundwater flows were observed in any of the three test pits and no surface flows
were apparent in the study area. Groundwater flows are not expected to be encountered at depth during
foundation excavation efforts due to the location of the study area on a broad ridge, a terrain feature which
promotes divergent drainage patterns.
The loose to compact gravelly sand with trace to some silt material found in the base of each of the test pits is
suitable for foundation placement. In its undisturbed state this material has an estimated bearing capacity of up to
100kPa; however, if the excavated surface is compacted via multiple passes of a 1000lb vibrating plate compactor
or a vibratory steel drum roller an estimated bearing capacity of up to 150kPa can be developed.
Although bedrock is expected at some depth across much of the proposed building site, the lack of deep test pits
make it difficult to confirm this expectation. As a result rock mass properties are given below in the event
bedrock is encountered during foundation excavation and if foundations are then founded on this rock. As was
described above, bedrock in the area consists of massive, extremely strong orthogneiss with widely spaced
fractures on the order of 2-5m. Reliable rock mass properties concerning this lithology can be gleaned from the
chapter on Rock Mass Classification in the text by Evert Hoek Practical Rock Engineering and from the
software program RocLab also developed by Evert Hoek. The values given below were obtained from this and
other referenced sources and are estimates only. No rock core drilling or testing was completed at this site.
1. The UCS strength of the intact and competent orthogneiss present at the site is estimated at 175MPa
using the Hack-Huisman method2. The rock has wide spaced fractures and appears to be competent at
surface.
2. The allowable bearing capacity is estimated at 40 MPa3. This value includes a factor of safety of 3 (WSD).
3. The unit weight of the orthogneiss is estimated at 28.5kN/m3.
4. The rock mass is jointed and fractured to some extent and shouldnt be treated as a monolith for anchor
design. The cone apex angle used in design should be 60 degrees4.
5. Shear friction is estimated at 20 MPa.
6. The friction angle () of the orthogneiss is estimated to be 45 degrees.
5.0
Construction Recommendations
5.1
Site Preparation for Building Foundations
Site preparation should include removal of all organic materials from the building site and all other load bearing
surfaces. The final excavation surface is to extend to the native loose to compact gravelly sand with trace to some
silt material described above. It is also possible that orthogneiss bedrock may be encountered depending on the
depth of excavations.
If the excavated surface extends into the gravelly sand with trace to some silt material then the floor of the
excavation is to be made as level as possible and then compacted via multiple passes of a 1000lb vibrating plate
compactor or a vibratory steel drum roller to develop a bearing capacity of up to 150kPa. The floor of the
excavation should then be overlain by a 0.3m deep of leveling fill of crush and compacted. Foundations may be
placed upon this leveled surface.
If the foundation excavations extend to bedrock then the exposed bedrock surface is to have all weathered or
loose rock removed to expose a surface of intact competent rock. Foundations can then be cast directly onto this
rock surface or place on a thin layer of leveling crush.
2
Hack and Huisman, 2002. Estimating the intact rock strength by simple means. Engineering Geology for Developing Countries
proceeding of the 9th Congress of the International Association for Engineering Geology and the Environment. Durban, South Africa. 1620, Eptember 2002.
3
Equation 9.1. In the 4th Edition of the Canadian Foundation Engineering Manual
4
Xanthakos, P.P. Ground Anchors and Anchored Structures (pp 213) 1991 John Wiley and Sons
Page 6

File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Note that due to the uncertainty surrounding the day lodge building plans and the exact composition of
surficial materials below 1m depth in the soil profile, it is recommended that an Engineer or Geoscientist
or their representative inspect the excavation prior to any foundation placement.
5.2
Foundation Drainage
The slopes at and surrounding the proposed lodge site are dry with no signs of surface flows. No signs of
subsurface flows were noted in test pits at the site. Furthermore the native surficial materials present at the site are
very coarse and are free draining. However, due to uncertainty surrounding the proposed lodge design and
subsurface conditions, recommendations concerning site drainage cannot be formulated at this time. A
foundation drainage plan can be developed when building plans are developed.
5.3
Structural Fill
The sand with some silt and some gravel and numerous cobble materials found on site could potentially be used
as structural fill; however, this would need to be confirmed by the geotechnical engineer following an inspection
of the material excavated from the site. Where the native material is not found to be suitable, material will need
to be transported to the site.
Where structural fills are required, including the use of crushed gravel beneath footings, they are to be founded on
compacted native soils, stripped of all organics. The native soils are to be benched to limit their gradient to no
greater than 2% where they underlie structural fills. The benches should slope to daylight or have perimeter drains
to ensure the structural fill is drained. The following guidelines should be followed when placing structural fill:
5.4
Building Foundations
The day lodge building design and therefore also the foundation design is not known at this time. Detailed
recommendations concerning placement of the foundation will be formulated once the lodge design is supplied to
OEL. However, for planning purposes the foundation should be designed for a maximum bearing capacity of
100kPa.
6.0
Proposed Bungee Platform
The proposed bungee jump platform and viewing deck is still in the initial proposal phase and no detailed
structural designs or locations have been formulated. The structure will likely protrude out over the bedrock bluff
downslope of the lodge site and may be tied back to the top of the bluff via rock bolts. From an initial planning
perspective such as structure may be feasible. The rock present at the site is competent and appears suitable for
rock anchor and foundation placement. No signs of an impending major rock detachment event were apparent
along the top of the bluffs.
However, it must be noted that these are just initial observations and any sort of detailed assessment of such a
structure will require the completion of detailed structural designs and identification of an exact location for the
structure. Further works would then include deep drilling at the site and a detailed assessment of bedrock
conditions at the bungee jump location. It will be necessary to retain a geological engineer with experience in such
structures at this time.
7.0
Slope Stability Discussion
The proposed lodge site is located on broad ridge with local irregular, benchy terrain with dominantly gentle to
moderate gradient slopes. This type of terrain continues upslope of the lodge site for at least 350m and does not
contain any signs of historic or insipient instability. The location of the site on a broad ridge in the mid-slope of
the mountainside removes its connection to any upslope hazards (See Figure 3). The majority of the drainage
Page 7

File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Illecillewaet River
Study Area
Columbia River
Figure 1 Location Key Map
Page 9

File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Figure 2: Copy of the Intensive Use Map for the

proposed lodge/bungee centre site showing OEL
test pit locations. The original map scale was 1:2,500,
but has been reduced slightly to fit this page.
Approximate top
of bedrock bluffs
Test Pit 3
Test Pit 1
Test Pit 2
Page 10

File: 1145-2
August 7, 2015
Approximate location of
proposed lodge site
Figure 3: Oblique view of lodge site. Note the ridge top location and separation from the upper mountainside due to the dry ridge and creek draw
Page 11
Appendix B:14
FORM 1
Riparian Areas Regulation - Qualified Environmental Professional - Assessment Report
Riparian Areas Regulation: Assessment Report

Please refer to submission instructions and assessment report guidelines when completing this report.
Date
May 31, 2012
I. Primary QEP Information

First Name
Last Name
Designation
Registration #
Address
City
Prov/state
Danielle
Backman
B.I.T
Middle Name
450B
1123 2nd St. West Room 108
Revelstoke
Postal/Zip
BC
Country
Company Azimuth Forestry and Mapping

Solutions
Email azimuthforesty@telus.net
V0E 2S0
Canada
Phone #
1-250-814-0511
IV. Development Information

Development Type Recreational
Area of Development (ha) 0.8406
Lot Area (ha) 63.20
Proposed Start Date 30/06/2012
Riparian Length (m) 3725

Nature of Development Greely Farm Enhancement
Proposed End Date 31/10/2012
V. Location of Proposed Development

Street Address (or nearest town)
354 Laufner Road
Local Government Columbia Shuswap Regional
City Revelstoke
District
Stream Name Unnamed-Creek 3, Creek 5, Ditch 4, NCD 1, Wetland 1
Legal Description (PID) 016-775-988, 016-777-905
Region 4
Stream/River Type Stream, Ditch, Wetland
DFO Area Pacific (Kootenay)
Watershed Code N/A
Latitude 51
00'
48''N Longitude
118
04'
42''W
Completion of Database Information includes the Form 2 for the Additional QEPs, if needed.
Insert that form immediately after this page.
Form 1
Page 1 of 11
FORM 1
Table of Contents for Assessment Report

Section 1. Description of Fisheries Resources Values and a Description of the
Development proposal .......................................................................................................... 3
Section 2. Results of Riparian Assessment (SPEA width) ................................................... 5
Section 3. Site Plan ............................................................................................................... 6
Section 4. Measures to Protect and Maintain the SPEA ...................................................... 7
Section 5. Environmental Monitoring.................................................................................. 9
Section 6. Photos ................................................................................................................. 10
Section 7. Professional Opinion.......................................................................................... 11
Form 1
Page 2 of 11
FORM 1
Section 1. Description of Fisheries Resources Values and a

Description of the Development proposal
(Provide as a minimum: Species present, type of fish habitat present, description of current riparian
vegetation condition, connectivity to downstream habitats, nature of development, specific activities
proposed, timelines)
Description of Proposed Development:
Black Tie Properties is proposing to upgrade access and utilities on a 63.20ha property north of Revelstoke
BC and located in the Columbia Shuswap Regional District. These farm land enhancements will include
culvert maintenance, road repair, power pole installation, and construction of a parking lot (0.81ha) and
office building (0.088ha). All construction activities are outside of the SPEAs determined by this
assessment. All culvert work is subject to a Section 9 notification under the Water Act and will conform to
the Kootenay Region best management practices for working in and around water. Sediment and erosion
control techniques will be employed during construction to prevent the introduction of overland
sedimentation into any of the waterways.
Description of Fisheries Resource Values:
The development site consists of both second growth forest and of abandoned agricultural fields. The
forested land makes up 37.10ha of the development site and the remaining 26.10ha are agricultural fields.
The forested land was logged approximately 60 to 80 years ago and allowed to re-vegetate naturally.
Western red cedar (Thuja plicata) and western hemlock (Tsuga heterophylla) are the dominant species with
lesser amounts of white birch (Betual papyifera) and spruce (Picea spp.) is present. Grasses and sedges
dominate the vegetation type in the abandoned agricultural fields. The property contains four watercourses
including two ditches, two streams and a small wetland (NCD1, Ditch4-1 & 4-2, Creek3, Creek5 and
Wetland1).
NCD 1 - is located in the centre of the property and flows west from Wetland 1for approximately 500m
before converging with Creek 3. Creek 1 consists of a uniform reach with an average width of 1.93m and a
channel gradient of 0.8%. The ditch morphology is riffle-pool with silty-sand substrate and little evidence
of gravels. This suggests that the water volume and flows are relatively low and could experience periodic
drying during summer droughts. The ditch flows through the centre of the abandoned agricultural fields
and therefore it is likely that this waterway is remnant of farming activities like irrigation and/or drainage
(ditching). The dominant vegetation types around the stream are sedges and grass species and contains
little woody debris as the area has been cleared of trees for a number of decades. As mentioned previously,
this ditch is connected via surface water to Creek 3 and ultimately to the Illecillewaet River, and therefore
NCD1 is assumed to be fish bearing.
Ditch 4-1 & 4-2 This ditch is located between the north edge of the property and the Canadian Pacific
Railroad tracks. This watercourse has been channelized from previous developments and mainly directs
surface runoff, groundwater, and snowmelt along the property west to Creek 5 where it discharges into the
Illecillewaet via a double culvert. Ditch 4 was divided into two reaches (reach 1 & 2) sections for the
purpose the RAA due to fish bearing potential (average channel width 2.5m 3.0m). The banks along
Ditch 4 consisted of thick vegetation with brushing debris from past activities in the channel. Morphology
is riffle-pool with well-defined banks and bottom substrates consisting of mainly silt but with portions of
sand/gravel material. Ditch 4 has one main culvert crossing under the CP railroad tracks and access road
into the property.
Reach 1 (Ditch 4-1) has a section of the ditch where water disappears underground, likely due to a buried
pipe or some other failure. Water goes to ground in the ditch-line for about 110m and then re-surfaces
Form 1
Page 3 of 11
FORM 1
again just upstream of the confluence of Creek 3. From this point (Reach 2), the ditch is considered fish
bearing although the water passes through another potential fish barrier at CV 4 where the pipe has
probably collapsed and water flow is limited to seeping; however this is also the confluence of Creek 3 and
another source of substantial water volume for Ditch 4. The channel characteristics of Ditch 4 are
comparable downstream of CV 4 to the characteristics upstream (west) and the watercourse connects with
the Illecillewaet River via two culverts that are not considered a barrier to fish passage.
Creek 3 - flows along the southern edge of the property for approximately 1.2km before it joins Ditch 4 and
flows east. The stream consists of a single reach with an average width of 1.68m and a channel gradient of
2.5%. Channel morphology is riffle-pool with sand/gravel substrate. Second growth forest boarders the
southern bank of watercourse and therefore has a good assortment of large woody debris within the
channel. The northern banks boarders the former agricultural fields and consist mainly of grasses and
sedges. There is evidence along the stream banks to suggest historic dredging, including mounds of
substrate and the linear nature of the stream as it boarders the property suggests that it has been channelized
around the property. The water flow is somewhat signification and evidence of scour and gravels suggests
this stream is permanent and flows year-round. Creek 3 is considered fish bearing due to its connectivity to
the Illecillewaet River and anecdotal reports of small fish (minnows) in the stream.
Creek 5 - flows along the western edge of the property and north into Ditch 4-1. The stream consists of a
single reach with an average width of 6.38m and a gradient of 14.1%. The stream is a step pool stream
with a boulder base. The stream is surrounded by second growth forest and contains a good assortment of
large woody debris within the channel. The dominant vegetation types are trees on both sides of the
channel, with the exception of a small pocket of large shrubs where presence of standing water and
boulders prevents establishment of mature trees. This stream has fish potential due to its connectivity to
the Illecillewaet. Although the upper reaches are steeper than any other waterways on the property, it does
not exclude the possibility of fish and therefore until properly survey, Creek 5 is considered fish bearing.
The morphology and present vegetation suggests this stream provides value downstream inputs to the
Illecillewaet River. The lower reach of Creek 5 is not confined in one channel, but is somewhat braided
and fans in the lower gradient section before flowing through the double culvert and into the Illecillewaet
River. This braiding is a combination of historic activities, the change in slope and due to the amount of
bed-load material that is moved downstream during high-water events from the steeper upstream reaches.
Wetland 1 - is located at the northeast corner of the property and covers an area of 6.14ha. This wetland
drains into NCD 1 and Ditch 4, however due to time constraints, no fish surveys were conducted and
therefore is considered fish bearing. The dominated vegetation surrounding the wetland consists mainly of
coniferous and deciduous trees, with a section of wet-site shrubs along the northern edge between the
property line and the railroad tracks. The west boundary of the wetland consists mostly of grasses and
sedges. This wetland is likely a valuable breeding ground for amphibians including western toad (Bufo
boreas), a federal and provincial species of special concern. At this time, no development is proposed for
this area.
All of the riparian areas in the property eventually drain into Ditch 4, which flows through a double culvert
under the railroad tracks, and into the Illecillewaet River (watershed code 360). These culverts are perched
during periods of low-flow, but have not been assessed as a barrier to fish. The Illecillewaet River is a
major tributary that supports various fish species including, Kookanee, Lake chub, mountain whitefish,
rainbow trout, bull trout, sculpin, and brook trout (Fisheries Inventory Data Queries, accessed May 2012,
http://a100.gov.bc.ca/pub/fidq/main.do). Bull trout (Salvelinus confluentus) are currently designated as BC
species of concern and are under review by the Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife. In
addition, the Columbian sculpin (Cottus hubbsi) is also considered a species of special concern (see
Fisheries & Oceans, 2012 for more information).
Form 1
Page 4 of 11
FORM 1
Section 2. Results of Riparian Assessment (SPEA width)

Attach or insert the Form 3 or Form 4 assessment form(s). Use enough duplicates of the form to
produce a complete riparian area assessment for the proposed development
NCD 1- 5m
NCD 2 -5m
Creek 3 - 10m
Ditch 4.1 - 2m
Ditch 4.2 - 5m
Creek 5 - 15 to <25m
Form 1
Page 5 of 11
Form 3 Detailed Assessment Form

2. Results of Detailed Riparian Assessment

Refer to Chapter 3 of Assessment Methodology
Date:
Description of Water bodies involved (number, type)

Stream
Wetland
Lake
X
Ditch
Number of reaches
1
Reach #
May 18, 2012
NCD 1
Channel width and slope and Channel Type (use only if water body is a stream or a ditch,
and only provide widths if a ditch)
Channel Width(m)
starting point 1.60
upstream 1.5
1.8
1.25
1.3
1.4
downstream 2.8
2.9
2.7
2.15
2.1
Total: minus high /low 17.35
mean 1.93
R/P
Channel Type
X
Gradient (%)
1.00
0.61
C/P
I, Danielle Backman, hereby certify that:

a) I am a qualified environmental professional, as defined in the
Riparian Areas Regulation made under the Fish Protection Act;
b) I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the
development proposal made by the developer Black Tie
Properties ;
c) I have carried out an assessment of the development proposal
and my assessment is set out in this Assessment Report; and
d) In carrying out my assessment of the development proposal, I
have followed the assessment methods set out in the Schedule
to the Riparian Areas Regulation.
S/P
Site Potential Vegetation Type (SPVT)

Yes
SPVT Polygons
No
X
Tick yes only if multiple polygons, if No then fill in one set of SPVT data boxes
a) I am a qualified environmental professional, as defined in the Riparian Areas
Regulation made under the Fish Protection Act;
b) I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal
made by the developer Black Tie Properties ;
c) I have carried out an assessment of the development proposal and my assessment is
set out in this Assessment Report; and
d) In carrying out my assessment of the development proposal, I have followed the
assessment methods set out in the Schedule to the Riparian Areas Regulation.
Polygon No:
1
LC
SH
TR
X
Method employed if other than TR
LC
SH
TR
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
SPVT Type
Detailed Assessment Form
Page 1 of 2

Zone of Sensitivity (ZOS) and resultant SPEA

Segment 1
If two sides of a stream involved, each side is a separate segment. For all water
No:
bodies multiple segments occur where there are multiple SPVT polygons
LWD, Bank and Channel 5
Stability ZOS (m)
Litter fall and insect drop 5
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5
South bank Yes
No
Ditch
Justification description for classifying as a ditch (manmade, Flows through historic
no significant headwaters or springs, seasonal flow)
agricultural land, is channelized
and has evidence of season
flow due to lack of channel
substrate or defined channel.
Ditch Fish Yes
Bearing
SPEA maximum
X
5
No
If non-fish bearing insert no fish

bearing status report
(For ditch use table3-7)
Segment 2
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5
South bank Yes
No
SPEA maximum
5

a) I am a qualified environmental professional, as defined in the Riparian Areas Regulation made under the Fish Protection Act;
b) I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer
(name of
developer) ;
c) I have carried out an assessment of the development proposal and my assessment is set out in this Assessment Report; and
d) In carrying out my assessment of the development proposal, I have followed the assessment methods set out in the Schedule to
the Riparian Areas Regulation.
Comments
NCD#1 is potentially fish bearing due to connectivity with Creek #3 and the Illecillewaet
River. The water sources for NCD#1 are likely groundwater and spring snowmelt. The
headwaters appear to be Wetland1 and surrounding area
The area was previously farmed and has evidence of old man-made ditches.
Page 2 of 2


Date:

Stream
X
Wetland
Lake
Ditch
Number of reaches
1
Reach #
May 18, 2012
Creek 3
Channel Width(m)
starting point .85
upstream 1.45
1.30
1.50
1.65
1.10
downstream 3.50
1.50
2.30
2.15
2.20
mean 1.68
R/P
Channel Type
X
Gradient (%)
3.1
1.8
C/P
I, Danielle Backman , hereby certify that:

Properties ;
S/P

SPVT Polygons
Yes
X
No
Polygon No:
1
LC
SH
TR
X
2
LC
SH
TR
X
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
SPVT Type

X
Page 1 of 2


Segment 1
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5.04
South bank Yes
X
No
Ditch
Justification description for classifying as a ditch (manmade,
Ditch Fish Yes
No
Bearing
SPEA maximum
10
Segment 2
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5.04
South bank Yes
X
No
SPEA maximum
10
Segment 3
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5.04
South bank Yes
No
X
SPEA maximum
10
b) I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer Black Tie
Properties;
Comments
Creek#3 appears to have been historically channelized along the edge of the agricultural
fields. This creek sustains viable water flows and stream morphology consist of gravels
and small cobbles.
Page 2 of 2


Date:

Stream
Wetland
Lake
X
Ditch
Number of reaches
2
Reach #
May 18, 2012
Ditch 4-1
Channel Width(m)
starting point 4.55
upstream 2.10
3.65
2.70
4.00
2.35
downstream 3.70
3.50
2.80
2.15
2.10
mean 2.99
R/P
Channel Type
Gradient (%)
1.2
1.0
C/P

Properties ;
S/P

Yes
SPVT Polygons
No
X
Polygon No:
1
LC
SPVT Type

SH
TR
X

Segment 1
No:
LWD, Bank and Channel 5.98
Stability ZOS (m)
Litter fall and insect drop 5.98
Page 1 of 2

ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5.98
South bank Yes
X
Ditch
Ditch Fish Yes

Bearing
SPEA maximum
X
6.00
No
Channelized ditch between
edge of property and railway,
no obvious headwaters and
intermittent flows.
No


b) I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer Black Tie Properties
;
Comments
Fish status is unknown, however due to the connectivity of Ditch4-1 to the Illecillewaet
River, the ditch is considered fish bearing.
Page 2 of 2


Date:

Stream
Wetland
Lake
X
Ditch
Number of reaches
2
Reach #
May 18, 2012
NCD 4-2
Channel Width(m)
starting point 2.40
upstream 1.55
2.25
2.4
2.8
downstream 2.35
1.7
3.0
2.55
2.6
1.95
mean 2.32
R/P
Channel Type
Gradient (%)
Properties ;
C/P
S/P

Yes
SPVT Polygons
No
X
I,
(name of qualified environmental professional) , hereby certify that:
made by the developer
(name of developer) ;
Polygon No:
1
LC
SPVT Type

SH
TR
X

Segment 1
No:
LWD, Bank and Channel N/A
Stability ZOS (m)
Page 1 of 3

ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
2
South bank Yes
X
Ditch
Ditch Fish
Bearing
SPEA
Yes
maximum
No
No
Manmade ditch along railway
tracks

Minnow trapping or
other methods
were not
employed,
however, fish
presence is
unlikely due to
the presence of
two fish
barriers. See
the Comments
section for
more detail
Segment
No:
LWD, Bank and Channel
Stability ZOS (m)
Litter fall and insect drop
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
South bank Yes
No
SPEA maximum
Segment
No:
LWD, Bank and Channel
Stability ZOS (m)
Litter fall and insect drop
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
South bank Yes
No
SPEA maximum
I,
a)
b)
c)
d)
(name of qualified environmental professional) , hereby certify that:

I am a qualified environmental professional, as defined in the Riparian Areas Regulation made under the Fish Protection Act;
I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer
(name of
developer) ;
I have carried out an assessment of the development proposal and my assessment is set out in this Assessment Report; and
In carrying out my assessment of the development proposal, I have followed the assessment methods set out in the Schedule to
Comments
Fish barriers 110m section of dry channel where water flow disappears an
underground pipe may exist in this location. Just upstream of the confluence of Creek 3
and Ditch4-1, there is a collapsed pipe for an old earth dam, water is able to seep
through or filter through the ground but does not connect directly via surface water.
Ditch4-2 is a continuation of the watercourse but is considered fish bearing due to its
connectivity with the Illecillewaet River.
Page 2 of 3


Date: May 18, 2012

Creek 5 (Powder Assault)

Stream
X
Wetland
Lake
Ditch
Number of reaches
1
Reach #
Channel Width(m)
starting point 5.16
upstream 6.57
6.09
5.26
4.00
13.27
downstream 7.16
6.42
7.81
6.95
6.02
mean 6.38
R/P
Channel Type
Gradient (%)
13.9
14.3
C/P

Properties ;
S/P
X

SPVT Polygons
Yes
X
No
Polygon No:
1
LC
SH
TR
X
2
LC
SH
TR
X
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
SPVT Type

X
Page 1 of 2


Segment 1
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
19.14
South bank Yes
No
X
Ditch
Ditch Fish Yes
No
Bearing
SPEA maximum
19.14
Segment 2
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
19.14
South bank Yes
No
X
SPEA maximum
19.14
Segment 3
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
19.14
South bank Yes
No
X
SPEA maximum
19.14
Properties;
Comments
Creek#5 is steeper and has much higher water volumes than the other creeks on the
property. It is generally confined to a well-defined channel except for a short distance
near the confluence of Ditch4. Here the gradient is more shallow and historic disturbance
has caused some braiding and pooling. The high water mark was determined using
vegetation type and evidence of frequent scour.
Page 2 of 2


Date:

Stream
Wetland
X
Lake
Ditch
Number of reaches
1
Reach #
May 18, 2012
Wetland 1
Channel Width(m)
starting point
upstream
Gradient (%)
Properties ;
downstream
Total: minus high /low

mean
R/P
C/P
S/P
Channel Type

SPVT Polygons
Yes
X
No
Polygon No:
1
LC
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
2
LC
SPVT Type
Polygon No:
Wet soils more likely to support wet-site vegetation like the

well-developed shrub layer currently present.
SH
X
TR
SH
TR
X
Page 1 of 3

SPVT Type
Polygon No:
X
4
LC
SPVT Type

SH
TR
X

Segment 1
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
5
South bank Yes
No
Ditch
Ditch Fish Yes
No
Bearing
SPEA maximum
10
Segment 2
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
30
South bank Yes
No
SPEA maximum
30
Segment 3
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
30
South bank Yes
No
SPEA maximum
30
Segment 4
No:
Stability ZOS (m)
ZOS (m)
Shade ZOS (m) max
30
South bank Yes
No
SPEA maximum
30
Properties;
Page 2 of 3

Comments
Page 3 of 3
FORM 1
Section 3. Site Plan

Insert jpg file below
Site Plan
Form 1
Page 6 of 11
...\Greely_2010\RAR_Template2.dgn Jun. 08, 2012 10:48:28
FORM 1
Section 4. Measures to Protect and Maintain the SPEA

This section is required for detailed assessments. Attach text or document files, as need, for each element
discussed in chapter 1.1.3 of Assessment Methodology. It is suggested that documents be converted to PDF
before inserting into the assessment report. Use your return button on your keyboard after each line. You
must address and sign off each measure. If a specific measure is not being recommended a justification must
be provided.
1.
Danger Trees
see attached report
I, Yann Bourdon, TPF , hereby certify that:

b) I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer Black Tie Properties;
c) I have carried out an assessment of the development proposal and my assessment is set out in this Assessment Report; and In
carrying out my assessment of the development proposal, I have followed the assessment methods set out in the Schedule to the
Riparian Areas Regulation
2.
Windthrow
see attached report
I, Yann Bourdon, TPF , hereby certify that:

a.
b.
I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer Black Tie Properties;
c.
I have carried out an assessment of the development proposal and my assessment is set out in this Assessment Report; and In
3.
Slope Stability
N/A proposed development is on old agricultural fields. No

indications of slope instability as per Table 3.8, RAR Assessment
Methods.

a.
b.
c.
4.
Protection of Trees
Current proposed construction is outside of all SPEAs.

a.
b.
c.
5.
Encroachment
SPEAs will be marked with flagging and construction fencing in

areas where construction is nearby. Longer term
recommendations will include provisions for permanent fencing
in areas of high traffic.

a.
b.
c.
6.
Sediment and Erosion Control
Form 1
All construction activities will be subject to environmental

monitoring and site inspections. Parking lot and building
sediment and erosion control plans will adhere to BC MoE Best
Management Practices for Urban and Rural Land Development.
Surface water from the parking lot will be controlled with
sediment fencing or other suitable materials. Any large volumes
of turbid water will be controlled at the source with check dams
and sumps until it settles. Site water will be discharged into
vegetated areas well away from any SPEAs.
Page 7 of 11
FORM 1
a.
b.
I am qualified to carry out this part of the assessment of the development proposal made by the developer Black Tie Properties ;
c.
7.
Stormwater Management
Within the proposed construction activities, the parking lot poses

the largest risk to the SPEA on NCD1. At this stage, there are no
immediate plans to pave the parking area or any access roads.
Regardless, the parking lot will slope away from NCD1 with
perimeter ditches and collection sumps if necessary.

a.
b.
c.
8.
Floodplain Concerns (highly

mobile channel)
N/A

a.
b.
c.
Form 1
Page 8 of 11
250 837 6413
Azimuth Forestry & Mapping Solutions
TO:
Black Tie Properties
CC:
Azimuth Forestry
FROM:
DATE:
Yann Bourdon, TPF

June 7, 2012
Azimuth Forestry
SUBJECT: Danger tree and Wind throw assessment for Greely Farm
Enhancement
1.0 Introduction:
The purpose of this report is to determine the wind throw potential and to assess the
danger trees risk resulting from the proposed Greely Farm Enhancement. There are two
creeks, two ditches, and a wetland identified in this RAR report; all of which flow into
the Illecillewaet River.
2.0 Danger tree assessment :
Culverts will be replaced within the SPEA's of Creek#3 and Creek #5. These activities
are occurring within the cleared road right-of-way and are therefore identified as very
low risk as per MOF danger tree guidelines.
3.0 SPEA Stand and Site Descriptions:
3.1 Creek #3 SPEA: The south SPEA boundary of Creek #3 is comprised of a mature
mixed wood stand including black cottonwood (Populus trichocarpa), trembling aspen
(Populus tremuloides), and white birch (Betula papyifera). This stand is located on the
toe of a slope, on poorly drained soils with a high clay content and a 10-15cm organic
horizon. A minor portion of the white birch trees are beginning to fall out of the stand as
this species is currently under attack from birch borer (Agrilus spp.), which is indicated
by dying tops. The white birch under attack are between 10 and 15m in height and are not
a concern for the overall wind throw hazard. The Creek #3 SPEA is located at valley
bottom and has sheltered northerly aspect. The north side of Creek #3 is and open
agricultural field so the trees to the south of the creek are likely wind firm.
3.2 Creek #5 SPEA: The lower portion of Creek #5 is characterized by a mix of white
birch, black cottonwood, western red cedar (Thuja plicata) and western hemlock (Tsuga
heterophylla). The stand is sited on well-drained loam soil with a fluvio-glacial substrate
Y.Bourdon, TPF
250 837 6413
Azimuth Forestry & Mapping Solutions
and a shallow organic horizon. The soil at the site does not contain a root restricting
layer. The stand is roughly 30 years old and still at the immature stage, with an average
height of about 8-9m and a density of 7000-8000 stems per hectare (sph). This stand is
considered wind firm due to the immature nature of the stand. Removal of timber
adjacent to the SPEA should not cause a major wind throw event. The upper portion of
Creek #5 is near the southern boundary of the property and has been partially harvested,
likely within the past 20-30 years. The partial harvest has created a wind firm residual
stand of over mature Western hemlock, with a density of about 10-20 sph.
4.0 Recommendations
4.1 Creek #3 SPEA : The stand located on the southern boundary of the SPEA is wind
firm and no mitigation strategy is required. There is no forest cover on the northern
boundary of the SPEA.
4.2 Creek #5 SPEA : The stands located on both sides of the SPEA are wind firm and no
mitigation strategy is required for the planned development.
Y.Bourdon, TPF
FORM 1
Section 5. Environmental Monitoring

Attach text or document files explaining the monitoring regimen Use your return button on your keyboard after each line. It is
suggested that all document be converted to PDF before inserting into the PDF version of the assessment report.
Include actions required, monitoring schedule, communications plan, and requirement for a post development report.
Full-time environmental monitoring (EM) will occur during road enhancement activities where the
volume of groundwater present during works could pose a sedimentation risk to Ditch 4 and during the
construction of the parking lot. The area was assessed during freshet when groundwater volumes are at
a peak and water levels may not pose a risk once construction begins. EM during the installation of the
power-poles and the construction of the office building will occur at unscheduled site visits during the
work week. Works in and about a stream are subject to Section 9 of the Water Act and will adhere to
specific mitigations and monitoring detailed in the submission. Any SPEA violations will be reported
immediately to the developer and to the MoE. Environmental monitoring reports will be produced
monthly and a final summary report produced once construction is complete.
Form 1
Page 9 of 11
FORM 1
Section 6. Photos
Provide a description of what the photo is depicting, and where it is in relation to the site plan.
Form 1
Page 10 of 11
Photo Form
Photos
Label
Creek 1, View to East
Label
Creek 1, Channel Morphology at Representative Reach
Photos
Page 1 of 4
H:\Environmental_Monitoring\2012\Greely\Greely_Final_RAR\Greely_RAR_Photos.doc
Photo Form
Label
Creek 3, View to East
Label
Photos
Page 2 of 4
Photo Form
Label
Creek 4, View to West. Railway tracks on right side of photo
Label
Photos
Page 3 of 4
Photo Form
Label
Creek 5, View to South
Label
Photos
Page 4 of 4
FORM 1
Section 7. Professional Opinion

Assessment Report Professional Opinion on the Development Proposals riparian area.
Date
June 7, 2012
1. I/We Danielle Backman, MSc, BIT450B & Yann Bourdon, TPF ____
hereby certify that:
a) I am/We are qualified environmental professional(s), as defined in the Riparian
Areas Regulation made under the Fish Protection Act;
b) I am/We are qualified to carry out the assessment of the proposal made by the
developer Black Tie Properties , which proposal is described in section 3 of
this Assessment Report (the development proposal),
c) I have/We have carried out an assessment of the development proposal and
my/our assessment is set out in this Assessment Report; and
d) In carrying out my/our assessment of the development proposal, I have/We have
followed the assessment methods set out in the Schedule to the Riparian Areas
Regulation; AND
2. As qualified environmental professional(s), I/we hereby provide my/our professional opinion that:
a)
if the development is implemented as proposed by the development
proposal there will be no harmful alteration, disruption or destruction of natural
features, functions and conditions that support fish life processes in the riparian
assessment area in which the development is proposed, OR
(Note: include local government flex letter, DFO Letter of Advice, or description of
how DFO local variance protocol is being addressed)
b) X if the streamside protection and enhancement areas identified in this

Assessment Report are protected from the development proposed by the
development proposal and the measures identified in this Assessment Report as
necessary to protect the integrity of those areas from the effects of the
development are implemented by the developer, there will be no harmful
alteration, disruption or destruction of natural features, functions and conditions
that support fish life processes in the riparian assessment area in which the
development is proposed.
[NOTE:
"qualified environmental professional" means an applied scientist or technologist, acting alone or
together with another qualified environmental professional, if
(a) the individual is registered and in good standing in British Columbia with an appropriate professional
organization constituted under an Act, acting under that association's code of ethics and subject to disciplinary
action by that association,
(b) the individual's area of expertise is recognized in the assessment methods as one that is acceptable for the
purpose of providing all or part of an assessment report in respect of that development proposal, and
(c) the individual is acting within that individual's area of expertise.]
Form 1
Page 11 of 11
APPENDIX C:
PROPOSED SEPTIC SYSTEM
Appendix C:1
APPENDIX D:
COMMERCIAL RECREATION
TENURE OVERLAP
INFORMATION
Appendix D:1
Appendix D:2
Illecillewaet Limited Partnership: File 4405329: Application
Mountain Resort Branch Referral Response
April 22, 2013
Updated June 12, 2015
Prepared by:
Terry Pratt, Sr Manager, Major Projects
Referral Question Responses:
This application does impact our Branchs legislated responsibilities because

summer recreation activities and a portion of the proposed lift infrastructure are
within Revelstoke Mountain Resorts (RMR) Controlled Recreation Area (CRA)
which we administer through the RMR Master Development Agreement (MDA)
dated March 17, 2005.
If the proposal proceeds, the proponent will require approval from our Branch to
operate within the CRA. RMR has already provided its consent through the
original ATOIPF signed by Tom Gaglardi, which has been updated. Any
recreational infrastructure must be in the name of RMR and administered by our
Branch as a tenure tied to the MDA. The ILP licence can overlap the CRA as
proposed, allowing the other summer non-lift based recreational activities within
the CRA. To permit this, the MDA will be modified to allow the Licence
activities within the CRA.
Ongoing compliance monitoring will be required by our agency to ensure that the
operations are consistent with RMRs resort operation and provincial objectives
and do not contravene any provisions of the MDA.
Our Branch is not familiar with the amount of public use within the application
area; however given that this is a commercial application that will bring clients
into the area, public use will be affected.
Mountain Resort Branch Conditional Support for Application:

Based on Jason Roes response to our initial questions about the business ties and
synergies between ILP and RMR ( see attached), our Branch supports ILPs application
but wants to ensure that the long term interests of the province and RMR are protected
through appropriate tenure agreements should there be changes in ownership of either
entity. We provide our conditional support for the proposal subject to:
RMR to be the tenure-holder of the Statutory Right of Way (SRW) for the
mountain bike lift. ILPs interest in the lift can be secured as an interest noted on
the SRW and ILPs operations can be managed through a sub-tenure agreement
with RMR administered by our Branch. The portion of private land covered by
the SRW will need to be transferred to the Crown as part of the SRW issuance
process and will be administered by our office through the SRW as the province
must be the landholder for the entire lift.
The summer recreation activities within the CRA can be permitted by the
Licence of Occupation that ILP is applying for because it is supported by RMR
and consistent with the long term objectives of the resort development; however
to protect ILPs interest as part of the resort operations, the MDA will be
amended to note it as a tenure interest.
Our Branch will collect revenue for the portion of summer recreation activities
within the CRA (both lift-based and non-mechanized access, eg. trail fees for
mountain bikers not using the lift and any other commercial recreation
activities). ILPs activities within the CRA are considered Independent Operator
Revenue as defined by RMRs MDA and fees will be collected according to
Article V of the MDA. Payment of these fees must be a condition of ILPs
licence of occupation.
Our Branch only supports ILPs summer activities within the CRA and then only
with RMRs consent, which RMR has provided. The summer activities proposed
and directly tied to RMRs operations help move the resort to an all season
operation which is the provinces long term objective for the resort.
Any proposal by ILP for winter-based recreation activities would need to be

applied for by RMR and sub-tenured to ILP and must be consistent with an
approved Resort Master Plan.
Our Branch does not support any permanent winter bed units for the ILP
proposal as their value would be derived by access to lift-based winter recreation
in the CRA and would draw potential visitors from RMRs base area and the City
of Revelstoke.
APPENDIX E:
FIRST NATIONS ENGAGEMENT
Appendix E:1
FIRST NATIONS COMMUNICATIONS LOG
Date
First Nation
First Nation
Contact
Purpose / Details
2012
(Various
Dates)
Splatsin
Ray Cormier
Meetings, phone calls and emails with Splatsin First Nation to discuss the project.
April 2012
Splatsin
Ray Cormier
Black Tie signed and returned a Memorandum Of Understanding (MOU) with Splatsin. See
Appendix for copy of the MOU. Splatsin has not yet finalized the document.
June 2012
Splatsin
Ray Cormier
Splatsin is engaged to conduct an archaeological assessment on the property.
January
2013
Referrals for Adventure Tourism License of Occupation sent by MFLNRO to all First Nations
impacted by the development.
February
2013
N/A
N/A
MFLNRO requested clarification on the study area of the archaeological study. Specifically they
wanted to see:
Exactly what land was included in the study.
Confirmation that one particular area, which government databases have rated as having a
high archaeological impact, was included in the study and that it in fact has a low
archaeological potential.
A revised study was sent to MFLNRO that addressed these concerns and confirmed that the
Crown land in question does not have a high archaeological potential.
April 2013
Splatsin
Ray Cormier
A request was sent for a referral of an agrologist to conduct a study for an application to the
Agricultural Land Commission.
June 2013
N/A
In the letter addressing the Reasons for Disallowance for IDLPs Crown land application, a
request for a wildlife study from First Nations is cited as a reason for disallowance.
Date
October
2013
First Nation
Ktunaxa Nation
Council
First Nation
Contact
Dorra Gunn
Purpose / Details
Through FOIPPA, a copy of the referral response from Ktunaxa Nation was obtained. They
identified a few concerns relating to the environmental impact of the development. Within their
response they requested a wildlife study.
Outcome:
Shearing Environmental Consultants (SEC) were engaged to conduct a wildlife study. Jason
Roe and SEC spoke to Dora Gunn of Ktunaxa Nation Council and clarified their concerns and
expectations from the wildlife report.
SEC also spoke to Ray Cormier of Splatsin, and they had no wildlife concerns.
October
2013
April 2014
Referrals for Temporary Permit (Investigative) sent by MFLNRO to all First Nations impacted by
the development.
Neskonlith Indian
Band
Ruth Thomas
Through FOIPPA, a copy of the referral response from Neskonlith Indian Band, in relation to the
Temporary Permit was obtained. Neskonlith has requested a full environmental assessment,
and would like to be involved.
Outcome:
Shearing Environmental Consultants (SEC) has completed a wildlife study as requested by
Ktunaxa Nation Council that covers fish, wildlife and their habitat values. This study will be sent
to the Neskonlith Indian Band with the revised Adventure Tourism License of Occupation to be
sent in the summer of 2015.
As recommended by SEC, as the project is not a major project a full environmental
assessment (EA) would only be completed if requested by the Ministry of Environment.
Where further environmental work is required First Nations will be consultated.
Date
First Nation
July 2015
Adams Lake Indian

Band
Akisqnuk First
Nation
Ktunaxa Nation
Council
Little Shuswap Lake
Indian Band
Lower Kootenay
Indian Band
Lower Similkameen
Indian Band
Neskonlith Indian
Band
Okanagan Indian
Band
Okanagan Nation
Alliance
Osoyoos Indian
Band
Penticton Indian
Band
Shuswap Indian
Band
Simpew First Nation
Splatsin First Nation
St. Marys Indian
Band
Tobacco Plains
Indian Band
Upper Nicola Band
West Bank First
Nation
Jul 2015
Adams Lake Indian

Band
First Nation
Contact
Purpose / Details
Letter was sent to the First Nations describing IDLPs intent to reapply for Crown land tenure
and the proposed development.
Deanne D Anthony
Email request received from Deanne requesting a copy of KML file and background studies.
IDLP responded, and it was agreed that the files would be sent as soon as the final version is
available.
INVOICES
Date
Band
Paid (Yes/No)
Description
2013-03-20
Kinbasket Development
Yes
For review of AT License referral.
2013-10-18
Neskonlith
Yes
For review of Investigative Permit referral.
2013-10-31
Shuswap Indian Band
Yes
For review of Investigative Permit referral.
Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership

P.O Box 963, Revelstoke, BC V0E 2S0
Appendix E:2
July 15, 2015
[to address]
[to address]
[to address]
[to address]
Re: Revelstoke Adventure Park
Dear Sirs and/or Madams:

Our desire in sending this letter is to update you on our proposed summer adventure activity centre
near Revelstoke, Revelstoke Adventure Park (RAP). We trust that you are already aware of our
application process for the park and have received our two previous communications on the matter.
The park site is nestled in the Selkirk Mountains on the north aspect of Mount Mackenzie and
comprises both private land and Crown land. Much of this Crown land is already within Revelstoke
Mountain Resorts existing recreation tenure, but is currently not actively used.
Easily accessible from the Trans-Canada Highway, RAP will be perfectly positioned to capture both
thrill-seekers and nature-admirers among the hundreds of thousands of people who pass through
Revelstoke each summer season looking to explore and experience the surrounding mountains,
rivers, lakes, and lush old-growth forests. RAP will offer recreational activities spanning all skill
levels, from hiking and horseback riding to bungee jumping, rock climbing, ziplines, aerial ropes
courses, and mountain biking.
In addition, it will afford both direct and indirect economic benefits to the community of Revelstoke
and the surrounding area by creating jobs and drawing tourists from across Canada.
As you know, our 2013 application to the Integrated Land Management Bureau for a Crown land
tenure in service of this park was disallowed. We intend to reapply for this land tenure in July 2015,
and to that end we wish to update you on the progress of the project.
Since our initial application in 2013, we applied for and were granted an Investigative Permit from
the Province, allowing us to conduct research and studies on the land in question. One of our first
priorities was to address an issue raised in the July 2013 disallowance letter from the Province: The
current proposal does not adequately evaluate existing wildlife and habitats, the potential impacts,
and does not propose how the activities should be dropped or altered to mitigate impacts.
During the referral process for our application in January 2013, Ktunaxa Nation had also requested a
wildlife study. This study was completed in 2013 by SEC Shearing Environmental Consultants of
Revelstoke. Our desire is to continue to hear, address, and resolve any concerns First Nations
communities may have about the development of RAP.
Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership

P.O Box 963, Revelstoke, BC V0E 2S0
We, the developers of RAP, call Revelstoke home, and thus recognize the importance of preserving
the natural beauty of this spectacular region of British Columbia. Both environmental and social
impacts have been and will continue to be carefully considered in developing this project. We have
been in consultation with environmental professionals to undertake studies on timber, geology, and
fish and wildlife habitats in the proposed project area and develop mitigation strategies to retain the
integrity of the natural environment. It is in all of our best interests that we steward our provinces
land and natural resources well, including wildlife and their habitats, forests, and waterways.
Also of note, in 2012 Splatsin First Nation conducted an archaeological study on the land in question
and the proposed tenure area was deemed to have low archaeological potential and no further
archaeological work is recommended.
RAP is to be developed in four phases over six years, and upon approval of our application, we plan
to begin construction in late summer or early fall 2015, with the majority of construction taking place
in spring 2016. We hope to have RAP open to the public by summer 2017.
The enclosure describes approved permits, applications in process, and preliminary studies
completed to date in service of this project. Full copies of these documents will be included in the
management plan you will receive from FrontCounter BC.
We invite your comments and hope you will get in touch with questions or concerns. We are also
willing and available to meet with you in person to present our plans. Please contact us if you wish to
set up a meeting. We look forward to working with you in the future, and we intend to continue to
seek First Nations input as this noteworthy project moves forward. Thank you for your time in
reviewing this letter.
Yours truly,
Jason Roe, COO, Black Tie Properties LP

on behalf of Illecillewaet Development Limited Partnership
Contact:
t: 250-837-7442
e: jroe@blktie.ca
Enclosure (1):
Summary of Approved Permits, Applications in Process, and Preliminary Studies
Enclosure
SUMMARY OF APPROVED PERMITS, APPLICATIONS IN PROCESS, AND PRELIMINARY STUDIES

Title
Details
Existing Permits
Investigative Use Permit
#404850
Agricultural Land Reserve Non-Farm

Use Permit
File #53546
CP Private Crossing Permit
File #X-MOUN-119-46-F
Sand & Gravel Permit
#G-5-302 (Private Land)
Applications In Process
Water License Application
BC Ministry of Forests, Lands and Natural Resource Operations
Commercial Access Permit
BC Ministry of Transportation & Infrastructure
Comprehensive Development Zone &

Official Community Plan Amendment
Preliminary Studies
Onsite Engineering. In progress.
Archaeological Assessment
Ian Cameron, RPCA, Greely Property Development Preliminary Field

Reconnaissance. Splatsin First Nation, Enderby, BC, 2012.
Wildlife Assessment
Giles Shearing, Wildlife Overview Assessment: Revelstoke Adventure Park:

Greely, B.C. SEC Shearing Environmental Consultants, Revelstoke, BC, 2014.
Watershed Assessment
Giles Shearing, Potential Known Impacts of the Revelstoke Adventure Park on

the Greely Creek Watershed, B.C. SEC Shearing Environmental Consultants,
Revelstoke, BC, 2015.
Wildfire Study
Wildfire Prevention and Response System. Spark Solutions Ltd., 2015.
Wildfire Study
Simon Hunt, WFBS, Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation Report: Revelstoke
Adventure Park: Greely, B.C. Spark Solutions Ltd., 2015.
Wildfire Study
Kelly Johnston, RPF, Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended Wildfire

Development Guidelines. Wildland Professional Solutions, Penticton, BC, 2015.
Traffic Study
EYH Consultants. In progress.
Geotechnical Report on Bluffs
Onsite Engineering. In progress.
Appendix E:3
APPENDIX F:
LETTERS OF COMMUNITY
SUPPORT
APPENDIX G:
MAPS

Revelstoke Adventure Park ManagementPlan

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Revelstoke Adventure Park ManagementPlan

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

This document is set up to be viewed

digitally as a two-page spread

TENURE MANAGEMENT PLAN

TENURE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR

ADVENTURE TOURISM APPLICATION

KEY ACHIEVEMENTS AND LIST OF MAPS

A.2 LOCATION AND SIZE

A.4 MAIN FEATURES

A.5 REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK OPERATIONS

PHASE ONE (2016)

A.6 INTENSIVE USE AREAS OVERVIEW

A.7 ESTIMATED LEVEL OF USE AND SEASONS OF USE

ARTISTIC RENDERINGS & PHOTOS BY: ROB BUCHANAN

B.1 DETAILED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

B.2 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS

B.3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION POLICIES

POWER, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS

SECTION C: ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL MANAGEMENT

C.2 SOCIO-COMMUNITY PLAN

C.3 RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN

Hotel Promotional Funding 2014, Revelstoke Chamber of Commerce.

REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK APPLICATION

REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK APPLICATION

KEY ACHIEVEMENTS AND LIST OF MAPS

Table 1. SUMMARY OF APPROVED PERMITS, PRELIMINARY STUDIES, AND

Investigative Use Permit

Agricultural Land Commission Non-Farm Use

CP Rail Private Crossing Agreement

Sand and Gravel Permit

#G-5-302 (Private Land)

Traffic Impact Assessment

Traffic Impact Assessment Revelstoke Adventure Park, EYH

Collision Review (Supplementary Report)

Collision Review Supplementary Report, EYH Consultants,

Queue Lengths at Bridge (Supplementary

Queue Lengths at Bridge Supplementary Report, EYH

Terrain Stability Assessment

Adam Muddiman, P.Geo., Terrain Stability Assessment for

Letter TSA Correction

Adam Muddiman, P.Geo., Re: Response to MFLNRO June 27,

Ian Cameron, RPCA, Greely Property Development Preliminary

Wildlife Overview Assessment

Giles Shearing, Wildlife Overview Assessment: Revelstoke

Letter Potential Known Impacts on the Greely

Giles Shearing, Re: Potential Known Impacts of the Revelstoke

Wildfire Prevention and Response System

Simon Hunt, WFBS, Wildfire Prevention and Response System.

REVELSTOKE ADVENTURE PARK APPLICATION

Table 1. SUMMARY OF APPROVED PERMITS, PRELIMINARY STUDIES, AND

Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation Report

Simon Hunt, WFBS, Wildfire Threat Analysis and Mitigation

Recommended Wildfire Development Guidelines

Kelly Johnston, RPF, Revelstoke Adventure Park Recommended

Letter Road Maintenance Plan

Adam Muddiman, P.Geo., Re: Road Maintenance Plan for

Geotechnical Report on Bluffs

Riparian Areas Regulation Report

Riparian Areas Regulation: Assessment Report, Azimuth

Water Licence Application

Ministry of Forests Lands & Natural Resources Operations

Commercial Access Permit

Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure

Comprehensive Development Zone and Official

Columbia Shuswap Regional District